Lesson Plan In Grade III

MRS. PRECILLA UGARTE HALAGO Grade III 3 Adviser

1

AGE: 28 BIRTHDATE: October 28, 1983 BIRTHPLACE: Prk. Panaghiusa, San Isdro, Lagao ADDRESS: 2nd Blk, Vergara Subd., City Heights, GSC BLOOD TYPE: O HEIGHT: 56 WEIGHT: 63 kgs. MOTHER (maiden):Nenita Vergara Sambile FATHER: Enrique Buganas Ugarte TRIBE: Ceb-Kapampangan CP NUMBER: 09496953969 E-MAIL ADDRESS: secretprecy@yahoo.com
EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT: Elementary: Francisco Oringo, Sr. Elem. School Secondary: Irineo L. Santiago Natl High School of Metro Dad. College: Mindanao State University BEED Gen. Science Graduate School: w/ MA units at Holy Trinity College MA major in Educational Management WORK EXPERINCES: Private Elem. School Teacher General Santos First Step Learning Center, Inc. Preschool Teacher Francisco Oringo, Sr. Elem. School Teacher I H.N. Cahilsot Central Elem. School

PRECILLA UGARTE HALAGO

Teacher I Francisco Oringo, Sr. Elem. School

EMMAMUEL SIONOSA HALAGO III

PERSONAL INFORMATION:

AGE: 30 BIRTHDATE: April 21, 2982 BIRTHPLACE: South Osmea St. GSC ADDRESS: 2nd Blk, Vergara Subd., City Heights, GSC MOTHER (maiden):Adelaida Suelo Sionosa FATHER: Emmanuel Provido Halago Sr. TRIBE: Ilonggo CP NUMBER: 09465017077 E-MAIL ADDRESS: nuel_hals28@yahoo.com
EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT: Elementary: Secondary: College: Holy Trinity College Holy Trinity College Holy Trinity College BEED major in Guidance and Counseling

WORK EXPERINCES: Preschool Teacher Francisco Oringo, Sr. Elem. School

3

Teacher I Francisco Oringo, Sr. Elem. School

LESSON PLAN FOR GRADE IV

Prepared by: EMMAMUEL S. HALAGO III Grade IV 3 Adviser F. Oringo, Sr. Elem. School MONDAY, JUNE 04, 2012 7:15 7:30 FLAG CEREMONY ORIENTATION I. OBJECTIVE: A. Motivate oneself in the new grade level. B. Understand behavior policies and regulations. SUBJECT MATTER: Understanding behavior policies and regulations. PROCEDURES; A. Song: Welcome to the Family B. Checking of Attendance Activity: 1. The pupils will introduce themselves to the class. C. Health Inspection D. Memory verse (1st week) 1. Teacher will present the verse. 2. Reading of the verse. E. Motivation: 1. Ask: What are your memorable experiences during your previous Grade level? Did you enjoy yourself in your previous grade? What did you do first to let you enjoy your stay in Grade III? Did it work? Why? F. Presentation: MORNING Activity I: KWL Activity I KWL about your new grade Level Write something about each column.
4

II. III.

K- What I know

W- What I want to know

L- what I learned

The teacher will check and present the class program as well as the subject teachers, requirements, and grading system. Activity2: Groupings 1. Group into 5. 2. Write things you should do or follow in school. 3. Report to class.

Activity 3; Dos and Donts 1. Using Do and Dont, write 5 sentences telling what a pupil should do in school. (T will check the writing skills) AFTERNOON Activity 4: Dramatization 1. Act out what will happen to pupils who doesnt follow the school rules.

G. Generalization:

Say that it is good to follow the rules in school.

H. Application: Make a checklist of the Dos and Donts. Check the number that you have followed for the whole week.

IV. EVALUATION: Read the sentences below. Put (/) if it is good to follow the statement and (x) if not. _____ 1. Wear any kind of dress. _____ 2. Come to school on time. _____ 3. Do not loiter. _____ 4. There are no consequences, if a pupil disobey the rule. _____ 5. Attend classes everyday. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, JUNE 05, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer questions from previous grade level. B. Follow written instructions given in the test. SUBJECT MATTER: Diagnostic test PROCEDURES;
5

II. III.

Roll Call Health Inspection Memory verse (1st week) Motivation: Ask: Did you learn s lot from grade III? What is your favorite subject and topic? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will have diagnostic test explain and set standard in taking the test. Activity 2 TEST PROPER Activity 3 Checking and interpreting the result. Award the pupil with highest score. IV. EVALUATION: (Teacher will record the result of the diagnostic test) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ WEDNESDAY, JUNE 06, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer questions from previous grade level. B. Follow written instructions given in the test. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Diagnostic test III. PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: Did you learn s lot from grade III? What is your favorite subject and topic? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will have diagnostic test explain and set standard in taking the test. Activity 2 TEST PROPER Activity 3 Checking and interpreting the result. Award the pupil with highest score. IV. EVALUATION: (Teacher will record the result of the diagnostic test) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ THURSDAY, JUNE 07, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE:
6

A. B. C. D. E.

II. III.

A. Answer questions from lessons which are not yet taught. B. Follow written instructions given in the test. SUBJECT MATTER: Pre test PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: What are the books for grade IV you have already read? Is it good to study in advance? Why? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will have diagnostic test explain and set standard in taking the test. Activity 2 TEST PROPER Activity 3 Checking and interpreting the result. Award the pupil with highest score.

IV.

EVALUATION: (Teacher will record the result of the diagnostic test) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ Activity 3 Checking and interpreting the result. Award the pupil with highest score. I. EVALUATION: (Teacher will record the result of the diagnostic test)

FRIDAY, JUNE 08, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer questions from lessons which are not yet taught. B. Follow written instructions given in the test. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Pre test III. PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: What are the books for grade IV you have already read? Is it good to study in advance? Why? Presentation: Activity I
7

1. Say that you will have diagnostic test explain and set standard in taking the test. Activity 2 TEST PROPER P.L.__________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ MONDAY, JUNE 11, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read the selection orally. B. Answer the questions from the given selection read. II. SUBJECT MATTER: PHIL-IRI English - Pre test III. PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: Is reading important? Why? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will conduct reading test. Set standard Activity 2 TEST PROPER cursive writing activity for those in seat. TUESDAY, JUNE 12, 2012 HOLIDAY- INDEPENDENCE DAY WEDNESDAY, JUNE 13, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read the selection orally. B. Answer the questions from the given selection read. II. SUBJECT MATTER: PHIL-IRI Filipino - Pre test III. PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: Is reading important? Why? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will conduct reading test. Set standard Activity 2 TEST PROPER art activity for those in seat. st NOTE: PM 1 Homeroom Meeting THURSDAY, JUNE 14, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read the selection silently. B. Answer the questions from the given selection read. II. SUBJECT MATTER: PHIL-IRI Silent Reading - English III. PROCEDURES;
8

Roll Call Health Inspection Memory verse (1st week) Motivation: Ask: Is reading important? Why? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will conduct reading test. Set standard Activity 2 TEST PROPER arithmetic activity for those in seat. FRIDAY, JUNE 15, 2012 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read the selection silently. B. Answer the questions from the given selection read. II. SUBJECT MATTER: PHIL-IRI Silent Reading - Filipino III. PROCEDURES; A. Roll Call B. Health Inspection C. Memory verse (1st week) D. Motivation: E. Ask: Is reading important? Why? Presentation: Activity I 1. Say that you will conduct reading test. Set standard Activity 2 TEST PROPER problem solving activity for those in seat. MONDAY, JUNE 18, 2012 7:15 7:30 Flag Ceremony 7:30 7:40 Homeroom 7:40 8:10 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naipamamalas ang pang-unawa na ang katotohanan ang magpapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay ng tao. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagmamahal sa Katotohanan III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak: May mga nagawa na ba kayo na hindi maganda laban sa inyong kapwa? Ito ba ay nagpapalaya sa iyong kalooban? Ano ang dapat na gawin? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-usapan ang mga sumusunod na sitwasyon; 1. Si Letty ay nangupit ng pera sa kanyan ina. Hinahanap ito ng kanyang ina dahil importanteng mabili niya ang gamot para sa kanilang ama. Ano ang dapata gawin ni Letty?
9

A. B. C. D. E.

2. Nabasag ni Sandy ang plorera ng guro. Napagbintangan ang isa niyang kaklase. Sinuspende ito dahil dito. Ano ang dapat gawin ni Sandy? Gawain 2 Basahin ang sumusunod na mga pangungusap. Alin dito ang nagpapaunawa na ang katotohanan ang magpapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay ng tao. Gawain 3 Magpabigay ng halimbawa sa mga bata. F. Paglalahat: Dapat nating unawain na ang katotohanan ang magpapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay ng tao. G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Ano gagawin mo kapag ikaw ay nagsinungaling? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Basahin ang mga pangungusap. Lagyan ng tsek (/) kung ang nakasaad ay tama at ekis(X) kung mali. _____ 1. Ang pagsasabi ng totoo ay magbubunga ng maganda. _____ 2. Dapat ilihim ang nagawang kasalanan. _____ 3. Ang katotohanan ang magpapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay ng tao. _____ 4. Ang pagsisinungaling ay magpapalaya sa atin. _____ 5. Malayo sa kapahamakan ang batang nagsasabi ng totoo. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano ang mga nagpapalaya sa iyong kalooban? 8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Identify the stressed syllables. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying Stressed Syllables BEC English Handbook I. 1.1 and 3 p.6 English for You and me (L) pp 5 6 Fun in English (L) pp 2 7 Chart, flashcards, activity cards III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister She sells seashell by the seashore. B. Review: Syllables are group of letters Syllabicate the following words. Ex. presentation ans. pre-sen-ta-tion 1. elementary 4. experiment 2. notebook 5. computer 10

V.

I. II.

3. principal C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Give the meaning of the words below. D. Motivation: 1. Let the pupils listen to the words read by the teacher. (Words used during the review). 2. Ask: Are there rising voice as I read them? What are these words? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the stressed syllables in the following words. Use apostrophe ( ) on the vowel of the stressed syllables. 2 syllables 3 syllables 4 syllables 1. rabbit ex. rb - bit 1. nutrition- ex. Nu tr - tion 2. flower 2. disaster3. number 3. electric4. bookmark 4.parental5. cellphone5.universalActivity 2 (Groupings) Let the pupils form a group. Syllabicate the words below then count the number of syllables. Underline the stressed syllables. Ex. Banana ba na - na _3__ 1. syllable 4. action 2. showtime5. envelop 3. televisionAsk: Where can you find the stressed in 2-syllable words? 3-4 syllable words? Activity 3 Identify the stressed syllables in the following words. 1. mathematics 4. application 2. boxing 5. movement 3. expensive F. Generalization: Words with 2 syllables receive stressed on the second syllable, 3 syllables on second syllables, 4 or more on third syllables. G. Application: List five things that can be found inside the room. Identify the stressed syllables in every given word by using the apostrophe. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the stressed in the following words. Use apostrophe ( ). 1. Electrician 4. distribution 2. computer 5.pupil 3. jeepney P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 IV

11

1:15- 2:05 I. II.

SCIENCE IV 2

OBJECTIVE: Identify some bones that make up the skeletal system. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying Bones that Make up the Skeletal system PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Spectrum pp 2-4, Science and Health pp 31-40 Picture of skeletal system, skeletal model, flashcards

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Song: Ten Bones B. Science Updates C. Unlocking of Difficulties: skeletal D. Motivation: 1. Show the skeletal model. 2. Ask: What is this? Do you also have these bones in your body? 3. Let the pupil feel the bones by touching all over their body. E. Presentation: Activity I (Groupings) Divide the class into 8 groups. Give each group picture or model of skeletal system. Let the group identify the following bones posted on the board. Activity 2 Present another replica of the skeletal system on the board. Give the flashcards with names of the bones. Call a volunteer to post the flashcard on its proper placement. Check and read the answer.

Activity 3 Enumerate the bones that make up our body and identify it in your body. F. Generalization: The skeletal system is made up of many bones. (Enumerate) G. Application: Guessing Game Call a volunteer. Ask him/her to point a part of a skeletal system. Let somebody identify this part. IV. EVALUATION: Identify some bones that make up the skeletal system which is found in ; 1. head 4. foot 2. arms 5. finger 3. shoulder P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 10:45 11:25 I. LAYUNIN:
12

Araling Panlipunan

Grade IV - 3

A.Nakikilala ang mga bahagi ng mundo. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Bahagi ng Mundo Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino 4 ph 5- 8 Mapa, globo, flashcards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang globo. Ano ito? Anu-ano ang mga bahagi nito? C. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagbuo ng puzzle. Buuin ang mga letra upang mabuo ang bahagi ng mundo. 1. A L P U 2. G T B U I Gawain 2: Ituro sa globo ang mga tubig at lupa na bahagi ng mundo. Gawain 3 Basahin ang mga pangungusap at tukuyin kung ito ba ay lupa o tubig na bahagi ng mundo. 1. May kabuuang lawak na sa mundo. 2. May kabuuang lawak na ng mundo. 3. Ang pinakamalaking uri nito ay karagatan. 4. Ang bahaging ito ang kinatatamnan ng mga ibat ibang halaman. 5. Sa bahaging ito nabubuhay ang mga lamang-dagat. E. Paglalahat: Ang mundo ay malawak. Binubuo ito g tubig at lupa. Higit na malaki ang bahaging tubig ( ) kaysa bahaging lupa ( ). F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Saan ang mas nagagandahan mo, bahaging tubig o bahaging lupa? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Kilalanin ang sumusunod na bahagi. Isulat ang LUPA o TUBIG. _____ 1. ilog _____ 2. pulo _____ 3. bundok _____ 4. lawa _____ 5. dagat V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 I. I. MAPEH Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ng buong-husay ang pambansang awit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng Pambansang awit
13

Piyesa ng pambansang awit II. PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Sino ang mahusay sa pag-awit? (Pabigyan ng sample) B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pag-aawit. Mga mahusay sa pag-awit. Gawain 2: Grupo Ano ang maganda sa kanilang pag-awit? Anu-ano ang hindi wasto sa kanilang pag-awit. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit. C. Paglalahat: Sa pag-awit ng Pambansang awit dapat awitin ng ________. D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin awitin ang Pambansang Awit? Bakit? III. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Awitin ang pambansang awit ng buong puso. 2. Awitin ang Pambansang awit ng may tamang liriko. 3. Tumayo ng maayos habang inaawit ang Pambansang Awit. 4. Ilagay ang kanang kamay sa dibdib. IV. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng maayos sa Flag Ceremony bukas. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

3:25 3:55 Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with final consonant f sound SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Final f sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing f sound. E.g. fan, father, feather, fern, roof Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I
14

III.

Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar sound? Producing the f sound. Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words with f sound. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with f sound. Then identify the word with f sound in checked sentences. C. Generalization What is the sound of f? gh/ ph? D. Application: What are the words you know with the f sound? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. paragraph 2. enough 3. cough 4. chef 5. brief V. Assignment Make a list of words with final f, gh, ph. 5 words each. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, JUNE 19, 2012 7:15 7:30 Flag Ceremony 7:30 7:40 Homeroom 7:40 8:10 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa nang may panunuring pag-iisip ang tamang pamamaraan/pamantayan sa pagtuklas ng katotohanan. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagtuklas sa Katotohanan III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak: Mayroon bang nagsinmungaling na sa iyo? Paano mo natuklasan ang kanyang sekreto? Nagkarron ban g pagitan sa inyong relasyon? Bakit? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga pangungusap. Tukuyin dito ang wastong pamamaraan sa pagtuklas ng katotohanan. 1. Lahat ng tao ay pagbintangan sa kasalanan. 2. Kilatisin ang bawat kilos ng mga tao bago pagbintangan. 3. Maging makatarungan sa pagbibintang.

15

4. Huwag kailanman isali sa bintang ang mga kaibigan, yung kaaway mo lamang. 5. Magtanong sa mga tao kung sila ba ay may nalalaman. 6. Makinig lamang sa sariling kuru-kuro. 7. Tingnan ang ibat ibang bagay na makakatulong gaya ng mga makabagong teknolohiya tulad ng CCTV, cellphone atbp. Gawain 2 Narito ang isang pangyayari ano kayang mapanuring pag-iisip ang gawin mong hakbang upang matuklasan ang katotohanan? 1. Sa isang silid ay naroroon ang magkaibigang Dino at Glen. Naroon din naman ang bago nilang kaklase na si Miguel. Nasa malayo ito nakaupo at kumakain ng meryenda.Maya-maya ay pumasok ng palikuran si Dino upang mangihi. Pagbalik niya wala na ang kayang pitaka sa mesa at wala rin si Glen tanging si Glen lamang ang naroon at patuloy sa pagkain. Paano kaya malalaman ni Dino ang may kasalanan? Anu-ano ang mga hakbang na kanyang gagawin? Gawain 3 Sa mga nabanggit sa leksyon, Ano na ang mga hakbang na nagawa mo na nakatulong sa iyo sa pagtuklas ng katotohanan? F. Paglalahat: May mga hakbang ba upang matuklasan ang katotohanan? Anu-ano ang mga ito? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga bang sundin ang mapanuring pagtuklas sa katotohanan? Bakit?

IV.

V.

PAGTATAYA: Basahin ang mga pangungusap. Lagyan ng tsek (/) kung ang nakasaad ay tama at ekis(X) kung mali. _____ 1. Huwag idamay ang kaibigan bilang suspek sa kasalanan _____ 2. Magtanong sa tao na maaring nakakakita ng mga pangyayari. _____ 3. Ikaw lamang ang makakatuklas ng katotohanan. _____ 4. Dapat ay maging mapanuri sa pagtukals ng katotohanan. _____ 5. Maging makatarungan sa pagbibintang. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano ang mga nagpapalaya sa iyong kalooban? 8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Recognize pauses and stops in utterances that signal meaning. SUBJECT MATTER: Recognizing Pauses and Stops that signal Meaning References; BEC English Handbook I. 1.2 p.16 English for You and me Revised Edition(L) pp 8 11
16

I. II.

III.

Fun in English (L) Materials; Chart, flashcards, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: Stressed and unstressed Syllables Syllabicate the following words and put an apostrophe (). Ex. presentation ans. pre-sen-t-tion 1. elementary 4. experiment 2. notebook 5. computer 3. principal C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Match the word to its meaning A B 1. Pause a. statement 2. Stop b. silence, gap 3. utterance c. end D. Motivation: Read the following sentences;
Nilo, the boy in blue pants is my new classmate. Nilo, the boy in blue pants, is my new classmate.

Ask; Are the two sentences the same? Why? What punctuation is used to separate words? E. Presentation: Activity I - DIRECTION: Match the utterances to its meaning. Answer Utterances/Statement Meaning You are talking about Nilo who wears blue ___1. Nilo, the boy in blue pants is my new classmate. ___2. ___3. ___4.
Nilo, the boy in blue pants, is my new classmate. Elna, the girl near the flagpole is our Girl Scout leader. Elna, the girl near the flagpole, is our Girl Scout leader.

pants You are talking to Nilo about your new classmate. You are talking about Elna who is near the flagpole. You are talking to Elna about you Girl scout leader.

Check and discuss.

Activity 2 Read these sentences correctly. Put the comma ( , ) where it should be placed as to the meaning suggested in parentheses. The first one is done for you. Ex. Joan, the woman with an umbrella is my grandmother. (talking to Joan) 1. Marita the girl wearing a hat is my aunt. ( talking about Marita) 2. Mr. Santos the man at the gate is my father. (talking to Mr. Santos) 3. Jay my new friend if from Cavite. (talking to Jay) 4. Ronnie the boy with eyeglasses is the contestant in math. (talking about Ronnie) 5. Benny the girl in white is a nurse. (talking to Benny) *Check and discuss. Activity 3 Make to sentences indicating the pauses when;
17

1. you are talking to your classmate. 2. you are talking about your pet. F. Generalization: When talking to someone, use comma (,) after mentioning the name. Ex. Sheena, the girl in the room is my sister. When talking about someone/something, use 2 commas (,) after the name and the description. Ex. Sheena, the girl in the room, is my sister. G. Application: Look for a partner. Tell her about your mother. Use pauses and stops. IV. EVALUATION: Recognize pauses and stops in utterances that signal meaning. Write the letter only. 1. Hilda, the woman in red skirt is my cousin. a. talking to Hilda b. talking about Hilda 2. Dindo, the boy with a cap, is a singer. a. Talking to Dindo b. talking about Dindo 3. Lannie, the girl in Star Scout uniform, is the leader. a. Talking to Lannie b. talking about Lannie 4. Brent, the pet in the cage is a wild snake. a. Talking to Brent b. talking about Brent 5. Jun, the man near the canteen is a policeman. a. talking to Jun b. talking about Jun P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 1:15- 2:05 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Demonstrate how the skeletal system enables us to move. SUBJECT MATTER: Skeletal System Helps Us to Move

PELC I, 1, 1.2 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Spectrum pp 5-7, Science and Health pp 6-9 Picture of skeletal system, skeletal model, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identifying some bones that make up the Skeletal System C. Unlocking of Difficulties: joint D. Motivation:
18

III.

Do the following movement while singing; 1. Move your head 3. Knee bending 2. Shoulder rotation 4. Moving toes 3. Bending of waist 6. Shaking of fingers Ask: How does our bone moves in our activity? Why can we move our arms and legs in different ways? E. Presentation: Activity I (Groupings) 1. Let each group fill the following chart. Choose from the list below Pivot ball and socket hinge Parts of the body Movement Kinds of Joint 1. finger 2. ankle 3. hips 4. head 5. shoulder 2. Present their answer on the board. Check. 3. Discuss and give the correct answers. Activity 2 1. Perform the following activities and complete the chart. Activity Parts of the Movement Kinds of Joint Body 1. finger 2. ankle 3. hips 4. head 5. shoulder 2. Check and discuss. Activity 3 How the skeletal system enables these movements to be done/ 1. Stand and walk _________________________ 2. Write name _________________________ 3. Head move forward, backward - _________________________ F. Generalization: Say: The way bones are held together at the joint determines the kind of movements.

IV.

G. Application: 1. Call a volunteer to do the movements written on a strip of paper. 2. Let him/her act this and call another pupil to tell the action done. Ask another pupil how the bones enable him/her moved. EVALUATION:

19

Demonstrate the following. How do your skeletal system enables you to move? Write the kind of joint. 1. twisting - _________________________ 2. lifting - _________________________ 3. bowing - _________________________ 4. splitting - _________________________ 5. glancing - _________________________ P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ V. ASSIGNMENT: List down other movements and answer how do bones enables you to do such action. Araling Panlipunan Grade IV - 3

10:45 11:25 I. II.

III.

LAYUNIN: A.Nakikilala ang mga guhit na nasa isip (imaginary lines) na humahati sa mundo. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Guhit na Humahati sa Globo Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino 4 ph 9- 15 globo, flashcards PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang globo. Ano ito? Anu-ano ang mga guhit na makikita mo sa globo? Mahalaga ba ang mga guhit na ito? Bakit? C. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na katangian at hanapin ito sa globo. 1. Mga guhit na pahalang 2. Mga guhit na patayo na nakapalibot sa globo 3. Pabilog na guhit na humahati sa pinakagitnang bahagi ng globo 4. Guhit na patayo na may bilang na zero digri (0) na nag-uugnay sa Hilaga at Timog Polo 5. Matatagpuan sa kabilang bahagi ng Prime Meridian. Gawain 2: Tignan ang larawan ng globo at mga guhit nito. Tukuyin kung ano ang bawat guhit. latitud longhitud ekwador
Prime memeridian

International date Line (IDL)

Gawain 3 Ihanay ang mga kathang isip na guhit sa katangian nito.

20

A
1. ekwador

2. longhitud 3. latitude 4. Prime memeridian 5. International date Line (IDL)

B a. Pabilog na guhit na humahati sa pinakagitnang bahagi ng globo b. Matatagpuan sa kabilang bahagi ng Prime Meridian. c. Mga guhit na pahalang d. Guhit na patayo na may bilang na zero digri (0) na nag-uugnay sa Hilaga at Timog Polo e. Mga guhit na patayo na nakapalibot sa globo

E. Paglalahat: May mga guhit na makikita sa globo ito ay ang latitude at longhitud, prime meridian, ekwador at International date line. Ito ay mga kathang-isip na mga guhit lamang. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. May maitutulong ba ang mga guhit na makikita sa glob sa iyo? Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Kilalanin ang sumusunod na guhit sag lobo. Isulat ang titik sa sagutang papel. a. Ekwador d. guhit longhitud b. Prime meridian e. international Date LIne c. Guhit latitud 1. Matatagpuan sa kabilang bahagi ng Prime Meridian. 2. Mga guhit na pahalang 3. Guhit na patayo na may bilang na zero digri (0) na nag-uugnay sa Hilaga at Timog Polo 4. Mga guhit na patayo na nakapalibot sa globo 5. Pabilog na guhit na humahati sa pinakagitnang bahagi ng globo V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang globo at mga guhit na mga kathang isip lamang. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 I. II. MAPEH (Sining) Grade IV 3

III.

LAYUNIN: A.Nakikilala ang ibat iabng uri ng linya. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ibat Ibang Uri ng Linya Mga larawan, lapis ruler PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: tingnan ang larawan anu-anong linya ang inyong makikita? B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagguhit ng ibat ibang linya.
21

IV.

Gawain 2: Ipaukoy ang ibat ibang linya na makikita sa silid-aralan. Gawain 3 Ipaguhit ang ibat ibang uri ng linya. C. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang ibat ibang uri ng linya o guhit. D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Anong linya ang nagustuhan mong iguhit? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Kilalanin ang mga linya.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pagguhit sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 3:25 3:55 Reading Grade IV 3 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with consonant k sound II. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Final k sound flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing f sound. E.g. can, pickle, ticket,etc. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the words using flashcards. Activity 2 Give some examples of words with k sound. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Circle the words with k sound. C. Generalization What is the sound of k? D. Application: What are the words you know with the k sound? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. coin 3. book 5. cobra 2. sick 4.technical V. Assignment Make a list of words with k sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________
22

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 20, 2012 7:15 7:30 Flag Ceremony 7:30 7:40 Homeroom 7:40 8:10 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang pagtitipid sa pagpili ng wastong pagkain. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagtitipid PELC 1.2 p. 26 III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak:Magbigay ng mga halimbawa ng mga pagkain. Itanong: Ano ang maaring gawin sa mga pagkaing babanggiti ng inyong kaklase? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga pagkain na nasa kaliwa. Sa kanan ay mga kahon na pupunuan ng mga titik upang mabuo ang mga pwedeng gawin sa mga pagkain. 1. Isda 2. Hilaw na papaya 3. Tirang kanin Gawain 2 Anu-ano pa ang mga pagtitipid sa pagkain na ginagawa ninyo sa bahay? Gawain 3 Kung ikaw ay magiging chef ano pang magandang gawin sa mga tirang pagkain? F. Paglalahat: May mga hakbang ba upang makatipid sa mga pagkain? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga bang sundin magtipid sa mga pagkain? Bakit? PAGTATAYA:

IV.

23

V.

Kailan mo naisasagawa ang pagtitipid sa pagpili ng wastong pagkain. Lagyan ng tsek (/) kung ang nakasaad ay tama at ekis(X) kung mali. _____ 1. Bumibili ng makukulay na potato chips. _____ 2. Bumibili ng mura at masustansiyang pagkain. _____ 3. Pumipili ng mga pagkaing mamahalin. _____ 4. Pumipili ng pagkaing nakakabusog. _____ 5. Binibili ang lahat ng gusting pagkain. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano ang mga pagtitipid sa pagkain ang iyong isinasagawa? 8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Recognize pauses and stops in utterances that signal meaning. SUBJECT MATTER: Recognizing Pauses and Stops that signal Meaning References; BEC English Handbook I. 1.2 p.16 English for You and me Revised Edition(L) pp 8 11 Fun in English (L) Materials; Chart, flashcards, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: Stressed and unstressed Syllables Syllabicate the following words and put an apostrophe (). Ex. presentation ans. pre-sen-t-tion 4. elementary 4. experiment 5. notebook 5. computer 6. principal C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Match the word to its meaning A B 4. Pause a. statement 5. Stop b. silence, gap 6. utterance c. end D. Motivation: Read the following sentences;
Nilo, the boy in blue pants is my new classmate. Nilo, the boy in blue pants, is my new classmate.

I. II.

III.

Ask; Are the two sentences the same? Why? What punctuation is used to separate words? E. Presentation: Activity I - DIRECTION: Match the utterances to its meaning. Answer Utterances/Statement Meaning You are talking about Nilo who wears blue ___1. Nilo, the boy in blue pants is my new classmate. ___2. ___3. ___4.
Nilo, the boy in blue pants, is my new classmate. Elna, the girl near the flagpole is our Girl Scout leader. Elna, the girl near the flagpole, is our Girl Scout

pants You are talking to Nilo about your new classmate. You are talking about Elna who is near the flagpole. You are talking to Elna about you Girl scout
24

leader.

leader.

Check and discuss. Activity 2 Read these sentences correctly. Put the comma ( , ) where it should be placed as to the meaning suggested in parentheses. The first one is done for you. Ex. Joan, the woman with an umbrella is my grandmother. (talking to Joan) 1. Marita the girl wearing a hat is my aunt. ( talking about Marita) 2. Mr. Santos the man at the gate is my father. (talking to Mr. Santos) 3. Jay my new friend if from Cavite. (talking to Jay) 4. Ronnie the boy with eyeglasses is the contestant in math. (talking about Ronnie) 5. Benny the girl in white is a nurse. (talking to Benny) *Check and discuss. Activity 3 Make to sentences indicating the pauses when; 3. you are talking to your classmate. 4. you are talking about your pet. F. Generalization: When talking to someone, use comma (,) after mentioning the name. Ex. Sheena, the girl in the room is my sister. When talking about someone/something, use 2 commas (,) after the name and the description. Ex. Sheena, the girl in the room, is my sister. G. Application: Look for a partner. Tell her about your mother. Use pauses and stops. IV. EVALUATION: Recognize pauses and stops in utterances that signal meaning. Write the letter only. 1. Hilda, the woman in red skirt is my cousin. a. talking to Hilda b. talking about Hilda 2. Dindo, the boy with a cap, is a singer. b. Talking to Dindo b. talking about Dindo 3. Lannie, the girl in Star Scout uniform, is the leader. b. Talking to Lannie b. talking about Lannie 4. Brent, the pet in the cage is a wild snake. b. Talking to Brent b. talking about Brent 5. Jun, the man near the canteen is a policeman. a. talking to Jun b. talking about Jun P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 1:15- 2:05 SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

25

I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Demonstrate how the skeletal system enables us to move. SUBJECT MATTER: Skeletal System Helps Us to Move PELC I, 1, 1.2 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Spectrum pp 5-7, Science and Health pp 6-9 Picture of skeletal system, skeletal model, chart

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identifying some bones that make up the Skeletal System C. Unlocking of Difficulties: joint D. Motivation: Do the following movement while singing; 1. Move your head 3. Knee bending 2. Shoulder rotation 4. Moving toes 3. Bending of waist 6. Shaking of fingers Ask: How does our bone moves in our activity? Why can we move our arms and legs in different ways? E. Presentation: Activity I (Groupings) 1. Let each group fill the following chart. Choose from the list below Pivot ball and socket hinge Parts of the body Movement Kinds of Joint 6. finger 7. ankle 8. hips 9. head 10.shoulder 2.Present their answer on the board. Check. 3.Discuss and give the correct answers. Activity 2 1.Perform the following activities and complete the chart. Activity Parts of the Movement Kinds of Joint Body 6. finger 7. ankle 8. hips 9. head 10.shoulder 2.Check and discuss. Activity 3 How the skeletal system enables these movements to be done/
26

1. Stand and walk 2. Write name 3. Head move forward, backward -

_________________________ _________________________ _________________________

F. Generalization: Say: The way bones are held together at the joint determines the kind of movements. G. Application: 1. Call a volunteer to do the movements written on a strip of paper. 2. Let him/her act this and call another pupil to tell the action done. Ask another pupil how the bones enable him/her moved. IV. EVALUATION: Demonstrate the following. How do your skeletal system enables you to move? Write the kind of joint. 6. twisting - _________________________ 7. lifting - _________________________ 8. bowing - _________________________ 9. splitting - _________________________ 10.glancing - _________________________ P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ V. ASSIGNMENT: List down other movements and answer how do bones enables you to do such action. Araling Panlipunan Grade IV - 3

10:45 11:25 I. II.

III.

LAYUNIN: A.Nakikilala ang mga espesyal na guhit na latitud sa globo. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Espesyal na Guhit Latitud Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino 4 ph 13 globo, flashcards PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Mga guhit sa globo C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang larawan ng mag guhit na latitude. Anong guhit ito ng globo? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Sundin ang mga sumusunod na panuto upang tukuyin ang mga nakasaad sa guhit na nakapaskil sa pisara. 1.Ito ay nasa timog ng ekwador na matatagpuan 23 2. Ito ay nasa hilaga ng ekwador na matatagpuan 23 3. Ito ay nasa hilaga ng ekwador na matatagpuan 66 4. Ito ay nasa timog ng ekwador na matatagpuan 66
27

66 23

23 66

Gawain 2: Iguhit ang mga espesyal na guhit latitude.

Gawain 3 Ihanay ang mga kathang isip na guhit sa katangian nito. A B 1. Tropiko ng Kanser a. Ito ay nasa hilaga ng ekwador na matatagpuan 66 2. Tropiko ng Kaprikornyo b. Ito ay nasa hilaga ng ekwador na matatagpuan 23 3. Kabilugang Arktiko c. Ito ay nasa timog ng ekwador na matatagpuan 23 4. Kabilugang Antarktiko d. Ito ay nasa timog ng ekwador na matatagpuan 66 F. Paglalahat: May mga guhit na makikita sa globo ito ay ang latitude> May mga espesyal na guhit latitude, ang Tropiko ng Kanser, Tropiko ng Kaprikornyo, Kabilugang Arktiko at Kabilugang Antarktiko. G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. May maitutulong ba ang mga guhit na makikita sa glob sa iyo? Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Kilalanin ang sumusunod na guhit sa globo na nasa ibaba. Isulat ang titik sa sagutang papel. a. Tropiko ng Kanser d. Kabilugang Antarktiko b. Tropiko ng Kaprikornyo e. Kabilugang Arktiko 1. _____ 2._____

3. ____ 4. ____ V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang globo at mga guhit na espesyal. P.L. : ___________________________________________
28

REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 MAPEH (Sining) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Nakikilala ang ibat ibang uri ng linya. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ibat Ibang Uri ng Linya Mga larawan, lapis ruler III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: tingnan ang larawan anu-anong linya ang inyong makikita? B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagguhit ng ibat ibang linya. Gawain 2: Ipaukoy ang ibat ibang linya na makikita sa silid-aralan. Gawain 3 Ipaguhit ang ibat ibang uri ng linya. C. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang ibat ibang uri ng linya o guhit. D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 2. Anong linya ang nagustuhan mong iguhit? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Kilalanin ang mga linya.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pagguhit sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 3:25 3:55

I. II.

Reading

Grade IV 3

III.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with consonant k sound SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Final k sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing f sound. E.g. can, pickle, ticket,etc. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the words using flashcards. Activity 2 Give some examples of words with k sound. Activity 3
29

IV.

Read the sentences. Circle the words with k sound. C. Generalization What is the sound of k? D. Application: What are the words you know with the k sound? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 3. coin 3. book 5. cobra 4. sick 4.technical Assignment Make a list of words with k sound.

V.

THURSDAY, JUNE 21, 2012 7:15 7:30 Flag Ceremony 7:30 7:40 Homeroom 7:40 8:10 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: B. Naipapakita ang wastong pangangasiwa ng salapi. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagtitipid PELC 1.2 p. 26 III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak: Magkano ang baon mong pera araw-araw? Malaki ba ito o maliit lamang para sa iyo? Paano mo ito pinagkakasya? Bakit kailangan ang wastong pangangasiwa ng salapi? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na pangungusap. Alin dito ang iyong ginagawa? 1. Bumibili ng mga kakailanganing gamit sa paaralan kahit hindi humihingi sa magulang. 2. Ibili muna ng pagkain ang pera kahit walang papel. 3. Sumasali ng pustahan upang dumami ang pera. 4. Nag-iimpok kung may sobrang pera mula sa baon. 5. Bibilhin ang lahat ng gustong laruan sa labas ng paaralan. Gawain 2 Anu-ano pa ang mga pagtitipid sa pera ang ginagawa mo? Gawain 3 Kung ikaw ay may P20 na baon ara-araw paano mo ito pangangasiwaan? F. Paglalahat: May mga wastong paraan paano pangasiwaan ang ating salapi. G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga bang pangasiwaan an gating salapi? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA:
30

V.

Kailan mo naisasagawa ang wastong ppanganagsiwa sa salapi. Lagyan ng TAMA kung ang nakasaad ay wasto at MALI kung hindi wasto. _____ 1. Nag-iipon ng pera mula sa baon. _____ 2. Namimigay ng pera sa mga kaklase. _____ 3. Binibili ang mga kayang bilhin upang hindi na hihingi sa magulang. _____ 4. Nagsusugal upang dumami ang pera. _____ 5. Binibili ang lahat ng gustong gamit. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano ang mga watsong pangangasiwa sa salapi ang ginagawa ng inyong pamilya?

I. II.

III.

8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Follow 3-4 step diections. SUBJECT MATTER: Following 3-4 step diections References; BEC English Handbook 2 p.16 English for You and me Revised Edition(L) pp 12 16 Fun in English (L) Materials; Chart, flashcards, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: Recognizing pauses and stops C. Unlocking of Difficulties: directions D. Motivation: Do you know how to cook rice? What are the steps in cooing rice? Is it important to follow steps? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I (1 represetative per row) Listen to these directions and follow these directions; First, stand up and walk towards the blackboard. Next, write your name. Then, walk straight towards the door. Lastly, wak towards the terachers table. *Check and discuss. Activity 2 6. Give activity cards to every group. Act what is in the card. Take note of the group who followed the directions correctly. *Check and discuss. Activity 3 Make to 3-4 step direction. Exchange it with the other group. F. Generalization:

31

Directions give us information on how to do certain things. What are the things to remember in following directions? G. Application: In your daily activities, when can you hear directions that you must follow? IV. EVALUATION: Follow these direction. First, get a piece of paper and write your name on it. Then write the name of your classmate under your name of your classmate under your name. Lastly, write the name of your teacher opposite to your name. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 1:15- 2:05 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Identify the bones that protect the internal organs. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying Bones that Protect the Internal Organs PELC I, 1, 1.3 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Spectrum pp 5-7, Science and Health pp 10 - 13 Picture of skull, chest cavity, spinal cord

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: How skeletal system enables us to move. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: D. Motivation: Present the pictures of skull, rib cage, spinal cord. What are these? Why are they important to our body? What are the organs that they protect? Is it necessary to protect them? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I (Groupings) Let each group fill the fchart. Internal Organs Bones that protect Heart Brain Lungs Spinal cord kidney 2.Present their answer on the board. Check.
32

3.Discuss and give the correct answers. Activity 2 Form this puzzle below. Read the clue given in the right side of the jumbled letters. 1. L l u k s it protects the brain 2. R b I s it protects the heart and lungs 3. Spinal m u o c l n - portects the spinal cord 4. P c I e v I protects our kidney Check and discuss. Activity 3 Name a bone. The other pupil will tell what organ does it protects. F. Generalization: Say: Enumerate the bones that protect some organs in our body. G. Application: Is it important to protect our internal organ? Why? How can we help protect our internal organs? IV. EVALUATION: Identify the bones that protect the following internal organs write the letter only 1. Liver a. Skull 2. Eyeball b. Spinal column c. Hipbone 3. Spinal cord d. ribs 4. Brain 5. heart

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ V. ASSIGNMENT: What are opther ionternal organs that are protected by bones. Araling Panlipunan Grade IV - 3

10:45 11:25 I.

II.

III.

LAYUNIN: A.Nagagamit ang mga pangunahing direksiyon sa pagtukoy ng mga lugar sa isang mapa. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Pangunahing Direksiyon Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino 4 ph 18 mapa, tsart ng pangunahing direksiyon PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Mga espesyal na guhit na latitud

33

C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mapa. Ipatukoy ang mga lugar gamit ang sa itaas, sa ibaba. May iba pa bang salitang maaring gamitin upang matukoy ang mga lugar sa mapa? Mahalaga ba ang mga salitang pantukoy? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Gamit ang mapa na nasa pahina 23, tukuyin ang mga susmusunod na lugar. 1. Hilaga ng mapa 2. Timog ng Bangued 3. Silangan ng Tarlac 4. Hilaga ng Iligan 5. Timog ng Manila Gawain 2: Pagmasdan ang siid-aralan upang matukoy ang mga bagay na itinuturo sa sumusunod 1. Hilaga ng silid-aralan 2. Timog ng silid-aralan 3. Kanluran ng silid 4. 4. Silangan ng silid Gawain 3 Magbigay ng panuto gamit ang mga pangunahing direksyon. F. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang ga pangunhaing direksyon? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga bang malaman ag mga pangunahing direksyon? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Gamitin ang pagunahing direksyon upang masabi ang mga itinuturo sa mapa na nasa pahina 24. 1. Lalawigan sa hilaga ng Lallawigang bulubundukin 2. Mga lalawigan sa kanluran ng rehiyon 3. Lalawigan sa silangan ng Abra 4. Lalawigan sa timog ng apayao 5. Lalawigan sa kanluran ng Ifugao

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa ng panuto gamit ang pangunahing direksyon P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 MAPEH (Sining) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naguguhit ang ibat ibang katangian ng linya. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ibat Ibang katangian ng linya
34

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Masdan ang mga linya sa pisara, anu-ano ang mga katangian ng bawat isa? Paano mo ito nasabi? B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagguhit. Gawain 2: Grupo Pagtatakda ng pamantayan sa pagguhit Gawain 3 Pagguhit ng Ibat Ibang Katangian ng Linya. C. Paglalahat: May ibat ibang katangian ang linya: makapal,manipis, malambot, matigas, makitid, malapad D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Anong katangian ng linya ang nagustuhan mong iguhit? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naguhit mo ba ang ibat ibang uri ng linya? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Gumamit ka bang wastong kagamitan sa pagguhit? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginuhit? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang ibat ibang katangian ng linya sa kwaderno P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 3:25 3:55
I. II.

Reading

Grade IV 3

III.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with consonant k sound SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Final k sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing f sound. E.g. can, pickle, ticket,etc. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the words using flashcards. Activity 2 Give some examples of words with k sound. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Circle the words with k sound. C. Generalization What is the sound of k?
35

IV.

D. Application: What are the words you know with the k sound? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. coin 3. book 5. cobra 2. sick 4.technical Assignment Make a list of words with k sound.

V.

FRIDAY, JUNE 22, 2012 7:15 7:30 Flag Ceremony 7:30 7:40 Homeroom 7:40 8:10 Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasagot ang mga katanungan mula sa napag-aralan sa sumusunod na layunin; 1. Naipamamalas ang pang-unawa na ang katotohanan ang magpapalaya sa anumang alalahanin sa buhay ng tao. 2. Naisasagawa nang may panunuring pag-iisip ang tamang pamamaraan/pamantayan sa pagtuklas ng katotohanan. 3. Naisasagawa ang pagtitipid sa pagpili ng wastong pagkain. 4. Naipapakita ang wastong pangangasiwa ng salapi II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: 1ST Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang mga natutunan ninyo sa isang linggo? Handa ba kayong sagutin ang mga tanong? Paano mo ito masasagutan ng wasto? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pakikinig sa pamantayan ng pagkuha ng pagsusulit. Gawain 2 Pagbabasa ng pangkalahatang panuto. Gawain 3 Pagsagot sa itinakdang Summative Test

III.

IV.
36

Sumangguni sa Summative Test Plan P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: A.Answer the questions about lessons learned from the ff. objectives 1. Recognize pauses and stops in utterances that signal meaning. 2. Identify the stressed syllables. 4. Follow 3-4 step diections. SUBJECT MATTER: 1st Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: C. Motivation: What have you learned from our lessons? Are you ready to take a test? What are your preparations? Is taking test important? Why? D. Presentation: Activity I Set standards in taking tests. Activity 2 Read general direction. Activity 3 Summative Test Proper IV. Refer to summative test plan

I.

II.

III.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 1:15- 2:05 I. OBJECTIVE: A.Answer the questions about lessons learned from the ff. objectives 1. Identify some bones that make up the skeletal system. 2. Demonstrate how the skeletal system enables us to move. 3. Identify the bones that protect the internal organs. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 1st Summative Test
37

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

IV.

PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: What have you learned from our lessons? Are you ready to take a test? What are your preparations? Is taking test important? Why? C. Presentation: Activity I Set standards in taking tests. Activity 2 Read general direction. Activity 3 Summative Test Proper Refer to summative test plan

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 10:45 11:25 I. Araling Panlipunan Grade IV - 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasagot ang mga katanungan mula sa napag-aralan sa sumusunod na layunin; 1. Nakikilala ang mga bahagi ng mundo. 2. Nakikilala ang mga guhit na nasa isip (imaginary lines) na humahati sa mundo. 3. Nakikilala ang mga espesyal na guhit na latitud sa globo. 4. Nagagamit ang mga pangunahing direksiyon sa pagtukoy ng mga lugar sa isang mapa. PAKSANG-ARALIN: 1ST Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang mga natutunan ninyo sa isang linggo? Handa ba kayong sagutin ang mga tanong? Paano mo ito masasagutan ng wasto? B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pakikinig sa pamantayan ng pagkuha ng pagsusulit. Gawain 2 Pagbabasa ng pangkalahatang panuto. Gawain 3 Pagsagot sa itinakdang Summative Test

II.

III.

IV. Sumangguni sa Summative Test Plan P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 MAPEH (Physical Health) Grade IV 3
38

I. II. III.

IV.

LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang battery test. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Battery Test Bangon-Higa at sit-and-reach PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay may mga pagsasanay na ginagawa para sa pangkaangkupang pisikal? Anu-ano ito? Mahalaga ba ang passasanay o pageehersisyo sa ating katawan? Bakit? B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagsasagawa ng bangon-higa at sit-and-reach Gawain 2: Grupo Pagtatakda ng pamantayan sa battery test. Gawain 3 Pagsasagwa ng battery test bangon-higa at sit-and-reach. C. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang battery test na naisagawa mo? D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. May mahalaga bang naidulot ang Gawain sa iyo? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nagawa mo ba ng maayos ang bangon-higa? 2. Nagawa mo ba ng maayos ang sit-and-reach?

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano pa ang ibat ibang battery test. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 3:25 3:55
I. II.

Reading

Grade IV 3

III.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with consonant th and dh sound SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with consonant th and dh sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show flashcards showing consonant th and dh sound. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the words using flashcards. Activity 2 Give some examples of words with consonant th and dh sound. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Circle the words consonant th and box the words with
39

IV.

dh sound. C. Generalization What is the sound of consonant th and dh sound? D. Application: What are the words you know with consonant th and dh sound? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. think 3. thing 5. these 2. then 4.theme Assignment Make a list of words with consonant th and dh sound

V.

MONDAY, JUNE 25, 2012 7:15 7:30 7:30 7:40 7:40 8:10 I.

Flag Ceremony Homeroom Edukasyon sa Pagpapakatao Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naibabahagi ang kaalaman tungkol sa mga pinakahuling pangyayari. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagmamahal sa Katotohanan

II. III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Memory verse (3RD week) B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Pagganyak: magpakita ng isang editorial kartun. Ano ang ipinahihiwatig sa inyo ng editorial kartun? Ano ang kaugnayan nito sa ating pamumuhay? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ano ang mga balitang narinig o nabasa mo kahapon? Talakayin. Gawain 2 Magpakita ng isang balita hango sa pahayagan. Talakayin. Gawain 3 Talakayin ang kahalagahan ng pagtuklas ng balita sa pamamagitan ng mga ulat na narinig, napanood o nabasa. F. Paglalahat: Ang mga balitang narinig, napanood o nabasa ay nagsisiwalat ng katotohanan. G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Ano na ang nagging kontribusyon ng balita sa iyong buhay?

40

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Basahin ang sitwasyon Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang iyong sagot at ibigay ang inyong opinion. Mababa ang halaga ng dolyar sa kasalukuyan at mataas ang halaga ng piso sa ating bansa. Ngunit napapansin natin na mahal ang mga bilihin sa ibat ibang lugar. Dapat ba itong mangyari? Bakit? Opo ____________ Hindi po ______________________ Opinyon: ___________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________________ V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Makinig, Manood o magbasa ng mga balita at ibigay ang inyong kuru-kuro. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:00 8:50 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Get information from a conversation listened to. SUBJECT MATTER: Get information from a conversation Heard BEC English Handbook I. 1.1 and 3 p.6 English for You and me (L) pp 17-21 6 Fun in English (L) pp 2 7 Pictures, activity cards III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister words with f sound B. Review: fllowing 3-4 step directions C. Unlocking of Difficulties: conversation, information D. Motivation: 1. Have you heard or seen interviews? Can you understand their conversation? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Post a conversation. Have 2 voluinteers to read the dialog, Answer wh- questions. Check and Discuss. Activity 2 (Groupings) Let the pupils form a group. Divide the groupings into 2. First will read the conversation and the second group will answer the questions and vise versa. Activity 3 The teacher will rd a conversation. Let someone ask a question and another volunteer to answer the question. F. Generalization: How to easily get the information heard?
41

I. II.

IV.

G. Application: Play a video of a dialog. Take note details. Question and answer. EVALUATION: Get information from a conversation(page 26). Answer the following questions.Write the letter only. 1. Who is the friend of Lanz? a. Abad b. Andrei c. Aldrin 2. When will be the encoming contest? a. 9:00 b. 10:00 d. 11:00 3. What will be the encoming contest? a. dance contest b. musical contest c. singing contest 4. To whom did Aldrin go with? a. with his sister b. with his mother c. with his friend 5. What residence did Andrei call? a. Lopez b. abad c. Gomez ASSIGNMENT: Write a short conversation and 5 questions about it.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:50 9:40 9:55 10:45 1:15- 2:05 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Illustrate how muscles are connected to the bones. SUBJECT MATTER: Muscle-Bone Connection PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Spectrum pp 2-4, Science and Health pp 28-29 Pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Song: Ten Bones B. Science Updates C. Review: Bones that protect D. Unlocking of Difficulties: connection, muscle, tendons E. Motivation: Present a picture of a muscle attaches to the bone. Ask; What are these two parts? How do muscles connected to the bones? F. Presentation: Activity I
42

Observe some tendons in the body. 1. Feel the tendons at the back of your hand while moving your fingers. 2. Feel also the muscles found in the following areas, wrist, lower arm, lower leg, and upper leg. Activity 2 Illustrate on your paper the observation in activity 1. Check and Discuss. Activity 3 Observe different pictures.Which one illustrate muscle-bone connection. G. Generalization: It is the muscles attached to the bones that move them. A muscle can only pull or contract. All muscles work by contracting and relaxing.

H. Application: Why should muscle and bone be connected? IV. EVALUATION: 1. Illustrate how muscles are connected to the bones. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 10:45 11:25 I. II. Araling Panlipunan Grade IV - 3

III.

LAYUNIN: A.Nasasabi ang lokasyon ng Pilipinas. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Lokasyon ng Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino 4 ph 21 Mapa, globo, flashcards PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Pangunahin at pangalawang Direksyon C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang globo. Saan ang Pilipinas? Madali ba itong matunton? Paano? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: lokasyon E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Gamitin ang mga sumusunod na salita upang masabi ang lokasyon ng Pilipinas. 1. Hatingglobo 2. Prime Meridian 3. Latitude 4. Longhitud Gawain 2: Basahin ang totoong lokasyon ng Pilipinas. 1. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa Hilagang Hatingglobo sa Asya.
43

2. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa gawing silangan ng Prime Meridian. 3. Ang Pilipinas ay sa pagitan ng 4 hanggang 21 Hilagang latitude 4. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa 116 hanggang 127 Silangan Longhitud. Gawain 3 Punan ang sumusunod na pangungusap. 1. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa _________ Hatingglobo sa Asya. 2. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa gawing ____________ ng Prime Meridian. 3. Ang Pilipinas ay sa pagitan ng 4 hanggang ____ Hilagang latitude 4. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa 116 hanggang 127 Silangan ____________ F. Paglalahat: Ano ang totoong lokasyon ng Pilipinas?

IV.

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Madali bang matukoy ang lokasyon ng Pilipinas? Paano? PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang tootong lokasyon ng Pilipinas sa pamamagitan ng pagpupuno ng pangungusap. Mamili ng sagot sa loob ng kahon. Ang Pilipinas ay nasa Hilagang Hatingglobo sa ______. Ito ay nasa gawing silangan ng _____________.Nasa pagitan ito ng 4 hanggang 21 ________ latitude at 116 hanggang 127 Silangan ____________ Prime meridian hilagang Asya latitud

V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 2:45 3:25 MAPEH Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ng buong-husay ang pambansang awit. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng Pambansang awit III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Sino ang mahusay sa pag-awit? (Pabigyan ng sample) B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pag-aawit. Mga mahusay sa pag-awit. Gawain 2: Grupo Ano ang maganda sa kanilang pag-awit? Anu-ano ang hindi wasto sa kanilang pag-awit. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit C. Paglalahat: Sa pag-awit ng Pambansang awit dapat awitin ng ________.
44

IV.

D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin awitin ang Pambansang Awit? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Awitin ang pambansang awit ng buong puso. 2. Awitin ang Pambansang awit ng may tamang liriko. 3. Tumayo ng maayos habang inaawit ang Pambansang Awit. 4. Ilagay ang kanang kamay sa dibdib.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng maayos sa Flag Ceremony bukas. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 3:25 3:55 Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with final consonant g sound SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Final g sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing f sound. E.g. bag, jag,wig, Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar sound? Producing the g sound. Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words with g sound. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with g sound. Then identify the word with g sound in checked sentences. C. Generalization What is the sound of g? D. Application: What are the words you know with the g sound? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. intrigue
45

I. II.

III.

IV.

2. brag 3. drug 4. gag 5. hug V. Assignment Make a list of words with final f, gh, ph. 5 words each. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

____________ English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Identify the prefix joined in a word. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the prefix PELC A. 3, 3.2 P.16 English for You and me (L) pp 17-21 6 Fun in English (L) pp 2 7 Flashcards, chart PROCEDURES; A. Drill/ Review: Compound words B. Unlocking of Difficulties: prefix, rootword C. Motivation: 1. Read the following: un,in.mis,in,dis..Ask; What ae these words? You know some words which start with this letters? How important is this word? D. Presentation: Activity I Read the following words. Regroup the prefix and the rootword. The first one is done for you. Ex. unpretty= ________ + ________ 1. Imperfect= ________ + ________ 6. unfriendly= ________ + ________ 2. incorrect= ________ + ________ 7. Rebuild = ________ + ________ 3. dishonest= ________ + ________ 8. irregular= ________ + ________ 4. international= ________ + ______ 9. unclean= ________ + ________ 5. misbehave= ________ + ________ 10. subway= ________ + ________ Check and Discuss. Activity 2 Underline the prefix in the following words below. 1. reread
46

III.

2. 3. 4. 5.

impolite pretest reopen untidy

Activity 3 Let a pupil give an example of word with prefix. Have colunteers to identify the prefix in the given word mentioned. E. Generalization: Say: prefix is a syllable placed before the rootword. i. Application: On the board are list of words. Identify the word with prefix. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the prefix joined in a word. Encircle the prefix. 1. Impure 2. Disobedient 3. Recount 4. Unpleasant 5. inactive V. ASSIGNMENT: Give five words with prefix. Underline the prefix P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

___________ ___________ ___________ I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Demonstrate first aid treatment for sprains and cramps. SUBJECT MATTER: First Aid Treatment for Sprains and Cramps PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Science and Health Pictures, ice bag, bandage, hot water bag, herbs PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Muscle-Bone injuries and diseases C. Unlocking of Difficulties: sprains, cramps D. Motivation: We have discussed injuries in muscles and bones. Did you already experience sprain/Cramps? Or have seen one? How does it feel? What should we do to those persons experiencing sprain or cramps? E. Presentation: Activity I
47

III.

Read the following first aid treatment on sprain. Have some volunteer to demonstrate every step. SPRAIN 1. Keep the victim from using the sprained part. If an ankle or knee has been sprained, two persons carry the victim by making him or her sit on their arms. 2. Put an ice bag on the sprain to reduce pain and swelling. 3. Apply bandage to the sprained part to avoid movement of the bones. Use an elastic bandage that is not too loose or too tight. A tight bandage disturbs the circulation of the blood. 4. Put the sprained elbow or wrist in a sling to give the arm some rest. 5. If there is no more swelling, a hot water bag maybe placed on the injured part to improve blood circulation. 6. Herbs or medicinal plants like ginger, garlic and mayana may be used. They are crushed to extract the juice, which is applied on the injured part. Activity 2 Read the following first aid treatment on cramps. Have some volunteer to demonstrate every step. CRAMPS 1. The cramps will ease off by rubbing the affected area. 2. If your muscle feels sore due to overwork, take a warm bath, lie down and rest. Activity 3 Supply a missing word to complete the statement about treating sprain and cramps. Choose the word in the box. 1. Use an ___________ bandage that is not too loose or too tight. 2. The _____________ are crushed to extract the juice, which is applied on the injured part. 3. If an ankle or knee has been sprained, _________ persons carry the victim by making him or her sit on their arms. 4. Put the sprained elbow or wrist in a _______ to give the arm some rest. 5. The cramps will ease off by ____________the affected area. 6. If there is no more swelling, a ___________ bag maybe placed on the injured part to improve blood circulation. Herbs sling two elastic hot water rubbing

IV.

F. Generalization: There are easy ways on how to treat victims of sprain and cramps. Read steps. G. Application: If you will experience sprain or cramps, are you going to lose hope? Why? EVALUATION: Read the sentences below. Which demonstrate a proper way of treating person with sprain or cramps? Write True if the sentence is correct and False if not.
48

_____1. If your muscle feels sore due to overwork, take a warm bath, lie down and rest. _____2. Put a hot compress on the sprain to reduce pain and swelling. _____3. Use herbs or medicinal plants like ginger, garlic and mayana. _____4. Apply bandage to the sprained part to avoid movement of the bones. _____5. Let victim use the sprained part. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Nasasabi ang katangiang pisikal ng Pilipinas II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 41-44 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Sonang Pangklima C. Pagganyak: Masdan mo ang tanawin sa labas? Ano ang iyong makikita? Sa malalayong lugar dito, ano ang pinakagusto mo? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: pisikal, topograpiya E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga katangiang pisikal ng Pilipinas. Magbigay ng kuru-kuro sa bawat bilang. 1. Ang Pilipinas ay isang kapuluan na binubuo ng 7,107 na mga pulo. 2. Baku-bako ang katangiang pisikal o topograpiya ng Pilipinas. 3. May mga hanay ng bundok sa Pilipinas na magkaagapay. 4. Mayroong mga bulkan ang Pilipinas. 5. Mayroon din naming 132 anyong tubig ang ating bansa. Gawain 2: Sabihin ang katangiang pisikal ng Pilipinas gamit ang mga salita sa ibaba upang makabuo ng pangunguap. 1. Kapuluan 2. Topograpiya 3. Anyong lupa 4. Anong tubig Gawain 3 Ano ang katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas? F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan tungkol sa katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas? G. Paglalapat:
49

Tanungin: 1. Ano ang pinakagusto mong katangian ng Pilipinas? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian pisikal ng Pilipinas. Punan lamang ng salita ang bawat pangungusap. 1. May ____ likas na daungan o kanlunganang Pilipinas. 2. Binubuo ng _______ ang maliliit na pulo sa Pilipinas. 3. Ang Pilipinas ay isang __________. 4. Sinasabing may 132 anyong _____ sa Pilipinas. 5. _______ ang katangiang pisikal ng Pilipinas. a. tubig b. kapuluan c. 61 d. Baku-bako e. 7, 107 V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ng buong-husay ang Himno ng Paaralan. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng Himno ng Paaralan III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Sino ang mahusay sa pag-awit? (Pabigyan ng sample) B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pag-aawit. Mga mahusay sa pag-awit. Gawain 2: Grupo Ano ang maganda sa kanilang pag-awit? Anu-ano ang hindi wasto sa kanilang pag-awit. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit C. Paglalahat: Sa pag-awit ng Pambansang awit dapat awitin ng ________. D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin awitin ang Himno ng Paaralan? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Awitin ang Himno ng Paaralan ng buong puso. 2. Awitin ang Himno ng Paaralan ng may tamang liriko. 3. Tumayo ng maayos habang inaawit ang Himno ng Paaralan.
50

4. Wasto ang mga titik sa inaawit. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng maayos sa Flag Ceremony bukas. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words that ends with /ze/ and /z/ SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words that ends with /ze/ and /z/ Grade IV 3

I. II.

flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing words that ends with /ze/ and /z/ E.g. amaze, doze, etc Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar sound? Producing the z sound. Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words that ends with /ze/ and /z/. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with words that ends with /ze/ and /z/. Then identify words that ends with /ze/ and /z/in checked sentences. C. Generalization What is the sound of z? D. Application: What are the words that ends with /ze/ and /z/you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. haze 2. quiz 3. buzz 4. blaze 5. froze V. Assignment Make a list of words that ends with /ze/ and /z/. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, JULY 10, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.
51

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:00 9:00 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Give the meaning of words with prefix. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the prefix PELC A. 3, 3.2 P.16 English for You and me (L) pp 31-35 Fun in English (L) Flashcards, chart PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: reading of words with prefix B. Review: Identifying the prefix C. Unlocking of Difficulties: prefix, rootword D. Motivation: 1. We have encountered words with prefix. Is it easy for you to give the meaning of those words? How? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following prefix and their meaning on the chart. PREFIX re Un, in, irr, Im, dis mis, inter sub MEANING again not wrongly Whole, entire Found under

I. II.

III.

Activity 2 Use the following data in the chart to give the meaning of the following words.
52

IV.

The first one is done for you. 1. Imperfect= not perfect 6. unfriendly= ______________ 2. incorrect= ______________ 7. Rebuild = ______________ 3. dishonest= ______________ 8. irregular= ______________ 4. international= ______________ 9. unclean= ______________ 5. misbehave= ______________ 10. subway= ______________ Check and Discuss. Activity 3 Match the words with prefix to its meaning. PREFIX MEANING 1. reread a. not tidy 2. impolite b. read again 3. unusual c. not polite 4. reopen d. not usual 5. untidy e. open again F. Generalization: What have you learned? i. Application: Read the following sentences. Chane the underline word with its meaning. Example: 1. Maria is unfriendly. Answer: Maria is not friendly. Start here: 1. She is impolite. 2. The children are misbehave. 3. We are recounting the votes. 4. Do not say unpleasant words. 5. She got lots of misspelled words. EVALUATION: Give the meaning of the following words below. 1. Impure 2. Disobedient 3. Recount 4. Unpleasant 5. inactive

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Use a prefix to form a sentence. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 9:00 10:00 ____________ 2:15 3:15 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Demonstrate first aid treatment for fracture. SUBJECT MATTER: First Aid Treatment for Fracture PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science
53

Science and Health Splint, cloth PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: First Aid Treatment for Sprain and Cramps C. Unlocking of Difficulties: splint D. Motivation: Have you seen someone experienced fracture? How does it feel? What should we do to those persons experiencing fracture? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following first aid treatment for frature. Have some volunteer to demonstrate every step. FRACTURE 1. To apply first aid treatment to an open fracture, clean the wound. 2. Afterwards cover it with sterilized dressing and bandage. 3. As much as possible do not move the injured person. 4. Use a splint to support the broken bone. A splint can be made out of some hard materials like a thin piece of wood, carton, stick or even a stack of paper. You need strips of cloth to tie the splint in place. Activity 2 Supply a missing word to complete the statement about treating sprain and cramps. Choose the word in the box. 1. Use a _________ to support the broken bone. 2. Clean the _________ to apply first aid treatment to an open fracture. 3. ________ the splint in place using strips of cloth. 4. Cover the wound of the fracture with ___________ dressing and bandage. 5. Do not ______ the injured person. wound move Tie sterilized splint

III.

IV.

Activity 3 Groupings Demonstrate first aid treatment for fracture. F. Generalization: There are easy ways on how to treat victims of fracture. Read steps. G. Application: If you will experience sprain or cramps, are you going to lose hope? Why? EVALUATION: Read the sentences below. Which demonstrate a proper way of treating person with sprain or cramps? Write True if the sentence is correct and False if not. _____1. Use a splint to support the broken bone. _____2. Do not clean the wound of the open fracture until the doctor comes.. _____3. Tie the splint in place.
54

_____4. A splint can be made out of some hard materials like a thin piece of wood, carton, stick or even a stack of paper. _____5. Cover the wound with handkerchief borrowed from anyone. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Natutukoy ang mga anyong lupa na makikita sa Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas Anyong Lupa sa Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 41-44 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas ibat ibang anyong lupa C. Pagganyak: Sa Ikatlong Baitang natutunan ninyo ang mga ibat ibang anyong lupa. May alam ba kayong anyong lupa sa ibat ibang panig ng Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang mga ito? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: pisikal, topograpiya E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmasdan ang mga balangkas na guhit. Tukuyin ang mga anyong lupa na ito.

1. __________

2. __________ a. b. c. d. e.

3. __________ Lambak Burol Bulubundukin Talampas bulkan

4. __________

5. __________

Gawain 2: Basahin ang mga ngalan ng anyong lupa sa Pilipinas. Ihanay aito sa lugar ng katatagpuan ng mga ito. ANYONG LUPA SAAN MATATAGPUAN _____1.Bulubundukin ng Cordillera a.Carmen, Bohol _____2. Lambak ng Agusan B.pagitan ngDavao at Cotabato _____3. Chocolate Hills C. Luzon _____4. Bundok Kitanglad D. Bukidnon _____5. Mt. Apo E.Mindanao Gawain 3 Anu-ano pa ang anyong lupa ang alam mo? Saan ito matatagpuan. F. Paglalahat:
55

Saan-saan natin matatagpuan ang mga anyong lupa? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Ano ang dapat nating gawing pagpapahalaga sa mga anyong lupa? Bakit natin ito pahalagahan? IV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin kung saan matatagpuan ang mga anyong lupa sa iababa. Isulat lamang ang titik ng tamang sagot. A. Luzon B. Visayas C. Mindanao __B__1.Bundok Kanlaon __A__2. Talampas ng Baguio __A__3.Mt. Mayon __B__4. Chocolate Hills __C__5. Mt. Matutum V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ng buong-husay ang Himno ng Heneral Santos. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng Himno ng Heneral Santos III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Pagganyak: Sino ang mahusay sa pag-awit? (Pabigyan ng sample) B. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pag-aawit. Mga mahusay sa pag-awit. Gawain 2: Grupo Ano ang maganda sa kanilang pag-awit? Anu-ano ang hindi wasto sa kanilang pag-awit. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit C. Paglalahat: Sa pag-awit ng Pambansang awit dapat awitin ng ________. D. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin awitin ang Himno ng Heneral Santos? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Awitin ang Himno ng Heneral Santos ng buong puso. 2. Awitin ang Himno ng Heneral Santos ng may tamang liriko. 3. Tumayo ng maayos habang inaawit ang Himno ng Heneral Santos. 4. Wasto ang mga titik sa inaawit.
56

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng maayos sa Flag Ceremony bukas. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with consonant clusters. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with consonant clusters flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing words with consonant clusters E.g. splint, thrash, etc. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation:

I. II.

III.

Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them? Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words with consonant clusters. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with words with consonant clusters. Then identify words with consonant clusters in checked sentences. C. Generalization What is consonant clusters? D. Application: What are the words with consonant clusters you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. spread 2. chlorine 3. scrap 4. split 5. sprain V. Assignment Make a list of words with consonant clusters. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse
57

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, JULY, 06, 2012 Summative test I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer the questions about lessons learned from the objectives II. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: C. Motivation: What have you learned from our lessons? Are you ready to take a test? What are your preparations? Is taking test important? Why? D. Presentation: Activity I Set standards in taking tests. Activity 2 Read general direction. Activity 3 Summative Test Proper IV. Refer to summative test plan P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

58

WEDNESDAY, JULY 11, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:00 9:00 English Grade IV -3 OBJECTIVE: Identify the parts of the letter. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the parts of the letter.

I. II.

59

PELC English for You and me Fun in English Letter, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: reading of words with prefix B. Review: Identifying the prefix C. Unlocking of Difficulties: prefix, rootword D. Motivation: 1. Show a sample of a letter. Ask: What is this? Why are we making a letter? How are we going to write a letter? What are the things to remember in writing a letter? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the strips of data in their proper order. Form a letter format. June 19, 2012 Dear Mary, Your friend, Minda Oringo Subd., Brgy City Heights, General Santos City
How are you? I heard that youre not feeling well. I pray I could visit you this weekend and tell you about our projects. I miss you a lot. Take care.

III.

Activity 2 Read the flashcards. Label the parts of the letter. Post the flashcards. 1. Heading 2. Greetings 3. Body of the letter 4. Closing 5. Name or signature Check and Discuss. Activity 3 Arrange the letters of the following words. Read the clue to identify the parts of the letter being described. 1. nasigture = name of the sender 2. Inghead = place and date the letter has been written 3. colinsg = the relationship of the sender with the receiver 4. geertings= consst of the name of the receiver 5. obdy = the soul of the letter. It contains the message of the sender. F. Generalization: i. Application: What have you learned?

What letter are you usually making? What will you do next time?
60

IV.

EVALUATION: Identify the parts of the letter being shown in the format below. ____________________ ____________________ _____________________ _____________________ 2.

1. ____

3.____________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________________ 4.____________________ 5._______________

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Write a friendly letter.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 9:00 10:00 SCIENCE IV 3 ____________ SCIENCE IV 1 2:15 3:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Demonstrate first aid treatment for fracture. II. SUBJECT MATTER: First Aid Treatment for Fracture PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use, Science Science and Health Splint, cloth PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: First Aid Treatment for Sprain and Cramps C. Unlocking of Difficulties: splint D. Motivation: Have you seen someone experienced fracture? How does it feel? What should we do to those persons experiencing fracture? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following first aid treatment for frature. Have some volunteer to demonstrate every step. FRACTURE 1. To apply first aid treatment to an open fracture, clean the wound. 2. Afterwards cover it with sterilized dressing and bandage. 3. As much as possible do not move the injured person.
61

III.

4. Use a splint to support the broken bone. A splint can be made out of some hard materials like a thin piece of wood, carton, stick or even a stack of paper. You need strips of cloth to tie the splint in place. Activity 2 Supply a missing word to complete the statement about treating sprain and cramps. Choose the word in the box. 1. Use a _________ to support the broken bone. 2. Clean the _________ to apply first aid treatment to an open fracture. 3. ________ the splint in place using strips of cloth. 4. Cover the wound of the fracture with ___________ dressing and bandage. 5. Do not ______ the injured person. wound move Tie sterilized splint

Activity 3 Groupings Demonstrate first aid treatment for fracture. F. Generalization: There are easy ways on how to treat victims of fracture. Read steps. G. Application: If you will experience sprain or cramps, are you going to lose hope? Why? IV. EVALUATION: Read the sentences below. Which demonstrate a proper way of treating person with sprain or cramps? Write True if the sentence is correct and False if not. _____1. Use a splint to support the broken bone. _____2. Do not clean the wound of the open fracture until the doctor comes.. _____3. Tie the splint in place. _____4. A splint can be made out of some hard materials like a thin piece of wood, carton, stick or even a stack of paper. _____5. Cover the wound with handkerchief borrowed from anyone. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Natutukoy ang mga anyong tubig na makikita sa Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas Anyong Tubig sa Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 43-44 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas ibat ibang anyong tubig na makikita sa Pilipinas

62

C. Pagganyak: Sa Ikatlong Baitang natutunan ninyo ang mga ibat ibang anyong tubig. May alam ba kayong anyong tubig sa ibat ibang panig ng Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang mga ito? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: pisikal, topograpiya E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na katangian.. Tukuyin ang mga anyong tubig na ito. _________1. Anyong tubig na napalilibutan ng lupa _________2. Anyong tubig na naggagaling sa bundok at umaagos patungo sa kapatagan hanggang makarating sa dagat. _________3.bumabagsak mula sa mataas na lugar _________4. Pinakamalawak na anyong tubig _________5. Ekstensiyon ng karagatan _________6. Makitid na katawan ng tubig na nag-uugnay sa dalawang katawan ng tubig. _________7. Bahagi ng dagat na pumapasok sa kalupaan. _________8. Isang bahagi ng dagat o lawa _________9. Likas na pinagkukunan ng tubig na naggagaling sa ilalim ng lupa. _________10.isang basang lugar. c. ilog f. bukal i. look d. karagatan g. kipot e. talon h. lawa Gawain 2: Basahin ang mga ngalan ng anyong tubig sa Pilipinas. Ihanay aito sa lugar ng katatagpuan ng mga ito. ANYONG LUPA SAAN MATATAGPUAN __c__1.Lawa ng Taal a.Pangasinan __a__2. Ilog Agno B.Leyte __e__3. Maria Cristina Falls C. Batangas __b__4. Ormoc Bay D. Albay __d__5. Tiwi Hot Springs E.Lanao del Norte Gawain 3 Anu-ano pa ang anyong tubig ang alam mo? Saan ito matatagpuan. F. Paglalahat: Saan-saan natin matatagpuan ang mga anyong tubig? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Ano ang dapat nating gawing pagpapahalaga sa mga anyong tubig? Bakit natin ito pahalagahan? PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin kung saan matatagpuan ang mga anyong lupa sa ibaba. Isulat lamang ang titik ng tamang sagot. ALuzon B. Visayas C. Mindanao __A__1.Ilog Cagayan __C__2. Golpo ng Moro __C__3.Lawa ng Buluan
63

a. Golpo b. Latian c. Dagat

IV.

__B__4. Panay River __A__5. Pagsanjan Falls V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Sining) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang mga pangunahing kulay. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pangunahing Kulay Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 90 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Himno ng heneral Santos B. Pagganyak: Pagmasdan ang paligid. Ano ang nagpapatingkad ng mga nakikita mo sa paligid? Saan nagmula ang lahat ng kulay? C. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na bagay. Ibigay ang kulay ng mga ito. 1. Dugo 2. Dahon 3. ulap Puso karagatan Mansanas Gawain 2: Pagguhit 1. Gumuhit ng isang bagay na gustung-gusto mong mapasaiyo. Gumuhit ng tatlo nito.Halimbawa: Bola

III.

1.

2.

3.

IV.

Pula dilaw asul 2. Kulayan ito na ipinapakita ang tatlong pangunahing kulay. Gawain 3 Pagpapakita ng mag ginawa. D. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang pangunahing kulay. E. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba ang malaman ang mga kulay? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang pangunahing kulay sa iyong likhang-sining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ban g wastong pangkulay? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan?

Hindi po.

64

5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano png bagay ang gumagamit ng pangunahing kulay? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with Aa sounded as /ae/. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with Aa sounded as /ae/ flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: Show pictures showing words with consonant clusters E.g. mate, bake, gain Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? F. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words with Aa sounded as /ae/. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with words with Aa sounded as /ae/. Then identify words with Aa sounded as /ae/ in checked sentences. G. Generalization Producing the /ae/ sound. H. Application: What are the words with Aa sounded as /ae/ you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. Aim 2. Cane 3. Date 4. Faith 5. pale V. Assignment Make a list of words with Aa sounded as /ae/. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

65

THURSDAY, JULY 12, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

8:00 9:00 English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Observe proper indentions, capitalization and punctuations in a friendly letter. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the parts of the letter PELC English for You and me Fun in English Letter, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Reading a Friendly Letter B. Review: Identifying the parts of the letter C. Unlocking of Difficulties: prefix, rootword D. Motivation: 1. Ask: Have you started writing a letter after our lesson yesterday? What do you think are ways to do in order to have a nice letter? Are following indentions, capitalization of letters and punctuations needed? E. Presentation: Activity I
66

III.

Study the letter. Encirle the part which is written incorrectly. Atis st., New road subd. pasig city july 18 1999 dear garry wow! I heard the good news. I cant believe that you know how to ride a horse. Next year we will visit out town. It will be a fun vacation. See you soon. your friend dennis Activity 2 Present the correct form of the letter in activity. Discuss the correct answer. Check and Discuss. Activity 3 Write a friendly letter. Follow proper ways of writing a letter. F. Generalization: What have you learned? i. Application: What will you follow in writing a letter for a friend? EVALUATION: Observe proper indentions, capitalization and punctuations in rewriting the letter below. 3rd st., morales subd. gneral santos city july 21 2011 dear julie I am so happy to know that you are enjoying your stay there. Remember Betty? She will also visit your place. I hope you could with see each other. Take care. your friend maxinne ASSIGNMENT: Write a friendly letter.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 9:00 10:00 SCIENCE IV 3 ____________ SCIENCE IV 1 2:15 3:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways of showing concern and right attitude towards handicapped person. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways of showing concern and right attitude towards handicapped person
67

PELC I, 3, 3.3 p.6 Science for Daily use, Science pp. 50-53 Science and Health pp. 37-38 Pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: First Aid Treatment for Fracture C. Unlocking of Difficulties: handicapped D. Motivation: Show pictures of handicapped persons. Discuss with the pupils what handicapped persons are. Ask: What are the right attitudes toward handicapped persons? E. Presentation: Activity I Write how youre going to treat the physically handicapped person in each situation. 1. You saw a blind man crossing the street. 2. A hunchback is being teased by some people. 3. A lame girl wants to join in your game. 4. A woman on a wheelchair cannot move well in a rough road. 5. A harelip boy is reciting in class. Activity 2 Supply a missing word to complete the statement about treating the handicapped person. 1. _________ them sa they are. 2. They also need_________ and _________. 3. ________ them always. 4. Offer them your _________. love accept friendship respect serve

III.

IV.

Activity 3 Groupings Story telling about good things done to handicapped person. F. Generalization: How to show concern and right attitude to handicapped persons? G. Application: Answer Acitivity A page 53. EVALUATION: Identify ways of showing concern and right attitude towards handicapped person. Put a check (/) if the statement is correct and cross out(x) the incorrect sentence. _____1. Ivite them to join an activity. _____2. Ignore them when they attend the party. _____3. Let them work hard. _____4. Introduve them to yor friends. _____5. Think of them as useless persons.
68

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ang Klima ng Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 45 Larawan , tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangiang Pisikal ng Pilipinas ibat ibang anyong tubig na makikita sa Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang larawan ng ibat ibang klima. Ano ang masasabi mo sa larawan? Ano kaya ang klima ng ating bansa sa sumusunod na larawan? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: tropikal E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na seleksyon. Ang Pilipinas ay may klimang tropikal dahil matatagpuan ito sa mababang latitud. Nakararanas ito ng dalawang panahon sa buong taon ang tag-init at tag-ulan. Ngunit iba-iba pa rin ang klima sa ibat ibang panig ng bansa.

Gawain 2: Talakayin ang klima ng Pilipinas. Gawain 3: Sabihin ang kima ng Pilipinas. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan sa ating aralin? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga bang malaman ang klima ng Pilipinas? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang klima ng Pilipinas. Kumpletuhin ang sumusunod. Ang Pilipinas ay may klimang __________ dahil matatagpuan ito sa ________ latitud. Nakararanas ito ng ___________ panahon sa buong taon ang _______ at ___________. Ngunit iba-iba pa rin ang klima sa ibat ibang panig ng bansa. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Sining) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang mga pangalawang kulay. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN:
69

IV.

Pangalawang Kulay Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 90 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Himno ng heneral Santos B. Balik-Aral: Pangunahing Kulay C. Pagganyak: Maliban sa mga pangunahing kulaY, ano pa ang kulay na alam mo? Saan ito nagmula? Paano ito nabuo? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Gamitin ang kulay na nakasaad sa ibaba ng bilog.

III.

+
Pula dilaw

=
unahing gamitin ang pula at takpan ng dilaw

+
Pula asul

=
unahing gamitin ang pula at takpan ng asul

+
asul dilaw

=
unahing gamitin ang asul at takpan ng dilaw

IV.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Anu-ano ang mga nabuong pangalawang kulay? 1. 2. 3. Gawain 3 Pagpapakita ng mag ginawa. E. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang pangalawang kulay. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba ang malaman ang mga kulay? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang pangalawang kulay sa

Hindi po.

70

iyong likhang-sining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pangkulay? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano png bagay ang gumagamit ng pangalawang kulay? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read the words with long ang short i. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading words with long ang short i flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing words with long ang short i E.g. tin, teen, men, mean Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

IV.

V.

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify words with long ang short i. Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with words with long ang short i. Then identify words with long ang short i in checked sentences. C. Generalization Producing long ang short e. D. Application: What are the words with long ang short i? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. Bin - been 2. Dip - deep 3. Fill - feel 4. Hit - heat 5. Kin - keen Assignment Make a list of words with long ang short i.
71

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, JULY 12, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

MONDAY, JULY 16, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION:
72

List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ I. II. ____________ English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Use because to answer why questions. SUBJECT MATTER: Using because in answering questions PELC English for You and me (L) pp 29-32 English For All times Flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading sentences with different emotions B. Review: Use proper indentions, punctions, capitalization in making a friendly letter C. Unlocking of Difficulties: reason, cause, explanation D. Motivation: 1. Tell the pupils to get their book. Show a picture (p.29) Let them ask questions about it. (Write answers n the board) Stress on why questions. Post some why questions about the picture. Ask: How are we going to answer questions with why? E. Presentation: Activity I Complete the answer to the questions. 1. Why is the boy happy? The boy is happy ____ he saw his mother. 2. Why does the boy ride in a boat? The boy rides in a boat ____ he went fishing. 3. Why does the family stay on the sea? The faily stays in the sea ___ they are fishing. 4. Why does the father carrying a sack? The father is carrying a sack ___ he will transfer it to the other room. 5. Why does the boy wear cap? The boy wears a cap ____ he is a Muslim. Check and Discuss. The word because gives explanation. They tell or state reason or cause. Activity 2 Post a picture. Use because to answer the following questions. 1. (dog eating bone) Why does the dog eat bone? 2. (pupil writing) Why does the pupil write? 3. (bird flying) Why is the bird flying?
73

III.

Why are the children playing? Why is the man running? Activity 3 Use because to answer the questions. Choose from column B. F.Generalization: The word because gives explanation. They tell or state reason or cause. G.Application: Call a volunteer to do the following; 1. erase the writings on the board. 2.pick the apper 3. turn on the television Post the why questions from the action. Call pupils to answer the questions. IV. EVALUATION: Use because to answer the following why questions. 1. Why is the girl crying? The girl is crying ___________. a. because she got toothache b. because they are watching comedy show 2. Why are the girls dancing? The girls are dancing ___________. a. because they are practicing b. because they are having a written test 3. Why is the baby drnking milk? The baby is drinking milk ___________. a. because he is sleeping b. because he is hungry 4. Why are the pupils cleaning? The pupils are cleaning ___________. a. because they will have visitors in school b. because they are behave 5. Why is the man calling? The man is calling ___________. a. because of important matters b. because his baby is sleeping V. ASSIGNMENT: Make 5 why questions and answer it. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

4. (children playing) 5. (man running)

___________ ___________ ___________ I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Identify digestive system and its parts. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying digestive system and its parts
74

PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use pp 30 - 33 Growing with Science and Helath pp 57-58 Illustration of digestive system, flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Right attitudes towards handicapped persons C. Unlocking of Difficulties: digest D. Motivation: What are your favorite foods? What happen to the foods you eat? Howdiid you know it? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the parts written on the flashard. Post the flashacards in the illustration.

III.

Mouth, esophagus, stomach, pancreas. Small intestine, rectum, liver, large intestine, appendix Activity 2 Arrange the jumbled letters to form a word being described. 1. malls neintesti narrow coiled section of the intestine. 2. tmouh the first step in digestive system 3. paehosusg a long tube connecting the mouth and stomach 4. earlg intestine storage of undigested food 5. Ivelr helps in digestion of fats. Activity 3 Match the decription to its parts F. Generalization: The main parts of digestive system are mouth, esophagus stomach, small intestine and large intestine. G. Application: Point out these parts in your body. EVALUATION:
75

IV.

Identify digestive system and its parts in the following description. Write the letter only. 1. the system that breaks down food into smaller pieces to be use by the body a. Skeletal system b. muscular system c. digestive system 2. Undigested food including water goes into this part a. Small intestine b. stomach c. large intestine 3. Stays here for several hours, this completes the digestion process b. large intestine b. mouth c. esophagus 4. food stays here for definite period of time, depending on their kind and amount a. stomach b. mouth c. esophagus 5. a tude wherein the food passes through into the mouth a. esophagus b. large intestine c. Small intestine V. ASSIGNMENT: Write the important details on your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Nasasabi ang ibat ibang salik na sanhi ng klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ibat ibang salik na sanhi ng klima ng Pilipinas Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 45-47 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral:Klima ng Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: Ano ang kalagayan ng panahon noong bakasyon? Ngayon? Nagiiba ba ang klima n gating bansa? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: salik E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang tsart. Panuto: Maglagay sa tsart ng mga salik na nagiging sanhi ng ating klima. salik na nagiging sanhi ng ating klima

lindol

hangin

apoy

tempetura

76

Mga tao

Taas ng lugar

ulan

Gawain 2: Ano ang salik na tinutukoy sa bawat bilang? 1. Trade wind, monsoon, amihan at habagat hangin 2. Sa matatas na lugar ang klima ay malamig tass ng lugar 3. Pinakamahalagang elemento ng klima ulan 4. Ang lamig at init ng lugar temperatura Gawain 3 Sabihin ang salik na isinasaad sa bawat kalagayn. 1. Sa Baguio ay malamig. 2. Mainit ang lugar sa kapatagan tuwing summer. 3. Malamig at tuyo ang hangi tuwing Nobyembre hanggang Pebrero. 4. Ang ibang lugar sa ating bansa ay malimit na makaranas ng pag-ulan. 5. Malakas na pag-ulan ang narararanasan sa kapuluan tuwing Mayo hanggang Oktubre. F. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang mga salik na nakakaapekto sa klima ng Pilipinas? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang klima natin ngayon? Anong salik ang nakaapekto ng ating klima? IV. PAGTATAYA: Anu-ano ang salik na nakaapekto ng ating klima? 1. 2. 3. 4. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ang isang awit na may katumbas na buong nota. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng may buong nota. III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Awiting Bayan
77

B. Pagganyak: Ano ang ibat ibang nota? Ano ang buong nota? Paano aawitin ang piyesang may buong nota? C. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang piyesa ng awit?

Sagutin: 1. Ano ang palakumpasan ng awit? 2. Anu-ano ang mga nota sa piyesa? 3. Ilang buong nota ang nasa piyesa? Gawain 2: Grupo Awitin ang piyesa. Habang kumukumpas. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit D. Paglalahat: Buuin ang pangungusap. Sa pag-awit ng ng may buong nota, _______. E. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin aawitin ang piyesang may buong nota? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nakaawit ng piyesang may buong nota. 2. Nasundan ang pulso ng awit dahil sa nota. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Maghanap ng mga piyesa na may buong nota.

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

________________ OBJECTIVE: A. Read homonyms. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading homonyms flashcards, pictures

Reading

Grade IV 3

78

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing homonyms E.g. I eye, flower, four, bear bare. Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify homonyms Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with homonyms. Then identify homonyms in checked sentences. C. Generalization What are homonys? D. Application: What are homonyms you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. Cent sent 2. Ate eight 3. Nose-knows 4. Hare-hair 5. Deer-dear V. Assignment Make a list of homonyms. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, JULY 17, 2012 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation
79

Roll Call Health Inspection Review: 1st Week Verse Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ____________ English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Use so that/in order that to answer why questions. SUBJECT MATTER: Using because in answering questions PELC English for You and me (L) pp 30-36 English For All times Flashcards, pictures, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read the following phrases; 1. Because of them 2. In order to be healthy 3. So that he can learn 4. Because she is hungry 5. So that I can think B. Review: Using because in answering questions C. Unlocking of Difficulties: result, outcome D. Motivation: 1. Show a picture of children sweeping the grond. Ask: What are the children doing? Why do children sweep the yard? What will happen if the children sweep the yard? Write the answer on the board. E. Presentation: Activity I Present the sentence based on the motive questions; 1. Why do children sweep the yard? Answer 1:The children sweep the yard so that the surroundings will be clean.

B. C. D. E.

I. II.

III.

80

Answer 2;:The children sweep the yard in order to make the surroundings clean. Stress that this is the result if they are going to sweep the ground. Activity 2 Use so that/in order to answer the following questions. Choose the answer from the box. (Encourage the pupils to make a compete sentence). 1. Why do we comb our hair? 2. Why dos a driver use helmet? 3. Why do dogs bark? 4. Why do farmers water their crops? 5. Why does a baby drink milk? a. b. c. d. e. so that it will grow healthy so that we will look tidy.. in order to make it grow and bear fruits. in order to protect himself. in order to frighten strangers.

Activity 3 Use so that/in order to complete the following sentences. 1. Children cover their nose ___ o prevent it from spreading. 2. People in Baguio wear thick clothes ___ they cannot feel the cold. 3. People ride in a vehicle ___ they can reach their destination in a fast way. 4. Driver drives slowly ___ they can travel safely. 5. We need to rest ___ to reserve enegy for the next activity. F.Generalization: The words so that and in order are used to answer why questions. These give the result of the action. G.Application: Tell the pupils to isit properly. Ask: Why do we need to sit properly? IV. EVALUATION: Use in order.so that to answer the following why questions. 1. Lorna helped the boy crossed the street. Why did Lorna held the littles boy hand? 2. The girl woke up. She heard the pet crying. Why did the girl wake up? 3. Grandmother visits us. She brought fruits. Lorna picked them and went to her friend. Why did Lorna go to her friend? 4. Tina saw a five peso coin. She went to the principals office. Why did Tina go to the principals office? 5. She has a fever. She drinks medicine. Why does a girl drink medicine? V. ASSIGNMENT: Answer activity 5 page 34. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________
81

___________ ___________ ___________ I. II.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

OBJECTIVE: Describe the function of the digestive system. SUBJECT MATTER: Function of digestive system and its parts PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use pp 31 - 33 Growing with Science and Helath pp 57-58 Illustration of digestive system, flashcards, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identifying digestive system and its parts C. Unlocking of Difficulties: pancreatic juice, enzyme, gastric juice, bile D. Motivation: Let the children enumerate the parts of the digestive system. Ask: Are these parts important? Why? How do each part perform? E. Presentation: Activity I Read your book to complete the chart below. Parts Function 1. mouth 2. esophagus 3. stomach 4. small intestine 5. large intestine Activity 2 Have some volunteer to report. Stress the function of digestive system and its parts.Discuss. Parts Function 1. mouth Grinds the food into smaller bits 2. esophagus Passageway of food from mouth to stomach 3. stomach It secretes gastric juice to break down proteins 4. small intestine Secretes pancreatic juice and bile 5. large intestine Store undigested food.

III.

82

Activity 3 Guessing Game: F. Generalization: Digestive system and its parts play an important role in our body. Cite example. G. Application: Complete the sentences to be read by the teacher to describe the function of each part. EVALUATION: Describe the function of digestive system and its part. Write the letter with the correct answer. ________ 1. Digestive system ________ 2. Small intestine ________ 3. Stomach ________ 4. Large intestine ________ 5. Esophagus a. b. c. d. e. Passageway of food from mouth to stomach It secretes gastric juice to break down proteins Breaks down foods to be used y the body Secretes pancreatic juice and bile Store undigested food.

IV.

V. ASSIGNMENT: Write the important details on your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga uri ng hanging nakaapekto sa kalagayang pangklima ng bansa. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Uri ng hanging nakaapekto sa kalagayang pangklima ng bansa. PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 45-47 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Ibat ibang salik na sanhi ng klima ng Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: Ang hangin ba ay magkakatulad sa buong taon? Paano nagkakaiba ang mga ito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: umiihip
83

E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang mga plaskards ng ibat ibang uri ng hangin . Trade Wind Hanging Habagat Hanging Amihan Hanging Amihan

Magpasabi ng mga nalalaman tungkol sa bawat hangin. Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang hanging tinutukoy sa bawat bilang. Trade wind 1. Hanging silangan ___Amihan __2. Northeast monsoon ___Habagat___3. Southwest monsoon _Trade Wind__4. Umiihip mula sa Hilagang-silangan pagkatapos bagtasin ang karagatang Pasipiko _Trade Wind __5. Nadarama ito mula Pebrero hanggang Marso __Monsoon___6. Hanging nagbabago ng direksiyon. ___ Amihan ___7. Hanging nararanasan mula Nobyembre hanggang Pebrero. ___ Amihan ___8. Malamig at tuyo dahil nagmumula sa Siberia at China ___ Habagat ___9. Hanging nararanasan mula Mayo hanggang Oktubre. ___ Habagat __10. Nagdadala ng malakas na pag-ulan ang habagat na nararanasan sa buong kapuluan Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang sumsusnod na larawan.

___ Habagat ____ F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

____ Amihan _____

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang ibat ibang uri ng hangin sa ating bansa?
84

IV.

V.

PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang sumusunod na hangin na inilalarawan. Isulkat ang titik sa papel. ________1. Malamig at tuyo dahil nagmumula a.habagat sa Siberia at China b. monsoon ________2. Nadarama ito mula C.wind Pebrero hanggang Marso D. Amihan ________3. Hanging nagbabago ng direksiyon E. Trade Wind ________4. Nagdadala ng malakas na pag-ulan ________5. Hanging silangan TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A.Naaawit ang isang awit na may katumbas na apating nota. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pag-awit ng may apating nota. III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Awiting Bayan B. Pagganyak: Ano ang ibat ibang nota? Ano ang apating nota? Paano aawitin ang piyesang may apating nota? C. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang piyesa ng awit?

Sagutin: 1. Ano ang palakumpasan ng awit? 2. Anu-ano ang mga nota sa piyesa? 3. Ilang apating nota ang nasa piyesa? Gawain 2: Grupo Awitin ang piyesa. Habang kumukumpas. Gawain 3 Grupong pag-awit D. Paglalahat: Buuin ang pangungusap. Sa pag-awit ng ng may apating nota, _______. E. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Paano natin aawitin ang piyesang may apating nota?
85

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nakaawit ng piyesang may apating nota. 2. Nasundan ang pulso ng awit dahil sa nota. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Maghanap ng mga piyesa na magy apating nota. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

Hindi po.

I. II.

III.

________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read homonyms. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading homonyms flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing homonyms E.g. sum some, hare - hair Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify homonyms Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with homonyms. Then identify homonyms in checked sentences. C. Generalization What are homonys? D. Application: What are homonyms you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. Sea see 2. Whole hole 3. Pair pare 4. Bear beer 5. Four - for V. Assignment Make a list of homonyms. P.L. : ___________________________________________
86

REMARKS: ___________________________________________ WEDNESDAY, JULY 18, 2012 7:30 8:00 I. II. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ____________ English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Use so that/in order that to answer why questions. SUBJECT MATTER: Using because in answering questions PELC English for You and me (L) pp 30-36 English For All times Flashcards, pictures, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read the following phrases; 1. Because of them 2. In order to be healthy 3. So that he can learn 4. Because she is hungry 5. So that I can think B. Review: Using because in answering questions C. Unlocking of Difficulties: result, outcome D. Motivation:
87

I. II.

III.

2. Show a picture of children sweeping the grond. Ask: What are the children doing? Why do children sweep the yard? What will happen if the children sweep the yard? Write the answer on the board. E. Presentation: Activity I Present the sentence based on the motive questions; 1. Why do children sweep the yard? Answer 1:The children sweep the yard so that the surroundings will be clean. Answer 2;:The children sweep the yard in order to make the surroundings clean. Stress that this is the result if they are going to sweep the ground. Activity 2 Use so that/in order to answer the following questions. Choose the answer from the box. (Encourage the pupils to make a compete sentence). 1. Why do we comb our hair? 2. Why dos a driver use helmet? 3. Why do dogs bark? 4. Why do farmers water their crops? 5. Why does a baby drink milk? f. g. h. i. j. so that it will grow healthy so that we will look tidy.. in order to make it grow and bear fruits. in order to protect himself. in order to frighten strangers.

IV.

Activity 3 Use so that/in order to complete the following sentences. 1. Children cover their nose ___ o prevent it from spreading. 2. People in Baguio wear thick clothes ___ they cannot feel the cold. 3. People ride in a vehicle ___ they can reach their destination in a fast way. 4. Driver drives slowly ___ they can travel safely. 5. We need to rest ___ to reserve enegy for the next activity. F.Generalization: The words so that and in order are used to answer why questions. These give the result of the action. G.Application: Tell the pupils to isit properly. Ask: Why do we need to sit properly? EVALUATION: Use in order.so that to answer the following why questions. 1. Lorna helped the boy crossed the street. Why did Lorna held the littles boy hand? 2. The girl woke up. She heard the pet crying. Why did the girl wake up? 3. Grandmother visits us. She brought fruits. Lorna picked them and went to her friend. Why did Lorna go to her friend?
88

Tina saw a five peso coin. She went to the principals office. Why did Tina go to the principals office? 5. She has a fever. She drinks medicine. Why does a girl drink medicine? V. ASSIGNMENT: P.L. : ____________________ Answer activity 5 page 34. REMARKS: _____________________ SCIENCE IV ___________ SCIENCE IV 3 ___________ SCIENCE IV 1 ___________ SCIENCE IV 2 I. II. OBJECTIVE: Describe the function of the digestive system. SUBJECT MATTER: Function of digestive system and its parts PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use pp 31 - 33 Growing with Science and Helath pp 57-58 Illustration of digestive system, flashcards, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identifying digestive system and its parts C. Unlocking of Difficulties: pancreatic juice, enzyme, gastric juice, bile D. Motivation: Let the children enumerate the parts of the digestive system. Ask: Are these parts important? Why? How do each part perform? E. Presentation: Activity I Read your book to complete the chart below. Parts Function 6. mouth 7. esophagus 8. stomach 9. small intestine 10.large intestine Activity 2 Have some volunteer to report. Stress the function of digestive system and its parts.Discuss. Parts Function 6. mouth Grinds the food into smaller bits 7. esophagus Passageway of food from mouth to stomach 8. stomach It secretes gastric juice to
89

4.

III.

9. small intestine 10.large intestine

break down proteins Secretes pancreatic juice and bile Store undigested food. Activity 3

Guessing Game: F. Generalization: Digestive system and its parts play an important role in our body. Cite example. G. Application: Complete the sentences to be read by the teacher to describe the function of each part. EVALUATION: Describe the function of digestive system and its part. Write the letter with the correct answer. ________ 1. Digestive system ________ 2. Small intestine ________ 3. Stomach ________ 4. Large intestine ________ 5. Esophagus a. b. c. d. e. Passageway of food from mouth to stomach It secretes gastric juice to break down proteins Breaks down foods to be used y the body Secretes pancreatic juice and bile Store undigested food.

IV.

V. ASSIGNMENT: Write the important details on your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar sa Pilipinas na may mababang tempertura dahil sa taas nito. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Matataas na lugar sa Pilipinas PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 45-47 Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN;
90

A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Uri ng hanging nakaapekto sa kalagayang pangklima ng bansa. C. Pagganyak: Nakaranas nab a kayong magakasyon sa matataas mna lugar? Ano ang kaibahan ng klma sa bundok sa kapatagan? Bakit kaya ganito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: temperatura E. Pamamaraan

Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga sumusunod na pangngusap. Kapag mataas ang lugar, bumababa ang temperatura. Kaya habang tumataas ang lugar, lumalamig ang klima. Gawain 2: Batay sa mga nabasang pangungusap alin dito sa iyong palagay ang mga lugar na may mataas na temperatura. 1. Lungsod ng Davao 6. Bulacan 2. Tupi 7. Agusan del Sur 3. Baguio 8. General Santos City 4. Bukidnon 9. Sierra Madre 5. Tarlac 10. Camiguin Gawain 3 Tingnan ang mapa sa pahina 20. Anu-ano pang lugar ang may mababang temperature? F. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ng lugar ang nalaman mo na may mababang temperature dahil sa taas nito? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Gusto mo bang tumira sa matataas na lugar? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang may mabababang klima sa sumusunod na lugar. Lagyan ng tsek (/) o ekis (x). 1. Kabundukan ng Zambales 2. Tacurong City 3. Baguio 4. Cagayan 5. Maynila TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa leksyon.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

91

________________ I. II.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang mga pangatlong kulay. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pangatlong Kulay Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 93 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Leron, Leron Sinta B. Balik-Aral: Pangalawang Kulay C. Pagganyak: Maliban sa mga pangalawang kulay, ano pa ang kulay na alam mo? Saan ito nagmula? Paano ito nabuo? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Gamitin ang kulay na nakasaad sa ibaba ng bilog.

III.

+
dilaw luntian

=
unahing gamitin ang luntian at takpan ng dilaw

+
Asul luntian

=
unahing gamitin ang asul at takpan ng luntian

+
asul lila

=
unahing gamitin ang asul at takpan ng lila

+
pula lila

=
unahing gamitin ang pula at takpan ng lila

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Anu-ano ang mga nabuong pangatlong kulay? 1. 2.

92

3. 4. Gawain 3 Pagpapakita ng mag ginawa. E. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang pangatlong kulay. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba ang malaman ang mga kulay? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang pangatlong kulay sa iyong likhang-sining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pangkulay? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano pang bagay ang gumagamit ng pangatong kulay? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

Hindi po.

I. II.

III.

________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read homonyms. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading homonyms flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing homonyms E.g. sum some, hare - hair Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify homonyms Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with homonyms. Then identify homonyms in checked sentences. C. Generalization What are homonys?
93

D. Application: What are homonyms you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 6. Sea see 7. Whole hole 8. Pair pare 9. Bear beer 10.Four - for V. Assignment Make a list of homonyms. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

THURSDAY, JULY 19, 2012

7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ____________ English Grade IV - 3 OBJECTIVE: Form questions using Why is. SUBJECT MATTER: Forming questions using Why is PELC
94

I. II.

English for You and me (L) pp 31-35 English For All times Flashcards, pictures, activity cards PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading interrogative questions. B. Review: Using in order and so that in answering questions C. Unlocking of Difficulties: subject, be verb D. Motivation: Show the following questions; 1. Why is the boy standing under the tree? 2. Why is the girl cooking the rice? 3. Why is Anna healthy? Ask: What can you observe? How do the sentences are formed? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the strips of paper to form a question with why is. 6. 7. 8. the baby the dog Why is Why is barking The first honors 9. Cindy Why is Watering the plants ? crying Why is Nelvin ? ?

III.

10.

the fruit

Round in shape Activity 2

Why is

Discuss the flow below. Why is + singular subject + rest of the sentence (action word/description) Activity 3 Complete the questions to make a sentence with why is. Follow the chart discussed. 1. _____ the child wearing cothes? 2. Why is ____ cooks our food ? 3. Wy is my brother _______? F.Generalization: Why is questions gow tih singular form of noun or pronoun.

G.Application: Make your own why is question. IV. EVALUATION: Form questions using why is and the following phrases.
95

1. A boy crying 2. People cleaning the ground 3. Dino joining the contest 4. Girl planting 5. My Brother going to the plaza V. ASSIGNMENT: Make 5 questions using why is. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

___________ ___________ ___________ I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Explain why food has to be digested SUBJECT MATTER: Why food has to be digested PELC I, 1, 1.1 p.5 Science for Daily use pp 31 - 33 Growing with Science and Helath pp 54-58 Biscuit, Illustration of digestive system, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Describe the function of the digestive system C. Unlocking of Difficulties: absorb, broken, particles, dissolved D. Motivation: Show a biscuit/meat. Ask: Why do we need to eat this kind of food? What nutrients are present in biscuit/meat? How can we separate the nutrients from this food? E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the illustration below and explain why food has to be digested.

III.

(biscuit w/ calcium and carbohaydrates) calcium and carbohaydrates

resid ue
96

Activity 2 Let the pupils read their answer. PresEnt this strip on the board. Food has to be digested so that it will be broken down into smaller pieces so that nutrients can easily be dissolved, absorbed and used by the human body. Activity 3 Explain why food has to be digested. Food has to be digested so that it will be ___________ into ______ pieces so that ________ can easily be ________, absorbed and used by the ___________. F. Generalization: Read the strips again. G. Application: Why do we need to digest fish? Vegetables? Fruits? EVALUATION: Explain why food has to be digested by writing true to correct statement and false if not. ________ 1. Food has to be digested so that it will be broken down into smaller pieces. ________ 2. Food has to be digested to separate the color of the food. ________ 3. Food has to be digested to separate the nutrients from the food. ________ 4. Food has to be digested so nutrients can easily be used by the body. ________ 5. Food has to be digested to eliminate the particles and the nutrients outside the body.

IV.

V. ASSIGNMENT: Is it important to digest the food? Why? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nakakagawa ng ulat-panahon. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Klima ng PIlipinas: Paggawa ng ulat-panahon PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph Larawan , mapang pisikal, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari
97

B. Balik-Aral: Mga lugar na may mabababang temperatura C. Pagganyak: Sa iyongpanonood ng telebisyon, aling bahagi ang nakatutulong sa atin upang malaman kung may ulan o may bagyong darating? Mahalaga ba ito? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: ulat-panahon E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang mga plaskards . ipabasa. Ulan o init ulap temperatura Hangin

Gawain 2: Ano ang nararanasan natin ngayon na: 1. Init o ulan 2. Temperatura 3. Ulan 4. hangin Buuhin sa pangungusap upang makagawa ng ulat panahon. Ngayon ay may _________ na papawirin. Ang init ay umaabot sa _________ na temperatura. Maaring ________ mamaya. (Maari pa itong dagdagan pa) Gawain 3 Iulat sa klase. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang panahon sa bawat araw.? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nakagawa ka ban g ulat-panahon. 2. Nasabi mo bas a iyong ulat ang tunkol sa temperatura? 3. Nasabi mo bas a iyong ulat ang tunkol sa ulan o init? 4. Nasabi mo bas a iyong ulat ang tunkol sa kalagayan ng ulap o papawirin? 5. Nagbigay ka ban g kuru-kuro sa magiging panahon mamaya? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang kalagayan ng panahon sa loob ng limang araw.
98

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ MSEP (Sining) Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nakakagawa ng likahnag-sining gamit ang ibat-ibang uri ng kulay. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ibat-ibang kulay Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 93 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Bahay-Kubo B. Balik-Aral: Ibat ibang kulay. C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ipinagdiriwang natin ngayong buwan? Alam mo ba ang mga aktibidad sa kulminasyon ng Buwan ng Nutrisyon? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagtatalakay sa mga aktibidad at maaring gawin upang makilahok sa Hulyo 27.

III.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Poster Making: Pagguhit mula sa temang: Pagkain ng gulay ugaliin, arawaraw itong ihain. Gumamait ng ibat ibang kulay na natutunan. Gawain 3 Pagpapakita ng mag ginawa. E. Paglalahat: Anu-anong kulay ang iyong nagamit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba ang malaman ang mga kulay? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang ibat ibang uri ng kulay sa iyong likhang-sining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pangkulay? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Anu-ano pang bagay ang gumagamit ng ibat ibnag kulay? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ OBJECTIVE: A. Read homonyms. Reading Grade IV 3

I.

99

II.

III.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading homonyms flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: Show pictures showing homonyms E.g. sum some, hare - hair Ask: What can you observe in the words? What is the similar sound? B. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Emphasize the underline words. What is the similar to them?

Activity 2 Read the sentences. Identify homonyms Activity 3 Read the sentences. Check the sentences with homonyms. Then identify homonyms in checked sentences. C. Generalization What are homonys? D. Application: What are homonyms you know? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. Sea see 2. Whole hole 3. Pair pare 4. Bear beer 5. Four - for V. Assignment Make a list of homonyms. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, JULY 20, 2012

7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection
100

D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. Form questions using Why is. B. Use because to answer why questions. C. Use so that/in order that to answer why questions. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper IV. EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. Explain why food has to be digested
101

II. III.

IV.

B. Identify digestive system and its parts. C. Describe the function of the digestive system. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

II. III.

IV.

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan. A. B. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 2. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 I.

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

II.

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan. A. Nasasabi ang ibat ibang salik na sanhi ng klima ng Pilipinas. B. Nasasabi ang mga lugar sa Pilipinas na may mababang tempertura dahil sa taas nito. PAKSANG-ARALIN:
102

III.

Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 2. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan)

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

MONDAY, JULY 23, 2012

7:30 7:45 I. II. III. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

103

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Use the dictionary to pronounce the words correctly. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the dictionary PELC English for You and me (L) page 7-9 English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading interrogative questions. B. Review: Forming questions using Why is C. Unlocking of Difficulties: subject, be verb D. Motivation: Who has dictionaries at home? Why are we using dictionaries? Are there dictionaries that contain proper pronunciation of words? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following pronunciation from the dictionary. Match it to the correct word. A B 1. ( kurv ) a. pledge 2. (h li kop tr) b. houseboy 3. ( hus boi) c. curve 4. ( pledj ) d. unity 5. ( yoo ni ti ) e. helicopter Activity 2 Use the dictionary to read the following words. 1. ( grd ) - _______________- quality , stage of child in school 2. ( a sn mant ) - __________ - homework, task 3. ( gt ) - ______________ domistacated animal 4. ( wk ) _____________ to rouse 5. ( ma the ma tiks ) __________________ subject in school Activity 2 Use the glossary to pronounce the word shown in the flashcard of the teacher. 1. ( ko mand mant ) = ________________________ 2. ( bon da ri ) = ________________________ 3. ( grn ) = ________________________ 4. ( gz ) = ________________________ 5. ( kr chr ) = ________________________
104

III.

F.Generalization:

What are other things we can refer to the dictionary?

G.Application: If you want to search for a pronunciation, where can we refer? IV. EVALUATION: Use the glossary to pronounce the words correctly. 1. ( l der ) - ______________ 2. ( l ning ) - ____________ 3. ( sj ) - ________________ 4. ( oint mant ) - ______________ 5. ( hand sm) - ____________ V. ASSIGNMENT: Write the pronunciation of the following words 1. pleasure 2. Wedge 3. Boomtown 4. Brownout P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

5. curriculum

OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the mouth. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the Mouth PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 Growing with Science and Helath pp 56 - 57 Biscuit, flow chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Why food has to be digested C. Unlocking of Difficulties: grind, salica, softened, swallow, enzymes D. Motivation: Instruct the pupils to eat a piece of biscuit. Why do we need to eat/digest the biscuit? What will happen to the biscuit in our mouth? E. Presentation: Activity I Present the following sentences. Choose a statement that describes what happens to food in our mouth. 1. The food is broken into smaller pieces.
105

III.

2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

Your teeth cut and grind the food. The saliva mixes with the food. The saliva soften the food in out mouth. The saliva helps us to swallow the food easier. The saliva contains enzymes that change starch in food into sugar.

Activity 2 Complete the statement to describe what happens to food in our mouth. Use the following flashcards. Smaller pieces softens 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Cut and grind swallow mixes

The saliva ____ with the food we eat. The saliva ____ our food. The teeth ____ our food. The saliva helps us to ____ the food easier. The food in the mouth is broken into ________.

Discuss the answer. Activity 3 What happens to food in the mouth? Enumerate your answer. F. Generalization: Digestion starts int the mouth. Inside it, the teeth cut and grind the food. The sliva mixes with it. The saliva contains enzyme, a juice that turns starch into sugar. It also helps us to swallow the food easier. G. Application: Fill the flow chart with the correct organ/word. Choose from the word below. Food enters
Cut and grind food Mixes with food

saliva IV.

mouth

teeth

EVALUATION: Describe what happens to the food in our mouth. Choose the correct answer from the parenthesis. 1. The food enters out mouth. It is ( in the same size, broken into smaller pieces). 2. Our teeth (cut and grind, swallow ) with the food. 3. The saliva ( hardens, softens ) the food. 4. The saliva helps us to swallow the food ( easier, more difficult ).

V. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the stomach? P.L. : ___________________________________________

106

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakabuo ng hulwarang ritmo na binubuo ng mga nota at pahinga. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Hulwarang Ritmo Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim ay di Biro B. Balik-Aral: ibat ibang nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Paggawa ng hulwang ritmo gamit ang nota at pahinga.

III.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagpapakita ng gawain. Gawain 3 Pagtatalakay. E. Paglalahat: Anu-anong nota at pahinga ang nasa piyesa mo? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba ang nalaman mo ngayon? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota? 2. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga pahinga? 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong nota? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pahinga? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Bumuo pa ng hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota at pahnga? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

Hindi po.

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV - 3
107

I. II.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Unang uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Apat na Uri ng Klima: Unang Uri PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph. 48 mapang pangklima, plaskards

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Mga lugar na may mabababang temperatura C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mapang pangklima: Ano ito? Ano ang kahalagahan ng mapang ito? Ilang kulay ang nakikita mo? Ano ang sinisimbolo nito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: ulat-panahon E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang pangungusap sa ibaba. Ipabasa sa mga mag-aaral.\ Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng unang uri ng Klima ay may dalawang panahon: tag-init mula Nobyembre hanggang Abril, Gawain tag-ulan sa nalalabing panahon. Buuhin sa pangungusap upang makagawa ng ulat panahon. Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng _______uri ng Klima ay may ________ panahon: tag-init mula ___________ hanggang _________, _________ sa nalalabing panahon. Abril Dalawang tag-ulan unang

Nobyembre

Gawain 3 Sabihin ang katangian ng unang uri ng klima. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ang lugar niyo ba ay nakararanas ng Unang uri ng klima? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabikin ang katangian ng Unang Uri ng Klima sa pamamagitan ng pagsagot sa mga sumususnod na katanungan. 1. Ilang panahon ang nararanasan ng uang uri ng klima? a. Isa b. dalawa c. tatlo 2. Anong panahon ang nararanasan sa unang uri tuwing Nobyembre?
108

a. Tag-ulan b. taglagas c. tag-init 3. Mayroon bang nayeyelong panahon sa unang uri? a. Opo b. wala po c. minsan po 4. Hanggang anong buwan natatapos ang tag-init sa unang uri ng klima? a. Abril b. Hunyo c. Hulyo 5. Anong panahon ang nararanasan ngayon ng mga nasa unang uri ng klima? a. Tag-ulan b. tag-init c. tagsibol V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read Drill 1 a () b c d f g h j l m n p r s t x SUBJECT MATTER: Drill 1 a () b c d f g h j l m n p r s t x flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with a () sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sat cap rag can sad mat sap

I.

II.

III.

ram bag tag tan pad ran lad fat

man mad rat had bat cat rap tap

map Sam ham wag

lap dam hag fan jam lag pan dad

IV.

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing a () sounds. D. Application: What words with a () sounds youve learned. EVALUATION:
109

Read the following words below. 1. sat 2. cap 3. rag 4. can 5. sad V. Assignment Make a list of words with a () sounds. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, JULY 24, 2012

7:30 7:45 I. II. III. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: Use the dictionary to select meaning from several meaning. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the dictionary BEC Handbook in English 1.1 p. 16
110

I. II.

English for You and me (L) page 7-9 English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : tongue twisters B. Review: using dictionary to pronounce the words correctly. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: dictionary, meaning D. Motivation: present the word Form. What do you mean by this word? Does it have the same meaning? What will you use in order to get the correct meaning of this word? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following words and their meaning. 1. Full a. containing as much or as many as is possible, b. highest or greatest degree c. satisfied especially with food or drink 2. Band a. a thin flat encircling strip, b. a group of musicians 3. Charge a. to lay or put a load on or in b. To blame c. to impose or record as financial obligation 4. Store a. to provide storage room, b. a business establishment 5. Planta. to place in or on the ground b. a young tree, vine, shrub, or herb Activity 2 Read the sentencfes below and use the dictionary in Activity 1 to find the meaning of the word. 1. Mother said not to talk when my mouth is full. a. containing as much or as many as is possible, b. highest or greatest degree c. satisfied especially with food or drink 2. I love to watch the band playing drums. a. a thin flat encircling strip, b. a group of musicians 3. Dont charge me of getting your money. a. to lay or put a load on or in b. To blame c. to impose or record as financial obligation
111

III.

4. She bought a good in a store. a. to provide storage room, b. a business establishment 5. We bring vegetable plant in school. a. to place in or on the ground b. a young tree, vine, shrub, or herb Activity 2 Use the glossary of your reading book to find the meaning of the following words. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. F.Generalization: How can we find the meaning of the words?

G.Application: If you want to search for the meaning of the words, where can we refer? IV. EVALUATION: Use the dictionary to select meaning from several meaning. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 words with different meaning.Use your dictionary. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the stomach. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the Stomach PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 Growing with Science and Helath pp 57 Biscuit, flow chart, pictures
112

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: What happens to food in the mouth? C. Unlocking of Difficulties: abdomen, gastric juice, churning, absorbable, digestible. D. Motivation: Show the picture of the digestive system. What part of the digestive system will the food enter after our mouth? How are foods digested in our stomach? What happens to the food in the stomach? E. Presentation: Activity I Present the following sentences. Let pupils read this. Arrange the jumbled letters. 1. In the stomach, the food is changed into eramlls pieces. (smaller) 2. The food mixes with a liquid called sagtirc juice.( gastric) 3. The food stays in the stomach for two to three ouhrs. 4. At the end of that time, the cuhringn and the gastric juice change the food into bablesorab. (churning, absorbable) 5. With talsisrispe the food goes into the small intestine. (peristalsis) Activity 2 Read the following statement. Post smiley chips if the statement is correct and a sad chip if the statement is incorrect. 1. At the end of that time the churningand the gastric juice remains the same. 2. The peristalsis pushes the food into the small intestine. 3. In the stomach the food is change into smaller pieces. 4. The food mixes with a liquid called enzyme. 5. The food stays in the stomach for two to three hours. Discuss the answer. Activity 3 What happens to food in the stomach? Enumerate your answer. F. Generalization: In the stomach, the food is changed smaller into pieces. The food mixes with a liquid called gastric juice. The food stays in the stomach for two to three hours. At the end of that time, the churning and the gastric juice change the food into absorbable. With peristalsis the food goes into the small intestine. G. Application: Supply the chart to describe the food in the stomach _______ pieces
mixed with ___ juice

___ form

Pushed by ________

IV.

EVALUATION:
113

Describe what happens to the food in our stomach. Choose from the words below. 1. The food will be pushed through ____ into smaller intestine. 2. The food in the stomach changed into _____. 3. The food ____ in the stomach for 2 to 3 hours. 4. The food is mix with _____. 5. The churning and the gastric juice change the food into ___ form. a. b. c. d. e. Stays Absorbable Peristalsis Smaller pieces Gastric juice

V. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in thesmall intestine? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. II. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakabuo ng hulwarang ritmo na binubuo ng mga nota at pahinga. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Hulwarang Ritmo Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim ay di Biro B. Balik-Aral: ibat ibang nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Paggawa ng hulwang ritmo gamit ang nota at pahinga. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagpapakita ng gawain. Gawain 3 Pagtatalakay. E. Paglalahat: Anu-anong nota at pahinga ang nasa piyesa mo? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 2. Mahalaga ba ang nalaman mo ngayon? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist.
114

III.

IV.

Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota? 2. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga pahinga? 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong nota? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pahinga? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Bumuo pa ng hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota at pahnga? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

Hindi po.

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: B. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Ikalawang uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Apat na Uri ng Klima: Ikalawang Uri PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph. 48 mapang pangklima, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Unag Uri ng Klima batay sa ulan C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mapang pangklima: Ano ito? Ano ang kahalagahan ng mapang ito? Ilang kulay ang nakikita mo? Ano ang sinisimbolo nito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: ulat-panahon E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang pangungusap sa ibaba. Ipabasa sa mga mag-aaral. Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng ikalawang uri ng Klima ay walang tag-init na panahon at nararanasan ang malakas na pag-ulan mula Nobyembre hanggang Enero. Gawain 2 Buuhin sa pangungusap upang makagawa ng ulat panahon. Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng ________uri ng Klima ay walang ___________ na panahon at nararanasan ang ________na pag-ulan mula ________ hanggang ________. malakas tag-init
115

Nobyembre

ikalawang

Enero

Gawain 3 Sabihin ang katangian ng ikalawang uri ng klima. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ang lugar niyo ba ay nakararanas ng ikalawang uri ng klima? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian ng Ikalswang Uri ng Klima sa pamamagitan ng pagsagot sa mga sumususnod na katanungan. 1. Ilang panahon ang nararanasan ng ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Isa b. dalawa c. tatlo 2. Anong panahon ang nararanasan tuwing Nobyembre? a. Tag-ulan b. taglagas c. tag-init 3. Mayroon bang tag-init na panahon sa ikalwang uri? a. Opo b. wala po c. minsan po 4. Hanggang anong buwan natatapos ang pag-ulan sa ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Abril b. Hunyo c. Hulyo 5. Anong panahon ang nararanasan ngayon ng mga nasa ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Tag-ulan b. tag-init c. tagsibol V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read Drill 2 o () Grade IV 3

I.

II.

III.

SUBJECT MATTER: Drill 1 o () flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with o () sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words.

dot mop Tom cob jog pop hot cog log pot hog lot sod fob got bob
116

not fog log pod pop rob sob rot

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing o () sounds. D. Application: What words with o () sounds youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below.

1. hog 2. lot 3. sod 4. fob 5. got

V. Assignment Make a list of words with o () sounds.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, JULY 23, 2012

7:30 7:45 I. II. III. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse.

117

IV.

EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 OBJECTIVE: II.

English

Grade IV 3

Use context clues to get the meaning of unfamiliar words.

SUBJECT MATTER: Using Context clues to get the meaning of unfamiliar words. BEC Handbook in English, reading 3.3 p. 16 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Letter, Flashcards

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: read rhyming words B. Review: Write correct punctuation C. Unlocking of Difficulties: punctuation D. Motivation: 1. Read the following: What will you do in order to get the meaning of unfamiliar words read from a sentence? Are there other ways to get the meaning of the words? How? E. Presentation: Activity I Underline the context clues in the sentence below to get the meaning of the encircled words. 1. The tadpole is so small because it is just a young frog. 2. 3. The thieves steal the computer from the shop without asking permission. The feast last for one month. It is a celebration for a good harvest. The sugar was dissolved in water. It melted into the water. The flowers gloom. It glow so brightly.
118

4. 5.

Check and discuss. Activity 2 Give the meaning of the words in the circle using the context clues. 3. Tadpole4. Steal5. Feats6. Dissolved 7. GloomActivity 3 Read the sentences on the board. Use context clues to get the meaning of the words. F. Generalization: read? How can we get the meaning of unfamiliar words we

i. Application: Are context clues imprttant? Why? IV. EVALUATION: Use context clues to get the meaning of the underlined words. 1. 2. 3.
4. 5.

The dog disappeared. The owner cried when it was gone. The snake creep slowly. It crawls without noise. Ouch! I hurt my arms. It is painful. My classmate is clever. He can answer questions. He is really bright. I take the apple in small bits. When I nibble it I was so excited.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Make a sentence with context clue in words used.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ I. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the stomach. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the Stomach PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 Growing with Science and Helath pp 57
119

III.

Biscuit, flow chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: What happens to food in the mouth? C. Unlocking of Difficulties: abdomen, gastric juice, churning, absorbable, digestible. D. Motivation: Show the picture of the digestive system. What part of the digestive system will the food enter after our mouth? How are foods digested in our stomach? What happens to the food in the stomach? E. Presentation: Activity I Present the following sentences. Let pupils read this. Arrange the jumbled letters. 1. In the stomach, the food is changed into eramlls pieces. (smaller) 2. The food mixes with a liquid called sagtirc juice.( gastric) 3. The food stays in the stomach for two to three ouhrs. 4. At the end of that time, the cuhringn and the gastric juice change the food into bablesorab. (churning, absorbable) 5. With talsisrispe the food goes into the small intestine. (peristalsis) Activity 2 Read the following statement. Post smiley chips if the statement is correct and a sad chip if the statement is incorrect. 1. At the end of that time the churningand the gastric juice remains the same. 2. The peristalsis pushes the food into the small intestine. 3. In the stomach the food is change into smaller pieces. 4. The food mixes with a liquid called enzyme. 5. The food stays in the stomach for two to three hours. Discuss the answer. Activity 3 What happens to food in the stomach? Enumerate your answer. F. Generalization: In the stomach, the food is changed smaller into pieces. The food mixes with a liquid called gastric juice. The food stays in the stomach for two to three hours. At the end of that time, the churning and the gastric juice change the food into absorbable. With peristalsis the food goes into the small intestine. G. Application: Supply the chart to describe the food in the stomach _______ pieces
mixed with ___ juice

___ form

Pushed by ________

120

IV.

EVALUATION: Describe what happens to the food in our stomach. Choose from the words below. 1. The food will be pushed through ____ into smaller intestine. 2. The food in the stomach changed into _____. 3. The food ____ in the stomach for 2 to 3 hours. 4. The food is mix with _____. 5. The churning and the gastric juice change the food into ___ form. a. b. c. d. e. Stays Absorbable Peristalsis Smaller pieces Gastric juice

V. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in thesmall intestine? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: B. Nakakabuo ng hulwarang ritmo na binubuo ng mga nota at pahinga. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Hulwarang Ritmo Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim ay di Biro B. Balik-Aral: ibat ibang nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Paggawa ng hulwang ritmo gamit ang nota at pahinga. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagpapakita ng gawain. Gawain 3 Pagtatalakay. E. Paglalahat: Anu-anong nota at pahinga ang nasa piyesa mo? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin:
121

III.

1. Mahalaga ba ang nalaman mo ngayon? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. 1. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota? 2. Nakabuo ka ban g hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga pahinga? 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong nota? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pahinga? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Bumuo pa ng hulwarang ritmo gamit ang mga nota at pahnga? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

Hindi po.

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Ikalawang uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Apat na Uri ng Klima: Ikalawang Uri PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph. 48 mapang pangklima, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Unag Uri ng Klima batay sa ulan C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mapang pangklima: Ano ito? Ano ang kahalagahan ng mapang ito? Ilang kulay ang nakikita mo? Ano ang sinisimbolo nito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: ulat-panahon

E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang pangungusap sa ibaba. Ipabasa sa mga mag-aaral. Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng ikalawang uri ng Klima ay walang tag-init na panahon at nararanasan ang malakas na pag-ulan mula Nobyembre hanggang Enero. Gawain 2 Buuhin sa pangungusap upang makagawa ng ulat panahon.
122

Ang mga lugar na nakararanas ng ________uri ng Klima ay walang ___________ na panahon at nararanasan ang ________na pag-ulan mula ________ hanggang ________. malakas tag-init Nobyembre ikalawang Enero

Gawain 3 Sabihin ang katangian ng ikalawang uri ng klima. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ang lugar niyo ba ay nakararanas ng ikalawang uri ng klima? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian ng Ikalswang Uri ng Klima sa pamamagitan ng pagsagot sa mga sumususnod na katanungan. 1. Ilang panahon ang nararanasan ng ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Isa b. dalawa c. tatlo 2. Anong panahon ang nararanasan tuwing Nobyembre? a. Tag-ulan b. taglagas c. tag-init 3. Mayroon bang tag-init na panahon sa ikalwang uri? a. Opo b. wala po c. minsan po 4. Hanggang anong buwan natatapos ang pag-ulan sa ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Abril b. Hunyo c. Hulyo 5. Anong panahon ang nararanasan ngayon ng mga nasa ikalawang uri ng klima? a. Tag-ulan b. tag-init c. tagsibol V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

__________ OBJECTIVE: A.

Reading Read Drill 2 o ()

Grade IV 3

II.

III.

SUBJECT MATTER: Drill 1 o () flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with o () sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation:
123

Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words.

dot mop Tom cob jog pop hot cog log pot hog lot sod fob got bob not fog log pod pop rob sob rot
Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing o () sounds. D. Application: What words with o () sounds youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below.

1. hog 2. lot 3. sod 4. fob 5. got

V. Assignment Make a list of words with o () sounds.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

THURSDAY, JULY 26, 2012

7:30 7:45 I. II. III. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation
124

B. C. D. E.

Roll Call Health Inspection Review: 1st Week Verse Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse.

IV.

EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify the synonym of a word. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying synonyms BEC Handbook in English, reading 3.4 p. 17 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Flashcards, dictionary, chart

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: read words with consonant blends B. Review: Using Context clues to get the meaning of unfamiliar words C. Unlocking of Difficulties: identify, synonyn D. Motivation: 1. Read the following: pretty, beautiful, nice, good Ask: What did you observe in the following words? What do you call to words with having the same or close meaning? Is it importanat to know the synonym of a word? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the set of words below. Choose two words which mean the same. 1. small average tiny huge
125

2. 3. 4. 5.

large huge same different answer ask happy sad Check and discuss.

weak high similar new reply shout true glad

Activity 2 Match the word to its synonym. A B. _________1. Hungry a. sad _________ 2. lonely B. unalike _________ 3. shiny C.total _________ 4. different D.starving _________ 5. sum E.glossy Activity 3 Read the words in the box. Choose the synonym words. Difficult sea color scared one single ocean dark paint Hard black afraid

IV.

F. Generalization: What are synonyms? i. Application: What are the synonyms you already used? EVALUATION: Identify the synonym of the first word. Write the letter only. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tidy Help Near Short Quiet a. dirty a. ignore a. far a. big a. silent b. clean c. great b. support c. give b. distant c. close b. small c. wide b. noisy c. loud

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Give 5 pairs of synonym words.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15

126

I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the the liver and pancreas. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the ilver and pancreas PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 - 32 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, flow chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Food in the Stomach C. Unlocking of Difficulties: fats D. Motivation: From the stomach to the liver and pancreas, what do you think happen to the food? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the letters in the parenthesis to complete the description of what will happen to food in the liver and pancreas. The liver is the largest gland in the body. It makes a substance called (ible) . This is stored in the (llag) bladder. This bladder is a small sac attached to the liver. The bile helps in digesting (atfs) by breaking it into (smlla) drops so that it can easily be digested. The pancreas is located near the stomach. It produces (creaoantic) juice which (gestdi) the (chesstar), fats and (einptor). Activity 2 Read the following statement. Which sentence describes what will happen to food in the liver and pancreas. 1. The liver makes the subtstance called bile. 2. The bile helps in digesting the water. 3. The bile helps in digesting the fats and protein. 4. The pancreas produces any kind of juices. 5. The liver and pancreas are not important in digestion. Activity 3 What happens to food in the liver and pancreas? Enumerate answers. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: If you will eat something, what will happen to that food if it reach the liver and pancreas?

III.

IV.

EVALUATION:
127

Describe what will happen to the food in the lievr and pancreas. Choose the letter below. 1-2. The fats in the _____ will be digested into ___ drops. 3.The _____ helps breaks the fats. 4-5The _______ produces pancreatic juice which digest ___. a. b. c. d. e. Smaller Liver Protein starches, and fats Bile pancreas

V. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the small intestine? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Hulwarang Ritmo Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 95 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim tayo ng gulay B. Balik-Aral: Hulwarang Ritmo C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagguhit. Gawain 2: Grupo Pagtatakda ng pamantayan sa pagguhit Gawain 3 Pagguhit ng Ibat Ibang Katangian ng kulay F. Paglalahat: May ibat ibang katangian ang kulay: maliwanga, madilim, mapusyaw, malungkot. G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Ano ang kahulugan ng maliwanag na kulay? Madilim?mapusyaw? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Opo. Hindi po.
128

III.

VI.

1. Naipakita mo ba ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Gumamit ka bang wastong kagamitan sa pagguhit? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginuhit? VII. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay sa kwaderno P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Ikatlong uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Apat na Uri ng Klima: Ikatlong Uri PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph. 48 mapang pangklima, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Ikalawang Uri ng Klima batay sa ulan C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mapang pangklima: Ano ito? Ano ang kahalagahan ng mapang ito? Ilang kulay ang nakikita mo? Ano ang sinisimbolo nito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: ulat-panahon

E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang pangungusap sa ibaba. Ipabasa sa mga mag-aaral. Hindi tiyak ang panahon ng Ikatlong uri ngunit nakararanas ng tag-init mula Nobyembre hanggang Abril at tag-ulan sa nalalabing panahon.

Gawain 2 Buuhin sa pangungusap upang makagawa ng ulat panahon. _________ tiyak ang panahon ng _________ uri ngunit nakararanas ng __________ mula Nobyembre hanggang _________ at __________ sa nalalabing panahon.
129

Abril Ikatlong

tag-init Hindi tag-ulan

Gawain 3 Sabihin ang katangian ng ikalawang uri ng klima. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ang lugar niyo ba ay nakararanas ng ikatlong uri ng klima? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian ng Ikatlong Uri ng Klima sa pamamagitan ng pagsagot sa mga sumususnod na katanungan. 1. Ilang panahon ang nararanasan ng ikatlong uri ng klima? a. Isa b. dalawa c. tatlo 2. Anong panahon ang nararanasan tuwing Nobyembre? a. Tag-ulan b. taglagas c. tag-init 3. Mayroon bang tag-init na panahon sa ikatlong uri? a. Opo b. wala po c. minsan po 4. Hanggang anong buwan natatapos ang tag-init sa ikatlong uri ng klima? a. Hindi b. maari c. opo V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

__________ Reading Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with i () sound. SUBJECT MATTER: i () sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with i () sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. tin jig hit fib nip bin pig him hit sin hip fin bit did fig rip lip six pin dip lip sip mix hid
130

big

fit

dig

sit

mid

rig

rib

fix

IV.

V.

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing i () sounds. D. Application: What words with i () sounds youve learned. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sit 2. hit 3. fit 4. rim 5. bit Assignment Make a list of words with i () sounds.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, JULY 27, 2012

7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3
131

I.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. Use the dictionary to pronounce the words correctly. B. Use Context clues to get the meaning of unfamiliar words. C. Identify the synonym of a word II. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper IV. EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

II. III.

IV.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. Describe what happens to the food in the mouth. B. Describe what happens to the food in the stomach. C. Describe what happens to the food in the small intestine SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

132

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

II. III.

IV.

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan. C. D. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 3. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 4. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 I.

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

II. III.

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan. A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Unang uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas. B. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Ikalawang uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas C. . Nasasabi ang katangian ng Ikatlong uri ng Klima ng Pilipinas PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 3. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 4. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan) ___________________________________________

IV.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

133

MONDAY, JULY 30, 2012

7:30 7:45 I. II. III. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse: The Story of Lazarus PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Read the story from the bible. 2. Present the incomplete sentences for memorization. 3. Retell the story. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Use the dictionary to locate words using guide words SUBJECT MATTER: Using the dictionary to locate words using guide words PELC English for You and me (L) page 7-9 English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read Tongue twisters B. Review: Using the dictionary to get meaning from several meaning C. Unlocking of Difficulties: locate, guide words D. Motivation: Look at the parts of a dictionary. There are words with their meaning and page number. Hwta is the part in the upper portion of the dictionary? What is the use of that part? Why is it important?
134

E. Presentation: Activity I Read the words in each number. Choose the correct guide words for each word. A B 1. curve a. order - prune 2. helicopter b. human - gold 3. gift c. cane - cut 4. pledge d. tell - vane 5. unity e. igloo- hut Activity 2 Hrreare lists of guide words. What word can be located in the following guide words. 1. pierce - pile rift pig picture 2. picking pier saloon rickets 3. rice ridge 4. riding right 5. saliva salty Activity 2 Use the dictionary to locate the following words. Chhose from the strips below. Write the guide words in your paper. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. commandment boundary grown gas creature house - gate crater - dainty glow - grudge boat - but care - cotton

IV.

V.

F.Generalization: What are guide words? G.Application: Will you use guide wors the next time you will use dictionary? Why? EVALUATION: Use the guide words from the dictionary listed inside the circle to locate the following words. 1. ladder 2. lining 3. soft 4. ointment 5. handsome ASSIGNMENT: Write the pronunciation of the following words 1. pleasure 2. Wedge 3. Boomtown 4. Brownout 5. Curriculum ___________________________________________
135

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. II. OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the the liver and pancreas. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the ilver and pancreas PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 - 32 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, flow chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Food in the Stomach C. Unlocking of Difficulties: fats D. Motivation: From the stomach to the liver and pancreas, what do you think happen to the food? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the letters in the parenthesis to complete the description of what will happen to food in the liver and pancreas. The liver is the largest gland in the body. It makes a substance called (ible) . This is stored in the (llag) bladder. This bladder is a small sac attached to the liver. The bile helps in digesting (atfs) by breaking it into (smlla) drops so that it can easily be digested. The pancreas is located near the stomach. It produces (creaoantic) juice which (gestdi) the (chesstar), fats and (einptor). Activity 2 Read the following statement. Which sentence describes what will happen to food in the liver and pancreas. 1. The liver makes the subtstance called bile. 2. The bile helps in digesting the water. 3. The bile helps in digesting the fats and protein. 4. The pancreas produces any kind of juices. 5. The liver and pancreas are not important in digestion. Activity 3 What happens to food in the liver and pancreas? Enumerate answers. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application:
136

III.

If you will eat something, what will happen to that food if it reach the liver and pancreas? IV. EVALUATION: Describe what will happen to the food in the lievr and pancreas. Choose the letter below. 1-2. The fats in the _____ will be digested into ___ drops. 3.The _____ helps breaks the fats. 4-5The _______ produces pancreatic juice which digest ___. a. b. c. d. e. Smaller Liver Protein starches, and fats Bile pancreas

V. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the small intestine? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 2/4 sabay sa awitin. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Palakumpasang 2/4 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Leron, Leron Sinta B. Balik-Aral: ibat ibang nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-wait ng Leron, Leron Sinta. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagkumpas ng 2/4 Gawain 3 Pag-awit at pagkumpas. E. Paglalahat: Pagkumpas ng 2/4. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin:
137

III.

1. Mahalaga ba oagkumpas? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Naisagawa mo ba ang wastong pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 2/4? 2. Naisabay mo ba ang pagkumpas sa iyong pagawit? 3. Nagkasabay ba ang pagkumpas at ang pagawit? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong palakumpasan? 5. Buong puso mo ba itong inawit?

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mha piyesa na nasa palakumpasang 2/4. Maghanda sa pagkumpas sa kase kinabukasan. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV - 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang kahalagahan ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Kahalagahan ng Panahon PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino Mga larawan, istrip. tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Mga uri ng Klima C. Pagganyak: Mahalaga ba ang kalagayan ng panahon? Nakakaapekto ba ang ito sa ating mga gawain? Paano? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: epekto E. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga pangungusap sa ibaba. Piliin ang wastong pangungusap na nagsasabi ng kahalagahan ng panahon sa ating mga gawain. 1. Nagiging mataba ang mga taniman dahil sa magandang klima. 2. Natutuyo ang mga labahan sa sikat ng araw. 3. Binabaha ang lugar dahil sa malakas na pag-ulan. 4. Nakakapagnegosyo ang mga tao ng mga tuyo at daing. 5. Nakalalayag ang mga mangingisda sa laot.
138

Gawain Buuhin ang talata tungkol sa kahalagahan ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain. Ang Panahon ay Mahalaga Ang pang-araw-araw na gawain natin ay naaapektuhan ng pabago-bagong panahon. Marami tayong nagagawa kung maganda ang panahon. Ang mga mangingisda ay nagmamasid sa panahon bago sila papalaot. Gayundin naman ang mga magsasaka. Sila ay nakikibagay sa panahon sa kanilang pagtanim at pag-ani. Ang mga manlalaro ay tinitingnan din ang panahon sa kanilang mga idaraos na laro. Hindi rin nakagagawa sa tahanan kung masama ang panahon. Kailangan ang sikat ng araw upang matuyo ang labahan. Sa halaman kailangan din naman ang init ng araw at ang ulan. Ang mga Ito ay pangunahing pangangailangan ng mga halaman. Ikaw panano nakakatulong ang panahon sa iyong pang-araw-araw na gawain? Gawain 3 Ano ang kahalagahan ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain? F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Nakakatulong ba ang panahon sa iyo? Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang kahalagahan ng panahon sa iyo. 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ 4. __________________________________________ 5. __________________________________________ V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ________________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read a, o, and I sound Grade IV 3

I.

II.

III.

SUBJECT MATTER: Review of a, o, and i flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with a, o, and i sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation:
139

Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words.

pan rat sad Jim

sod hog big tan

lot dot

pit

jog

six

rip

ram rap top rim

Sam pop

can kid

wag fin bog jab

nod dip dig mob dam cot

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing a, o, and i sounds. D. Application: What words with a, o, and i sounds youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. p o d 2. r i p 3. m a t 4. l a g V. Assignment Make a list of words with a, o, and i sounds. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

5. d i m

TUESDAY, JULY 31, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse: The Story of Lazarus PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Read the story from the bible. 2. Present the incomplete sentences for memorization. 3. Retell the story. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.
140

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify suffixes and their meaning. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying suffixes and their meaning PELC English for You and me (L) page English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read Tongue twisters B. Review: Using the dictionary to locate words using guide words C. Unlocking of Difficulties: identify, suffixes D. Motivation: Read the following words: 1. Reversible 2. Separation 3. Pianist 4. Sickness 5. friendship Ask: What are the root words for each word? What are the letters joined in the root word? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the words in each number. Extract the root word and the joined syllables or suffix. Root Word reverse Suffix ible

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Reversible Separation Pianist Sickness friendship

Activity 2 Read the meaning of the suffixes below. Match it to its meaning.
141

A. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ible ation pianist ness ship

B. a. state of being b. quality c. capable of being d. one who e. action

Activity 2 Underline the suffixes in the following wrods below. Then choose its meaning from the box. a. full of tired 1. Fatherhood b. state of being happy 2. Careless c. belonging to America 3. Happiness d. condition as being a father 4. Tiresome e. without showing care 5. American

F.Generalization:

What are suffixes?

Read the suffixes and their menaing: 1. able capable of being 2. an or ian belonging to 3. ancy or ency state of being 4. ant or ent one who 5. ation act 6. dom- sate of being 7. ful abounding 8. hood condition 9. ious full of 10.ity or ty state or condition

11. Less - without 12. Ly like or manner 13. Ment - result 14. Ness state of being 15. Ory place where 16,. Ship state or quality 17. Some full of

G.Application: What are words with suffixes you already know? What does it mean? IV. EVALUATION: Identify suffixes and their meaning. Underline the suffixes and give its meaning. Follow the example below. Example: freedom state of being free Beautiful - __________ beauty Boredom -__________ bored Needless - __________ need Digestion - __________ digesting Migrant - __________ migrate
142

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: List down words with suffixes. Underline the suffixes.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Describe what happens to the food in the the small. Intestine. SUBJECT MATTER: Food in the small intestine PELC Science for Daily Use pp 31 - 32 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, flow chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Food in the ilver and pancreas C. Unlocking of Difficulties: fvilli, bloodstream D. Motivation: Present the digestive system model. Let the pupils identify the small intestine. Ask: What will happen to the food in the small intestine? Why did it happen? What organ helps to do it? E. Presentation: Activity I Complete the idea below to describe what will happen to the food in the small instestine. Choose the word in a flashcard. Foods from the stomach is changed into liquids so that it can easily pass into small instestine. In this organ most of the digestion takes place. Digestion in the small intestine is completed with the help of the pancreatic juice and bile. Through the villi the food nutrients flow into the bloodstream which distributes them in the cells of the body. Activity 2 Which statement describes what will happen to food in the small intestine. 1. ______The food in the small intestine is liquid in form. ______The food in thew small intestine is hard. 2. ______ Less digestion takes place in small intestine. ______Most digestion takes place in small intestine

III.

143

3. ______ Digestion in small instestine is completed because of enzymes and gastric juice. ______Digetion in small intestine is completed beacsue of pancreatic juice and bile 4. ______ The food nutrients will flow in the bloodstream trough villi. ______The food nutrients will flow in the bloodstream though liver 5. ______The food will be distributed into the stomach. ______The food will be distributed into the cells of the body. Activity 3 Read the sentences/ answers to describe what will happen to the food in the small intestine. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: If you will eat a rice. What will happen to this in your small intestine? IV. EVALUATION: Describe what will happen to the food in the in the small intestine. Choose the correct word inside the parenthesis. 1. The food in the small intestine is in (liquid, solid) form. 2. The food nutrients will flow to the bloodstream to (villi, liver). 3. (Most, Less) digestion takes place in the small intestine. 4. Digestion in small intestine is (completed, started) because of pancreatic juice and bile. 5. The food will be (distributed, gathered ) into the cells of the body. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the digestion.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4 sabay sa awitin. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Palakumpasang 3/4 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Bahay Kubo B. Balik-Aral: Palakumpasang 2/4
144

III.

C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-awit ng Bahay Kubo. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagkumpas ng 3/4 Gawain 3 Pag-awit at pagkumpas. E. Paglalahat: Pagkumpas ng 3/4. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba pagkumpas? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naisagawa mo ba ang wastong pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4? 2. Naisabay mo ba ang pagkumpas sa iyong pagawit? 3. Nagkasabay ba ang pagkumpas at ang pagawit? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong palakumpasan? 5. Buong puso mo ba itong inawit? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na nasa palakumpasang 3/4. Maghanda sa pagkumpas sa kase kinabukasan. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino Mga larawan, istrip. tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: kahalagahan ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain C. Pagganyak: Mayroon din bang di magandang naidudulot ang panahon sa atin? Paano?
145

D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: epekto E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga pangungusap sa ibaba. Piliin ang wastong pangungusap na nagsasabi ng di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa ating mga gawain. 1. Nagiging matamlay ang katawan kapag umuulan. 2. Hindi nakakapaglaro sa labas ang mga batang tulad mo. 3. Binabaha ang lugar dahil sa malakas na pag-ulan. 4. Tumutubo ang mga itinanim na gulay. 5. Nakalalayag ang mga mangingisda sa laot. Gawain Buuhin mga pangungusap tungkol sa mga di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa ating gawain. 1. Dahil sa El Nio, ________ ang mga halaman. 2. Dahil sa La Nia, _______ ang mga pananaim. 3. _________ ang mga paliparan dahil sa pagbagyo. 4. _________ ang mga daanan sa matinding pagbaha. 5. Nagkakasakit sa _____ dahil sa matinding sikat ng araw. Nasisira balat naaantala nalalanta natutuyo

IV.

Gawain 3 Ano ang mga di kanais-nais na dala ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain? F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Sagabal ba ang panahon sa iyong mga gawain? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga dikanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa tao. 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ 4. __________________________________________ 5. __________________________________________

V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read u () sound SUBJECT MATTER: u () sound flashcards, pictures
146

Grade IV 3

I.

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with u () sound you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. hut tub gun hut mud hug dug up jut cut rub tug sun bus gun tub cud sum jug run

bun rum hub nut gum mud fun hum

mug jut bug bun sum cup Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing u () sound. D. Application: What words with u () sound youve learned? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. c u p 2. f u n 3. h u b 4. s u m 5. r u g V. Assignment Make a list of words with a, o, and i sounds. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

pup gut

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 01, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse: The Story of Lazarus PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Story of Lazarus E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. EVALUATION:
147

IV.

List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Decode meaning of unfamiliar words through suffixes. SUBJECT MATTER: Decoding meaning of unfamiliar words through suffixes PELC English for You and me (L) page 7-9 English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read Tongue twisters B. Review: identifying suffixes C. Unlocking of Difficulties: unfamiliar, suffixes. D. Motivation: Read the following words 1. participation 4. hopeless 2. aquatic 5. partnership 3. clarity Ask: What do you mean with these words above? How to get the meaning of the ff. words? E. Presentation: Activity I Supply the chart below. Suffi Meanig x n of suffix partici participat tion Act of pation e Indonesian bountiful hopeless partnership Root Word

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Activity 2 Give the eaming of the word above.

148

Word

Meani

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Indonesian bountiful hopeless partnership

participa tion

Activity 2 Study the following suffixes and give the meaning oif the meaning of the words below. able capable of being an or ian belonging to Less - without Ness state of being ful abounding ious full of 1. Canadian _____________________ 2. Harmless _____________________ 3. Blessedness - _____________________ 4. Fruitful _____________________ 5. Spacious _____________________ F.Generalization: What are suffixes? G.Application: If you encounter a words with suffix, is it easy to give the meaning? How? EVALUATION: Dedoe the meaning of the following words below. Use the suffixes below as your guide. an or ian belonging to Less - without Ness state of being ful abounding ious full of 1. Dustless - _____________________ 2. Merciful - _____________________ 3. Cautious - _____________________ 4. Malaysian-_____________________ 5. Kindness - _____________________

IV.

ASSIGNMENT: Give the meaning of the following words. 1. veterinarian 2. actor 3. rebellious
149

4. melodious 5. spoonful P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. II. SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

OBJECTIVE: Name the different ailments of the digestive system. SUBJECT MATTER: Ailments of the Digestive System PELC Science for Daily Use pp 35 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Food in the the small intestine C. Unlocking of Difficulties: villi, bloodstream D. Motivation: Present the digestive system model. Let the pupils identify the small intestine. Ask: What will happen to the food in the small intestine? Why did it happen? What organ helps to do it? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following ailments below. 1. Indigestion 6. cholera 2. Diarrhea 7. ulcer 3. Constipation 8. gallstone 4. Appendisitis 5. Stomachache Activity 2 Complete the letters of every number to name the ailments of the digestive system. 1. Diarr _ _ _ 6. _ _ _ _ ndisitis 2. Consti _ _ _ _ _ _ 7. In _ _ _ _ _tion 3. s _ _ _ _ chache 8. Cho_ _ _ _ 4. u _ _ _ _r 5. _ _ _ _stone Activity 3 Locate the different names of ailments in the digestive system in the puzzle. D J F S G V C H O L E R A C
150

III.

I A R R H E A K U I L K A

G A Y C S S J H T R R P U

I M A N A D T L O N I L L M J O N S T I D J T D G F D O C T U U N A I H D E D F U T N K E N E J L Y P N O I T T S T O M R H O N H

H E Y P F S S G T G S A S

K S G G M L T E I A T I I J L Z E O Q Y E E S R T X T T A A E G I C H A F A S

S S S O Y T D S S T D C R

G L A N E R I T U Y N H E

F O G U L C E R I L I E N

F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: What are the different ailments of the digestive system? IV. EVALUATION: Describe what will happen to the food in the in the small intestine. Choose the correct word inside the parenthesis. 1. The food in the small intestine is in (liquid, solid) form. 2. The food nutrients will flow to the bloodstream to (villi, liver). 3. (Most, Less) digestion takes place in the small intestine. 4. Digestion in small intestine is (completed, started) because of pancreatic juice and bile. 5. The food will be (distributed, gathered ) into the cells of the body. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the digestion.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4 sabay sa awitin. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Palakumpasang 3/4 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Bahay Kubo
151

I. II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: Palakumpasang 2/4 C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-awit ng Bahay Kubo. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagkumpas ng 3/4 Gawain 3 Pag-awit at pagkumpas. E. Paglalahat: Pagkumpas ng 3/4. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 2. Mahalaga ba pagkumpas? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naisagawa mo ba ang wastong pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4? 2. Naisabay mo ba ang pagkumpas sa iyong pagawit? 3. Nagkasabay ba ang pagkumpas at ang pagawit? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong palakumpasan? 5. Buong puso mo ba itong inawit? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na nasa palakumpasang 3/4. Maghanda sa pagkumpas sa kase kinabukasan. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: B. Nasasabi ang di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino Mga larawan, istrip. tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: kahalagahan ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain
152

C. Pagganyak: Mayroon din bang di magandang naidudulot ang panahon sa atin? Paano? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: epekto E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Basahin ang mga pangungusap sa ibaba. Piliin ang wastong pangungusap na nagsasabi ng di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa ating mga gawain. 6. Nagiging matamlay ang katawan kapag umuulan. 7. Hindi nakakapaglaro sa labas ang mga batang tulad mo. 8. Binabaha ang lugar dahil sa malakas na pag-ulan. 9. Tumutubo ang mga itinanim na gulay. 10.Nakalalayag ang mga mangingisda sa laot. Gawain Buuhin mga pangungusap tungkol sa mga di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa ating gawain. 1. Dahil sa El Nio, ________ ang mga halaman. 2. Dahil sa La Nia, _______ ang mga pananaim. 3. _________ ang mga paliparan dahil sa pagbagyo. 4. _________ ang mga daanan sa matinding pagbaha. 5. Nagkakasakit sa _____ dahil sa matinding sikat ng araw. Nasisira balat naaantala nalalanta natutuyo

Gawain 3 Ano ang mga di kanais-nais na dala ng panahon sa pang-araw-araw na gawain? F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Sagabal ba ang panahon sa iyong mga gawain? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga dikanais-nais na dulot ng panahon sa tao. 1. __________________________________________ 2. __________________________________________ 3. __________________________________________ 4. __________________________________________ 5. __________________________________________ V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala sa kwaderno ang mga nalaman sa aralin. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read u () sound SUBJECT MATTER: u () sound flashcards, pictures Grade IV 3

I. II.

153

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with u () sound you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. hut tub gun hut mud hug dug up jut cut rub tug sun bus gun tub cud sum jug run

bun rum hub nut gum mud fun hum

IV.

V.

mug jut bug bun sum cup Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing u () sound. D. Application: What words with u () sound youve learned? EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. c u p 2. f u n 3. h u b 4. s u m 5. r u g Assignment Make a list of words with a, o, and i sounds.

pup gut

THURSDAY, AUGUST 02, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse ; Matthew 6:33 PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Story of Lazarus E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse.
154

IV.

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Write hyphenated compound words. SUBJECT MATTER: Writing hyphenated compound words PELC 3, 3.2 p.16 English for You and me (L) page 7-9 English For All times Chart, dictionaries, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading of compound words written as one. B. Review: identifying suffixes C. Unlocking of Difficulties: unfamiliar, suffixes. D. Motivation: Ask: Dinas mother died. She met a new mother married by her father. What is the relationship of the mother to Dina? How how you going to write motherin-law? E. Presentation: Activity I Write the correct compound words below using a hyphen. 1. Teacher in charge 2. Sister in law 3. Father in law 4. Long term 5. Ex president Activity 2 Complete the sentence by writing the correct form of compound words of the word in the parentehsis. 1. It is a ____________(middle class) area. 2. She got a ____________ (full time) work. 3. My father was paid in ________ (high salary) job. 4. I bought a ____ (v line) blouse. 5. Tonio is his _____ (brother in law). Activity 2 What are other compound words you know written using a hyphen? F.Generalization: What are suffixes? G.Application: If you encounter a words with suffix, is it easy to give the meaning? How?
155

IV.

EVALUATION: Write hyphenated compound word. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. ASSIGNMENT: Use hyphenated compound words in a sentence. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Name the different ailments of the digestive system. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ailments of the Digestive System PELC Science for Daily Use pp 35 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Food in the the small intestine C. Unlocking of Difficulties: villi, bloodstream D. Motivation: Present the digestive system model. Let the pupils identify the small intestine. Ask: What will happen to the food in the small intestine? Why did it happen? What organ helps to do it? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following ailments below. 1. Indigestion 6. cholera 2. Diarrhea 7. ulcer 3. Constipation 8. gallstone 4. Appendisitis 5. Stomachache Activity 2 Complete the letters of every number to name the ailments of the digestive system. 1. Diarr _ _ _ 6. _ _ _ _ ndisitis 2. Consti _ _ _ _ _ _ 7. In _ _ _ _ _tion
156

III.

3. s _ _ _ _ chache 4. u _ _ _ _r 5. _ _ _ _stone

8. Cho_ _ _ _

Activity 3 Locate the different names of ailments in the digestive system in the puzzle. D J F S G V C H O L E R A I G I M A N A H K S G S G A A D T L O N E G M L S L R Y I L L M J Y T E I S A R C O N S T I P A T I O N H S D J T D G F I J L Y E E S F D O C T S Z E O T R A J U U N A I S Q Y E D I K H H D E D F G E S R S T U T U T N K E T T X T S U I R N E J L Y G T A A T Y L R P N O I T S E G I D N K P T S T O M A C H A C H A U R H O N H S F A S R E F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: What are the different ailments of the digestive system? C F O G U L C E R I L I E N

IV.

EVALUATION: Describe what will happen to the food in the in the small intestine. Choose the correct word inside the parenthesis. 1. The food in the small intestine is in (liquid, solid) form. 2. The food nutrients will flow to the bloodstream to (villi, liver). 3. (Most, Less) digestion takes place in the small intestine. 4. Digestion in small intestine is (completed, started) because of pancreatic juice and bile. 5. The food will be (distributed, gathered ) into the cells of the body. ASSIGNMENT: What happens to food in the digestion.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay.
157

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Hulwarang Ritmo

Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 95 III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim tayo ng gulay B. Balik-Aral: Hulwarang Ritmo C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo sa pagguhit. Gawain 2: Grupo Pagtatakda ng pamantayan sa pagguhit Gawain 3 Pagguhit ng Ibat Ibang Katangian ng kulay E. Paglalahat: May ibat ibang katangian ang kulay: maliwanga, madilim, mapusyaw, malungkot. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 2. Ano ang kahulugan ng maliwanag na kulay? Madilim?mapusyaw? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Opo. 1. Naipakita mo ba ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Gumamit ka bang wastong kagamitan sa pagguhit? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginuhit?
158

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang ibat ibang katangian ng kulay sa kwaderno

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Naiisa-isa ang mga uri ng pananim sa Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Uri ng Pananim sa Pilipinas

PELC Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 49-50

Mga larawan, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Di kanais-nais na dulot ng panahon C. Pagganyak: ipakita ang ibat-ibang larawan. Anu-ano ang mga larawan? Ito ba ay tumutubo sa ating bansa? Mayroon ba kayong ganito sa inyong lugar? Bakit kaya ang iba ay hindi tumutubo sa ating bansa? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: pananim E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita ang mga larawan ng ibat ibang pananim. Pangalanan ang mga pananim. Gawain isa-isahin sa ibaba ang mga pananim na tumutubo sa Pilipinas. Lagyan ng tsek(/) ang mga pananim sa Pilipinas at ekis(x) kung hindi. ______1. Mais ______6. peras
159

______2. Mansanas ______3. Mangga ______4. Santol ______5. Molave

______7. Ubas ______8. bakawan ______9. Bulak o cotton ______10. bayabas Gawain 3

Isa-isahin ang mga tinutukoy na papanim sa bawat bilang. Pumili ng sagot sa loob ng kahon. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Mga kahoy na makukuha sa bunganga ng ilog at mga baybaydagat na maaaring pagkukunan ng kahoy upang gawing uling. Ginagawang basket at magagandang muwebles. Ginagawang baig at bag. Ginagamit sa paggawa ng bahay, muwebles at instrumenting pangmusikal. Ang dagta nito ay ginagawang barnis o pampakintab ng mga muwebles sa kahoy. Ginagamit bilang palamuti at paggwa ng ibat ibang pabango. Tumutubo sa lahat ng dako ng Pilipinas. Tumutubo sa mga di maulan na pook. Angkop mamunga sa mainit na klima Itinuturing na herbal o halamang-gamot. a. Mangga b. Palay c. Bakawan d. Oregano e. Almaciga F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang mga pananim na nabubuhay sa inyong pook na nabanggit sa leksyon? Ito ba ay mahalaga sa inyong buhay/ Bakit? f.narra g. kape h. buli i. rattan o yantok f. kawayan

160

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga pananim sa nabubuhay sa Pilipinas. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________

V. P.L. :

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa ng album ng mga pananim sa Pilipinas. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A.

Reading

Grade IV 3

Read words with a, i, o, and u sounds.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Review of a, i, o, and u

flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with a, i, o, and u sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

fib top

hag

bat

sum bun cot tub dug pug hid

pit rip hip

six bat dad

mob tan

nod wag him mix

pup dot jut

bob man dip

nun pop

Activity 2
161

Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing a, i, o, and u sounds. D. Application: What words with a, i, o, and u sounds youve learned? IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. r a g V. Assignment Make a list of words with a, o, and i sounds. 2. c a n 3. h u t 4. p i n 5. r u n

FRIDAY, AUGUST 03, 2012

7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

162

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

II. III.

IV.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. B. C. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper 3. EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned: A. B. C. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

II.

III.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

163

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

II.

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan. A. B. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 2. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan)

III.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 I.

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. B. C.

Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 2. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan) ___________________________________________
164

III.

IV.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

MONDAY, AUGUST 06, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Matthew 6:33 E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify homonyms. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying homonyms PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) English For All times Pictures, Chart, flashcard
165

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading of compound words written as one. B. Review: writing hyphenated compound words. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: homonyms, similar D. Motivation: Present the following pictures; aunt ant, sew sow.. What are following pictures? What did you observe in the pair of words? Are the final sounds similar? What are these words? E. Presentation: Activity I Encircle the word that sounds like the first word? 1. Ear ere ear ere 2. Two toe though too 3. Knot nut note no 4. Beat bee bet bit 5. Maid maid mid mend Activity 2 Study the words in the box. Find the pair of homonys. Nose Sum sew for eight ate so four bare sent knows hair bear hare some cent

IV.

Activity 2 What are other homonyms you know? F.Generalization: What are homonyms? G.Application: What did you observe when reading homonyms? EVALUATION: Identify the homonyms. Write the letter only. 1. air a. hair b. her c. heir 2. whole a. hill b. hole c. hal 3. eight a. ate b. bait c. late 4. dear a. there b. deer c. dare 5. tail a. tell b. tale c. till

ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 pairs of homonyms. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 IV

166

1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ailments of the digestive system. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ailments of the Digestive System BEC Hanbook in Science Science for Daily Use pp 63 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Naming the ailments of the digestive system C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Discomfort 6. sore 2. Excessive 7. Solid mass 3. Inflammation 8. discharge 4. Feces 9. obstruct 5. Severe D. Motivation: Have you experienced a painful feeling in your stomach? What is that ailment? How does it affects you? E. Presentation: Activity I Match the ailments to its description. 1. indigestion a. discomfort in the middle part of the abdomen 2. diarrhea b. excessive frequency and looseness of bowel 3. constipation movement 4. appendicitis c. feeces are hard 5. stomachache d. inflammation of the appendicitis 6. cholera e. pain in the stomach 7. ulcer f. acute severe infectious disease cause by 8. gallstone bacteria g. open sore on the lining of the stomach h. small solid mass found in gall bladder Activity 2 Flash the initial letter of the disorder in the digestive system. Listen to the description from the teacher as your clue. Activity 3 Using chalk and illustration board, identify the disorder from the descriptions read by the teacher. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify the ailments of the digestive system. Write the letter of the correct answer.
167

III.

IV.

1. 2. 3. 4. a. 5. a. V.

Pain in the stomach a. Indigestion b. cholera c. stomachache Discomfort in the middle part of abdomen a. Constipation b. indigestion c. gallstone Inflammation of appendix a. Cholera b. appendicitis c. ulcer Acute severe infectious caused by bacteria Cholera b. diarrhea c. ulcer Excessive frequency and looseness of bowel movement Diarrhea b. indigestion c. gallstone

ASSIGNMENT: What will you do if you have ailments in the digestive system?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. II. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Naisasagawa ang pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4 sabay sa awitin. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Palakumpasang 3/4 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 12 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Bahay Kubo B. Balik-Aral: Palakumpasang 2/4 C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang isang piyesa. Ano ang mga nakikita mo sa piyesa? Mahalaga ba ang mga nota na nasa piyesa? Paano nagkakaroon ng himig? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-awit ng Bahay Kubo. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagkumpas ng 3/4 Gawain 3 Pag-awit at pagkumpas. E. Paglalahat: Pagkumpas ng 3/4. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Mahalaga ba pagkumpas? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Naisagawa mo ba ang wastong pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3/4?

III.

IV.

Opo.

Hindi po.

168

2. Naisabay mo ba ang pagkumpas sa iyong pagawit? 3. Nagkasabay ba ang pagkumpas at ang pagawit? 4. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong palakumpasan? 5. Buong puso mo ba itong inawit? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na nasa palakumpasang 3/4. Maghanda sa pagkumpas sa kase kinabukasan. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Naiuugnay ang uri ng pananim sa klima ng bansa. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Uri ng Pananim sa Pilipinas

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 ph. 19 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 49-50

Mga larawan, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Uri ng hayop sa Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: ipakita ang larawan ng manga ay mansanas.

Alin dito ang tumutubo sa Pilipinas? Bakit mabubuhay ang mangga sa ating bansa? Bakit hindi tumutubo ang mansanas sa ating bansa?
169

D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: naiuugnay, pananim E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita ang tsart sa ibaba. Pag-aralan at magbigay ng ibang halimbawa. Katamtaman ang Mainit at basang Malamig na lugar lamig at panahon Walang tuyo durian palay strawberry

Gawain Ihanay sa tamang posisyon ang bawat pananim

Katamtaman ang lamig at Walang tuyo

Mainit at basang panahon

Malamig na lugar

Gawain 3 Pag-ugnayin ang mga pananim sa mga klima na nasa hanay B. Hanay A 1. Kamatis 2. Lily 3. Bakawan 4. Tulips 5. Santol hanay B a. malamig na lugar b. Katamtaman ang lamig at Walang tuyo c. basa at mainit na lugar

170

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang mga pananim na nabubuhay sa inyong pook na nabanggit sa leksyon? Ito ba ay mahalaga sa inyong buhay? Bakit?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Iugnay ang mga pananim sa klima ng Pilipinas. Hanay A 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. durian palay saging strawberry manga Hanay B a. malamig na lugar b. mainit at walang basa c. Mainit at basang panahon

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa ng album ng mga pananim sa Pilipinas.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ee sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: ee sound

171

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ee sound you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

deem reel peep beef seep feed weep leek heel keen deep reed peel seem beet feet week leer heed keep need eel jeer teem keel deed seem meet

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

C. Generalization Producing ee sound

D. Application: What words with ee sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION:
172

Read the following words below. 1. ee r 2. r eed 3. p eer 4. see 5.deep

V. Assignment Make a list of words ee sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, AUGUST 07, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES;
173

Meditation Roll Call Health Inspection Review: Matthew 6:33 Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

B. C. D. E. F.

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns ending in y. SUBJECT MATTER: Plural of Nouns BEC Handbook in English, Speaking, 4, p. 17 English for You and me (L) pp.40-41 English For All times Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading of Words will s sounded as z 1. Hills 2. Bags 3. Crabs 4. Ponds 5. Lands 6.flowers 7. Leaves 8. beads B. Review: homonyms. Match the word to its homonyms. 1. Dear a.tale 2. Nose b.ant 3. Sea c. knows 4. Tail d.see 5. Aunt e.dare C. Unlocking of Difficulties: singular, plural, nouns, vowel, consonant D. Motivation: Present the following pictures; Key, toy, family, lady, baby

III.

174

Name the pictures. Ask: What did you observed in the words? How many persons/things are there? How will we name the word if well add a thing or pwersons? Is key and keys the same? Why?

E. Presentation: Activity I Follow the rule in forming the plural of nouns ending in -y below. Rule no. 1: Add s to nouns ending in y with a vowel before it. 1. Key - ____________ 2. Toy - ____________ 3. Day - ____________ 4. Spray- ____________ 5. ray- ____________ Rule no. 2: Change y to I and add es to words ending in y with a consonant before it. 1. Family- ____________ 2. Lady- ____________ 3. Baby- ____________ 4. Jelly- ____________ 5. belly- ____________ Activity 2 Group Form the plural of nouns by arranging the letters. On the board assign for your group.

l B m
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

u e

t y

s t

e r

f l

i i o

Butterfly Lily Monkey Turkey StrawberryActivity 2 Stick the Cards On Present the two boxes with the following cards. s ies Let the pupils stick these cards to form the plural of nouns. Show examples; 1. Holiday Answer: Holiday s

ies

175

2. sky Answer: sk Start: 1. party 2. candy 3. essay 4. way 5. kitty F.Generalization: Complete the thoughts below. Add_ s_ to nouns ending in y with a vowel before it. Change y to I and add es to words ending in y with a consonant before it. G.Application: What are other nouns you know that end in -y? Let volunteers from their plual form. EVALUATION: Form the plural of nouns ending in y. 1. ruby 2. fairy 3. boy 4. army 5. ray

IV.

ASSIGNMENT: Wrfite 5 example of nouns ending in y. Form its plural. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways of caring for the digestive system II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways of Caring for the Digestive System BEC Hanbook in Science 5.2 pp. 88-89 Science for Daily Use pp IV 63 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identfying the ailments of the digestive system Identify the ailments of the digestive system. Write the letter of the correct answer. 1. Pain in the stomach a. Indigestion b. cholera c. stomachache
176

III.

2. Discomfort in the middle part of abdomen a. Condtipation b. indigestion c. gallstone 3. Inflammation of appendix a. Cholera b. appendicitis c. ulcer 4. Acute severe infectious caused by bacteria a. Cholera b. diarrhea c. ulcer 5. Excessive frequency and looseness of bowel movement a.Diarrhea b. indigestion c. gallstone C. Unlocking of Difficulties: identify, caring D. Motivation: Let the pupils observe this picture. Ask: What happen to the girl? Why do you Think she experience stomachache? Have you experienced stomachache? How does it feels? What will you do the next time around?

E. Presentation: Activity I Match the picture to the ways of caring for the digestive system. 1 a. drink at least 8 to 10 glasses a day b. do not eat too much 2. c. Do not eat spoiled foods d. wash your hands with soap and water 3. e. eat fibrous foods 4. f. chew foods properly

5.

6.

Activity 2 Let the pupils read the list of statement below. The sentences are written on strips so pupils will post the correct statement under proper ways of caring for the digestive system. Proper Ways of Caring for the Digestive System

177

F. G.

IV.

V.

1. Eat any kinds of food. 2. Wash your hands with soap and water. 3. Eat fibrous foods. 4. Do not eat too much 5. Do not eat spoiled foods and drinks. 6. Chew foods in smaller pieces. 7. Drink 8 to 10 glasses of water a day. 8. Dry your hands with towel only after going to the toilet. 9. Eat as much as you can. 10.One glass per meal is enough. Activity 3 Read the sentences below. Post the smiley chip to sentences which show proper way of caring for digestive system. And a sad chip to sentences which show improper ways of caring for our digestive system. 1. Drink 8 to 10 glasses a day. 2. Eat only expensive foods. 3. Chew food in smaller pieces. 4. Wash your hands before eating. 5. Eat leftover foods anywhere. Generalization: Enumerate ways of proper ways of caring for the digestive system. Application: Are you practicing these good ways of caring for our digestive system? 1. I wash my hands before and after I eat. 2. I wash raw vegetables and fruits thoroughly. 3. I eat raw vegetables. 4. I eat cooked vegetables. 5. I use a toilet. EVALUATION: Identify the ways of caring for the digestive system below. Put a / if the sentence is correct and x if it is not correct. ______1. Wash your hands with soap and water. ______2. Do not eat too much. ______3. Eat any food you like. ______4. Eat expired foods. ______5. Chew foods in smaller pieces. ASSIGNMENT: Do the checklist. Always Sometimes Never

Health Habits 1. I flush the toilet after I use it. 2. I keep the ground of our house clean. 3. I buy and eat food from the street vendor. 4. I play with vbare foot.

178

5.I always use slippers or shoes everytime I play. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mabibigat na pulso sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng panandang diin (>). II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mabibigat na Pulso Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

BEC Handbook in Makabayan , Musika, I.A. 4, 4.1, ph. 90 Umawit at Gumuhit ph. 28

piyesa III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim Tayo ng Gulay B. Balik-Aral: Pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3 4 C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mga larawan ng gulay. Kayo ba ay maytanim na gulay? Mahalaga ba ang pagtatanim ng gulay? Bakit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagpapakita ng piyesa at pagmomodelo sa pag-awit nito. Pakinggan ang mga diin sa inaawit.

179

Gawain 2: Grupo Pag-awit sa piyesa at pagtaas ng kamay sa diin ng liriko.

Gawain 3 Paggamit ng panandang diin(>) sa mga natukoy na mga dioin sa awit na Magtanim tayo ng gulay. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang inyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Umawit ng isang awiting alam mo. Tukuyin ang mabigat na pulso sa pamamagitan ng pagtaas ng plakards na > IV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang mabibigat na pulso sa awit na Leron, Leron Sinta sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng panandang diin (>).

180

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-aralan ang awit na Magtanim Tayo ng Gulay. Ipalakpak ang mga linyang may mabigat na diin.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Naiisa-isa ang mga uri ng hayop sa klima ng Pilipinas. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Uri ng Hayop sa Pilipinas

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 1 ph. 19 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 49-50 Mga larawan, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Uri ng Pananim sa Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: ipakita ang ibat-ibang larawan ng hayop sa Pilipinas. Anu-ano ang mga larawan? Ito ba ay nakikita sa ating bansa? Mayroon ba kayong ganito sa inyong lugar? Bakit kaya ang iba ay hindi nakikita sa ating bansa? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: habitat
181

E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita ang mga larawan ng ibat ibang hayop. Pangalanan ang mga hayop. 1. 2. 3.

4. 5. 5. 4. 5.

Gawain 2 isa-isahin sa ibaba ang mga pananim na tumutubo sa Pilipinas. Lagyan ng tsek(/) ang mga pananim sa Pilipinas at ekis(x) kung hindi. ______1. mouse ______2. peacock ______3. penguin ______4. maya ______5. kalaw ______6. Polar bear ______7. bayawak ______8. kalapati ______9. walrus ______10. panda Gawain 3 Isa-isahin ang mga tinutukoy na papanim sa bawat bilang. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Pambansanag hayop Ito ay kahawig ng kalabaw. Karaniwang makikita sa Mindoro Matatgpuan sa kagubatan ng Boho. Ito ay kasinlaki ng daga Ito ay kamukha ng isang daga na matatagpuan sa Pulo ng Balabac Mattagpuan sa kagubatan ng Mindanao. May isang metro ang taas at bughaw ang mga mata nito.

182

Ano ang mga hayop na nabubuhay sa inyong pook na nabanggit sa leksyon? Ito ba ay mahalaga sa inyong buhay? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Isa-isahin ang mga hayop sa nabubuhay sa Pilipinas. 1. 2. 3. ____________________ 4.______________________ ____________________ ______________________ ____________________ 5.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa ng album ng mga pananim sa Pilipinas.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with sh sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

183

sheep shod cash fish

shun hush

dash dish shin mush sash sheen ship gush rash sheer shop lash mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

G. Generalization Producing sh sound

H. Application: What words with ee sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sh eep 2.d a sh 3.sh i p 4. m a sh 5.hush

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 08, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse
184

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Matthew 6:33 E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns ending in y. SUBJECT MATTER: Plural of Nouns BEC Handbook in English, Speaking, 4, p. 17 English for You and me (L) pp.40-41 English For All times Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Read sentences with different mood. 1. Mother is not here. 2. Theres a big snake. Happy, sad, angry, afraid and shy A. Review: Forming plural of nouns ending in y. B. Unlocking of Difficulties: singular, plural, nouns, vowel, consonant C. Motivation: What are the words ending in y in our classroom? In your house? D. Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns given from the motivation:
185

III.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Family Baby Fry Lady money

Activity 2 Group Form the plural of nouns 1. Turkey 2. Monkey 3. Strawberry4. Butterfly 5. Lily Activity 2 Search for words ending in y in your book and form its plural form. F.Generalization: Complete the thoughts below. Add_ s_ to nouns ending in y with a vowel before it. Change y to I and add es to words ending in y with a consonant before it. G.Application: What are other nouns you know that end in -y? Let volunteers from their plual form. IV. EVALUATION: Form the plural of nouns ending in y. ray boy army ruby fairy

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

ASSIGNMENT: Wrfite 5 example of nouns ending in y. Form its plural. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________

SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways of caring for the digestive system II. SUBJECT MATTER:
186

Ways of Caring for the Digestive System BEC Hanbook in Science 5.2 pp. 88-89 Science for Daily Use pp IV 63 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Identfying the ailments of the digestive system Identify the ailments of the digestive system. Write the letter of the correct answer. 1. Pain in the stomach a. Indigestion b. cholera c. stomachache 2. Discomfort in the middle part of abdomen a. Condtipation b. indigestion c. gallstone 3. Inflammation of appendix a. Cholera b. appendicitis c. ulcer 4. Acute severe infectious caused by bacteria a. Cholera b. diarrhea c. ulcer 5. Excessive frequency and looseness of bowel movement a.Diarrhea b. indigestion c. gallstone C. Unlocking of Difficulties: identify, caring D. Motivation: Let the pupils observe this picture. Ask: What happen to the girl? Why do you Think she experience stomachache? Have you experienced stomachache? How does it feels? What will you do the next time around?

III.

E. Presentation: Activity I Match the picture to the ways of caring for the digestive system. 1 a. drink at least 8 to 10 glasses a day b. do not eat too much 2. c. Do not eat spoiled foods d. wash your hands with soap and water 3. e. eat fibrous foods 4. g. chew foods properly

5.
187

6.

Activity 2 Let the pupils read the list of statement below. The sentences are written on strips so pupils will post the correct statement under proper ways of caring for the digestive system. Proper Ways of Caring for the Digestive System

1. Eat any kinds of food. 2. Wash your hands with soap and water. 3. Eat fibrous foods. 4. Do not eat too much 5. Do not eat spoiled foods and drinks. 6. Chew foods in smaller pieces. 7. Drink 8 to 10 glasses of water a day. 8. Dry your hands with towel only after going to the toilet. 9. Eat as much as you can. 10.One glass per meal is enough. Activity 3 Read the sentences below. Post the smiley chip to sentences which show proper way of caring for digestive system. And a sad chip to sentences which show improper ways of caring for our digestive system. 1. Drink 8 to 10 glasses a day. 2. Eat only expensive foods. 3. Chew food in smaller pieces. 4. Wash your hands before eating. 5. Eat leftover foods anywhere. F. Generalization: Enumerate ways of proper ways of caring for the digestive system. Application: Are you practicing these good ways of caring for our digestive system? 1. I wash my hands before and after I eat. 2. I wash raw vegetables and fruits thoroughly. 3. I eat raw vegetables.
188

G.

4. I eat cooked vegetables. 5. I use a toilet. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the ways of caring for the digestive system below. Put a / if the sentence is correct and x if it is not correct. ______1. Wash your hands with soap and water. ______2. Do not eat too much. ______3. Eat any food you like. ______4. Eat expired foods. ______5. Chew foods in smaller pieces. ASSIGNMENT: Do the checklist. Always Sometimes Never

V.

Health Habits 1. I flush the toilet after I use it. 2. I keep the ground of our house clean. 3. I buy and eat food from the street vendor. 4. I play with vbare foot. 5.I always use slippers or shoes everytime I play.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mabibigat na pulso sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng panandang diin (>). II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mabibigat na Pulso Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

BEC Handbook in Makabayan , Musika, I.A. 4, 4.1, ph. 90 Umawit at Gumuhit ph. 28

piyesa III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Magtanim Tayo ng Gulay B. Balik-Aral: Pagkumpas ng palakumpasang 3 4 C. Pagganyak: Ipakita ang mga larawan ng gulay. Kayo ba ay maytanim na gulay? Mahalaga ba ang pagtatanim ng gulay? Bakit?
189

D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagpapakita ng piyesa at pagmomodelo sa pag-awit nito. Pakinggan ang mga diin sa inaawit.

Gawain 2: Grupo Pag-awit sa piyesa at pagtaas ng kamay sa diin ng liriko. Gawain 3 Paggamit ng panandang diin(>) sa mga natukoy na mga dioin sa awit na Magtanim tayo ng gulay. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang inyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: 1. Umawit ng isang awiting alam mo. Tukuyin ang mabigat na pulso sa pamamagitan ng pagtaas ng plakards na > IV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang mabibigat na pulso sa awit na Leron, Leron Sinta sa pamamagitan ng paggamit ng panandang diin (>).

190

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Pag-aralan ang awit na Magtanim Tayo ng Gulay. Ipalakpak ang mga linyang may mabigat na diin.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

NOTE; VIGIL AT SIR CABBANGS WAKE.

FRIDAY, AUGUST 10, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION:
191

IV.

List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II. III.

English

Grade IV 3

IV.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned for the week. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper 3. EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I.

OBJECTIVE: Answer written test sbout the following objectives learned for the week. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Review: B. Motivation: importance of the test C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper
192

II.

III.

IV.

EVALUATION: (Refer to test plan)

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan sa buong linggo. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 3. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 4. Test Proper PAGTATAYA: (Refer to test plan)

II.

III.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 I. II.

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN:

Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Summative Test PAMAMARAAN; A. Balik-Aral: B. Pagganyak: Kahalagahan ng pagsusulit C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan sa pagkukuha ng pagsusulit. 2. Test Proper PAGTATAYA:
193

III.

IV.

(Refer to test plan) P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

MONDAY, AUGUST 13, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

II. III.

OBJECTIVE: A. Answer the questions orally. B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister
194

B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: a. Quiz bee b. Graded recitation IV. EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer the questions orally. B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: c. Quiz bee d. Graded recitation IV. EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan sa unang markahan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation
195

II.

III.

IV.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 -

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I. LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napagaralan sa unang markahan. I. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation ___________________________________________

II.

III.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, AUGUST 14, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse

196

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

II. III.

IV.

OBJECTIVE: A. Answer the questions orally. B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: a. Quiz bee b. Graded recitation EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

A. Answer the questions orally.

197

B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: a. Quiz bee b. Graded recitation IV. EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan sa unang markahan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation

II.

III.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 -

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

198

I. LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napagaralan sa unang markahan. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 15, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________
199

7:45 8:45 I. OBJECTIVE:

English

Grade IV 3

II. III.

IV.

A. Answer the questions orally. B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: a. Quiz bee b. Graded recitation EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer the questions orally. B. Review lessons covered in the first periodical test. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Review for First Periodical Test III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill: Tongue twister B. Motivation: What will you do in order to get a high score in our test? Why is is that review is important? C. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Review proper: a. Quiz bee b. Graded recitation IV. EVALUATION: Record the scores of the graded recitation P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________
200

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napag-aralan sa unang markahan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation

II.

III.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

2:55 I.

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: Nakakasagot sa mga tanong mula sa mga layuning napagaralan sa unang markahan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Review Graded Reciation PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit B. Pagganyak: Ano ang dapat na gawin upang makakuha ng mataas na marka sa isang pagsusulit? Bakit kailangan na magbalk-tanaw sa mga aralin? C. Pamamaraan 1. Pag-unawa ng pamantayan ng balik-aral 2. Quiz bee 3. Graded recitation PAGTATAYA: Itala ang mga ngalan ng mga nakasagot sa graded recitation ___________________________________________

II.

III.

IV.

P.L. :

201

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

THURSDAY, AUGUST 16, 2012

I. OBJECTIVE: Answer the written test about the lessons covered in the first grading. SUBJECT MATTER: Day 1: First Periodical Test PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: D. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper: Refer to test plan EVALUATION: Refer to test plan.

II.

III.

IV.

FRIDAY, AUGUST 17, 2012

I. OBJECTIVE: Answer the written test about the lessons covered in the first grading. SUBJECT MATTER: Day 2: First Periodical Test PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: E. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper: Refer to test plan EVALUATION: Refer to test plan.

II.

III.

IV.

MONDAY, AUGUST 20, 2012 MUSLIM HOLIDAY

202

TUESDAY, AUGUST 21, 2012 - HOLIDAY

Second Grading Period

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 22, 2012
I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Matthew 6:33 E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns ending in s, sh, ch, x and z. SUBJECT MATTER: Forming Plural of Nouns Ending in s, sh, ch, x and z PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 41-42 Pictures, Chart, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading words ending in in s sounded as /s/. 1. Rocks 2. Maps 3. Forests 5.plants 6. Cliffs 7. Fruits 8. roofs

4. Sacks

203

B. Review: form plural of nouns ending in y 1. Party 2. Bay 3. Day C. Unlocking of Difficulties: form, plural

4. Fry

5. grey

D. Motivation: Present the following words; bus, sash, branch, tax, quiz. What are the final letters of the words? Is it singular or plural? How are we going to form their plural? E. Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns by adding es to the following words. 1. Mass 6. pitch 2. Trash 7. witch 3. Torch 8. leach 4. Wax 9. miss 5. Buzz 10. fax Activity 2 Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. grass 6. catch 2. beach 7. dress 3. dish 8. fish 4. ash 9. ax 5. brush 10. dazz Activity 2 What are words you know that ends in s, sh, ch, x and z? Form its plural. F.Generalization: What will you add to form the plural opf nouns ending in s, sh, ch, x and z?

G.Application: Observe the things in our school? Name the things that end in s, sh, ch, x and z and form its plural form. IV. EVALUATION: Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. gas 2. itch 3. kiss 4. mix 5. rash ASSIGNMENT: Give five nouns that end in s, sh, ch, x and z and form its plural form. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

204

I. II.

OBJECTIVE: Identify animals hatched from eggs and animals born as baby animals. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying animals hatched from eggs and animals born as baby animals.

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 48-50 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: how to take care of our digestive system C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Identify 2. Hatch 3. born D. Motivation: Look at the two animals below. What are these animals? How are they similar with each other? How are they different form one another? How are they going to give birth?

III.

E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the picture of animals below. Identify them according to the heading ANIMALS HATCHED FROM EGGS ANIMALS BORN ALIVE

Activity 2 Flash the following names of animals. Race right hand if the animal is hatched from eggs and left hand if it is born alive. 1. Quail 6. goat 2. Grasshopper 7. snake 3. Chicken 8. shrimp 4. Cow 9. pig 5. Eagle 10. Spider
205

IV.

Activity 3 Give names of animals not mentioned in the discussion. Let a volunteer identify if the animal is hatched from eggs or born as live baby. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify animals hatched from eggs and animals born as baby animals. Write the words hatched from eggs or born as baby animals. 1. Butterfly - ___________________________ 2. Mouse - _____________________________ 3. Mosquito - __________________________ 4. Lizard _______________________________ 5. Lion - _______________________________ ASSIGNMENT: Make album of animals hatched from eggs and animals born as baby animals.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. II. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang himig na pataas o paiskalang pataas. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Direksyon ng Himig: Paiskalang Pataas BEC Handbok in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 22-23 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Akoy Isang Pinoy Akoy isang Pinoy sa pusot diwa Pinoy na isinilang sa ating bansa Akoy hindi sanay sa wikang mga banyaga Akoy Pnoy na mayroong sariling wika Wikang pambansa ang gamit kong salita Bayan kong sinilangan Hangad koy lagi ang kalayaan Si Gat Jose Rizal nooy nagwika Siya ay nagpangaral sa ating bansa Ang hindi raw marunong magmahal sa ariling wika
206

III.

Ay higit pang amoy sa mabahong isda. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ating pinagdiriwang sa buwan ng Agosto? Mahalaga ba itog ipagdiwang? Bakit? May narinig ba kayong paitaas na himig nang inawit ang Akoy Isang Pinoy? Saang linya ito? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang piyesa sa ibaba ano ang iyong mapapansin sa himig _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Gumuhit ng piyesa na may paiskalang pataas. Gawain 3 Pag-awit ng piyesa na paiskalang pataas. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iskalang paitaas? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang himig ng isang awitin? IV. PAGTATAYA: Ano himig na paiskalang paitaas? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na may direksiyong paiskalang paitaas. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon I. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon I: Rehiyon ng Ilocos

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3

207

Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Pangyayari sa pagkamatay ng DILG secretary, Holidays B. Balik-Aral: Uri ng hayop sa Pilipinas C. Pagganyak: Ano ang paghahati na ginawa sa Pilipinas upang madali itong pamahalaan? Ilang Rehiyon mayroon ang Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang bawat isa sa mga rehiyon? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon

E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon I. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon I.

Gawain 2 Itama ang pantig upang mabuo ang ngalan ng lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon I 1. yan bu Ba 2. Ilocos te Nor 3. cos I lo 4. bra A 5. fu gao I 6. yan ga Ca 7. yao pa A 8. Ka nga li 9. be la I sa 10.ri Qui - no Sur 11. U La nion 12. Nueva ca Viz - ya 13. Ga si - Pang 14. Nueva 15. Lac - Tar 16. Guet - Ben 17. Ro Au - ra ja E - ci

208

Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na ipinakita sa plaskards. Ito ba ay kabilang sa mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon I?

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon I?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon I sa ibaba. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga lugar na ito at ekis (x) kung hindi. 1. Iloilo 2. Ilocos 3. Samar 4. Cagayan 5. Benguet

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon I sa kwaderno.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE:
209

A.

Read words with sh sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

sheep shod cash fish dash dish ship

shun hush

shin mush sash sheen

gush rash sheer shop lash

mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

C. Generalization Producing sh sound

D. Application: What words with sh sound youve learned?

210

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sh ee p 2. d a sh 3. sh i p 4. m a sh 5. sh o d

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

THURSDAY, AUGUST 23, 2012

I. II. III. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: Matthew 6:33 E. Presentation 1. Present the verse 2. Read the verse: 1st Reading by the teacher, 2nd teacher with the pupils and 3rd reading reading by the pupils 3. Read by row. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse.

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns ending in o.

211

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Forming Plural of Nouns Ending o PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 41-42 Pictures, Chart, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading elocution Its in the corner Around the corner Near the counter, Behind the room Next the coffee shop, inside the barder shop straight ahead To your left, to your right In front of you, at your back Over here, over there, its here, its there Anywhere and everywhere. B. Review: form plural of nouns ending in s, sh, ch, x and z C. Unlocking of Difficulties: form, plural D. Motivation: Present the following words; tomato, tattoo Ask; What are the similarities in the two words? What is the final letter? Is this singular or plural? How are we going to form the plural form of the following words? E. Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns by adding es or s to the following words. 1. potato 6. yoyo 2. piano 7. photo 3. zoo 8. rhino 4. mango 9. bingo 5. zero 10. cockatoo Activity 2 Draw a line to the letters that you will add to the first word to form its plural form. s es 1. Ego 2. cargo 3. bamboo 4. hero 5. zoo Activity 2 Name the following picture and form its plural. Choose from the box. 1. 2. `````` 3.
212

4.

5.

Radio

gazebo

halo

video tuxedo

F.Generalization: What will you add to form the plural opf nouns ending in o? G.Application: Observe the things in our school? Name the things that end in o and form its plural form. IV. EVALUATION: Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. hairdo 2. iglo 3. kangaroo 4. peso 5. volcano ASSIGNMENT: Give five nouns that end in o and form its plural form. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Some Animlas Hatched from a fertilized egg BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 48-50 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: animals hatched from eggs and born alive. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. hatch 2. infer 3. develop 4. fertilized 5. cell: sperm and egg cell D. Motivation:
213

III.

What is the female reproductive cell? Male reproductive cell? How are these cells work together to produce a new young? Look at the following animals. How are they similar among others? How are they differ from another? How are they giving birth?

E. Presentation: Activity I Match the animal above to its description. 1. Oviparous animals or animals that lay eggs before the young are completely developed. 2. Ovoviviparous animals or animals that produce eggs I shell but that hatches eggs within the body of the mother. 3. Viviparous animals or animals that never produce shelled eggs, the embryo is emplanted in the uterus.

Activity 2 Identify the oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals above and place it in their correct heading Oviparous Ovoviviparous Viviparous

1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

IV.

11. snake 12. grasshopper 13. shrimp 14. mosquito 15. fish Activity 3 Give names of animals not mentioned in the discussion. Let a volunteer identify if the animal oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals 1. chicken - ___________________________ 2. rat - _____________________________
214

Cat Frog Turtle Dove Dog

6. Lizard 7. Lion 8. Pig 9. Butterfly 10. Cow

3. 4. 5. V.

rattlesnake - __________________________ bird _______________________________ monkey - _______________________________

ASSIGNMENT: Make album of animals oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang himig na pababa o paiskalang pababa. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Direksyon ng Himig: Paiskalang Pababa BEC Handbok in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 22-23 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Akoy Isang Pinoy Akoy isang Pinoy sa pusot diwa Pinoy na isinilang sa ating bansa Akoy hindi sanay sa wikang mga banyaga Akoy Pnoy na mayroong sariling wika Wikang pambansa ang gamit kong salita Bayan kong sinilangan Hangad koy lagi ang kalayaan Si Gat Jose Rizal nooy nagwika Siya ay nagpangaral sa ating bansa Ang hindi raw marunong magmahal sa ariling wika Ay higit pang amoy sa mabahong isda. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ating pinagdiriwang sa buwan ng Agosto? Mahalaga ba itog ipagdiwang? Bakit? May narinig ba kayong paitaas na himig nang inawit ang Akoy Isang Pinoy? Saang linya ito? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang piyesa sa ibaba ano ang iyong mapapansin sa himig _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________
215

III.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Gumuhit ng piyesa na may paiskalang pababa. Gawain 3 Pag-awit ng piyesa na paiskalang pababa. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iskalang pababa? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang himig ng isang awitin? IV. PAGTATAYA: Ano himig na paiskalang pababa? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na may direksiyong paiskalang pababa. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Rehiyon I. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon I: Rehiyon ng Ilocos

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Pangyayari sa pagkamatay ng DILG secretary, Holidays B. Balik-Aral: Mga lugar sa Rehiyon I C. Pagganyak: ,Mayroon ka na bang lugar na napuntahan sa Rehiyon I? May alam na ba kayong magandang katangian ng Rehiyon i? Ano ito? Paano ito nagkakalayo sa ibang lugar?
216

D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: topograpiya, industriya E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Basahin ang aklat. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang wastong pangungusap na nagsasabi ng katangian ng rehiyon I at ekis(x) kung ito ay hindi nagsasabi ng katangian ng rehiyon I. 1. Mga kapampangan ang nakatira sa Rehiyon I. 2. Mga Ilocano at Pangasinense ang mga taon sa rehiyon I. 3. Halos sa baybaying dagat at kapatagan nakatira ang mga tao sa rehiyon I. 4. Halos sa bundok nakatira ang mga tao sa rehiyon I. 5. Ang mga tao sa Rehiyon I ay halos tamad at waldas. 6. Ang mga tao sa Rehiyon I ay masinop, matipid at maparaan. 7. Lahat ng lugar sa rehiyon I ay kapatagan. 8. Tanging Pangasinan lamang ang may malawak na kapatagan. 9. Pagmimina ang pangunahing hanapbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon I. 10.Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay ng mga tao sa Rehiyon I.

Pag-uulat ng mga kasagutan.

Gawain 3 Punan ng katangian ayon sa hinihingi. 1. Mamamayan 2. Topograpiya 3. Industriya 4. produkto F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Maging maunlad ba ang Rehiyon I ? Bakit?

217

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian ng rehiyon I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang mga nalaman tungkol sa katangian ng rehiyon I.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with sh sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

218

sheep shod cash fish dash dish ship

shun hush

shin mush sash sheen

gush rash sheer shop lash

mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

C. Generalization Producing sh sound D. Application: What words with sh sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sh ee p 2. d a sh 3. sh i p 4. m a sh 5. sh o d

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, August 24, 2012

219

NO CLASS; DISTRICT SEMINAR AT SOUTH CENTRAL ELEM. SCHOOL

MONDAY, AUGUST 27, 2012

HOLIDAY: NO CLASS

TUESDAY, AUGUST 28, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns ending f and fe. SUBJECT MATTER: Forming Plural of Nouns Ending f and fe
220

PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 41-42 Pictures, Chart, flashcard III. PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading elocution Its in the corner Around the corner Near the counter, Behind the room Next the coffee shop, inside the barder shop straight ahead To your left, to your right In front of you, at your back Over here, over there, its here, its there Anywhere and everywhere. B. Review: form plural of nouns ending in o C. Unlocking of Difficulties: form, plural D. Motivation: Let the pupils read the words in the flashcard. Leaf, roof, knife Ask; What are the similarities in the two words? What is the final letter? Is this singular or plural? How are we going to form the plural form of the following words? E. Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns by adding s or by changing f to v and add es. 1. brief 6. deaf 2. cliff 7. half 3. loaf 8. calf 4. chief 9. scarf 5. life 10. handkerchief Activity 2 Draw a line to the letters that you will add to the first word to form its plural form. s change f to v and add es 1. handcuff 2. hoof 3. wife 4. staff 5. reef Activity 2 Name the following picture and form its plural. Choose from the box. 1. 2. 3.

5.

5.
221

IV.

F.Generalization: What will you add to form the plural opf nouns ending in f or fe? G.Application: Complete the senetences below by forming the plural of the following nouns. 1. We must take care of the ____ (sealife). 2. Return the books to the ____(shelf). 3. The ____(sheriff) blow their whistle. 4. They are the tribal ___(chief) in their place. 5. Are you afraid of the ______(Werewolf)? EVALUATION: Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. Wildlife 2. Housewife 3. Beef 4. Chef 5. handcuff

ASSIGNMENT: Give five nouns that end in f an fe and form its plural form. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the life cycle of a frog. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Frog BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: animals from fertilized eggs C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Develop 2. disappear D. Motivation: Present the picture of a frog. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I
222

III.

Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the frog. eggs tadpoles Adult frog

Activity 2 Match the pictue to its description. A. 1.

B.

a. a tadpole grows with legs

2.

b. the long tail disappear and tadpole becomes an adult frog.

3.

c. the eggs are hatched into larvae called tadpoles. It has a long tail.

4.

d. tiny eggs are laid.

IV.

Activity 3 Give names of animals not mentioned in the discussion. Let a volunteer identify if the animal oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals 1. chicken - ___________________________ 2. rat - _____________________________ 3. rattlesnake - __________________________ 4. bird _______________________________ 5. monkey - _______________________________

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Make album of animals oviparous, ovoviviparous, and viviparous animals P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3
223

I. II.

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang himig na magkakatulad o inuulit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Direksyon ng Himig: Paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit BEC Handbok in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 22-23 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Akoy Isang Pinoy Akoy isang Pinoy sa pusot diwa Pinoy na isinilang sa ating bansa Akoy hindi sanay sa wikang mga banyaga Akoy Pnoy na mayroong sariling wika Wikang pambansa ang gamit kong salita Bayan kong sinilangan Hangad koy lagi ang kalayaan Si Gat Jose Rizal nooy nagwika Siya ay nagpangaral sa ating bansa Ang hindi raw marunong magmahal sa ariling wika Ay higit pang amoy sa mabahong isda. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ating pinagdiriwang sa buwan ng Agosto? Mahalaga ba itog ipagdiwang? Bakit? May narinig ba kayong paitaas na himig nang inawit ang Akoy Isang Pinoy? Saang linya ito? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang piyesa sa ibaba ano ang iyong mapapansin sa himig _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________

III.

IV.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Gumuhit ng piyesa na may paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. Gawain 3 Pag-awit ng piyesa na paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang himig ng isang awitin? PAGTATAYA: Ano himig na paiskalang pababa?
224

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na may direksiyong paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Nasasabi ang katangian ng Rehiyon I. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon I: Rehiyon ng Ilocos

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Pangyayari sa pagkamatay ng DILG secretary, Holidays B. Balik-Aral: Mga lugar sa Rehiyon I C. Pagganyak: ,Mayroon ka na bang lugar na napuntahan sa Rehiyon I? May alam na ba kayong magandang katangian ng Rehiyon i? Ano ito? Paano ito nagkakalayo sa ibang lugar? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: topograpiya, industriya E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Basahin ang aklat. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang wastong pangungusap na nagsasabi ng katangian ng rehiyon I at ekis(x) kung ito ay hindi nagsasabi ng katangian ng rehiyon I. 1. Mga kapampangan ang nakatira sa Rehiyon I. 2. Mga Ilocano at Pangasinense ang mga taon sa rehiyon I.
225

3. Halos sa baybaying dagat at kapatagan nakatira ang mga tao sa rehiyon I. 4. Halos sa bundok nakatira ang mga tao sa rehiyon I. 5. Ang mga tao sa Rehiyon I ay halos tamad at waldas. 6. Ang mga tao sa Rehiyon I ay masinop, matipid at maparaan. 7. Lahat ng lugar sa rehiyon I ay kapatagan. 8. Tanging Pangasinan lamang ang may malawak na kapatagan. 9. Pagmimina ang pangunahing hanapbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon I. 10.Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay ng mga tao sa Rehiyon I.

Pag-uulat ng mga kasagutan.

Gawain 3 Punan ng katangian ayon sa hinihingi. 1. Mamamayan 2. Topograpiya 3. Industriya 4. produkto F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Maging maunlad ba ang Rehiyon I ? Bakit?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang katangian ng rehiyon I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

226

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang mga nalaman tungkol sa katangian ng rehiyon I.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with sh sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

sheep shod cash fish dash dish ship

shun hush

shin mush sash sheen

gush rash sheer shop lash

mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2

227

Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

C. Generalization Producing sh sound D. Application: What words with sh sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sh ee p 2. d a sh 3. sh i p 4. m a sh 5. sh o d

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound.

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 29, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns by changing its spelling. SUBJECT MATTER: Forming Plural of Nouns PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 41-42 Pictures, Chart, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading elocution What is it? Wheres the Hotel, Hotel Maharlika?
228

B. C. D.

E.

The mezzanine of the hotel, the restaurant The barber shop. The coffee shop The comfort room, the store room The elevator, the sixth floor Across the street 14th of August 1986, elocution and projection Pronunciation and action All for friendship and fun Doing the best I can Having many things to do Tere are many actions, Happy Birthday everyone! Review: form plural of nouns ending in f snd fe Unlocking of Difficulties: form, plural Motivation: Let the pupils read the words in the flashcard. Child, foot, goose Ask; Are these nouns? Is this singular or plural? How are we going to form the plural form of the following words? Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns by changing its spelling. 1. man 2. person 3. bacterium 4. child 5. fungus Activity 2 Select the plural of nouns. Write the letter only. 1. Cactus a. cactuses b. cactuss c. cacti 2. Appendix a. appendixes b. appendices c. appendixs 3. Woman a. womans b. woman c. womanes 4. Vertebra 5. Louse

a. vertebrae b. vertebras c. vertebras a. lice b. louses c. lousies Activity 2 Name the following picture and form its plural. Choose from the box. 1. 2. 3.

6.

5.

F.Generalization: What will you do to form plural of some nouns? G.Application: Complete the sentences below by forming the plural of the following nouns. 1. The ______(child) are playing outside. 2. I hurt my _____(foot) while kicking the ball.
229

3. They are making their___ (theses). 4. The ____(man) are plating trees. 5. What shall we do to kill the ___(mouse) IV. EVALUATION: Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. fireman 2. policewoman 3. tooth 4. goose 5. fungus ASSIGNMENT: Give five nouns that change its spelling if plural in form. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________

SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the life cycle of a butterfly. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Butterfly BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; H. Science Updates I. Review: animals from fertilized eggs J. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Develop 2. disappear K. Motivation: Present the picture of a butterfly. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? L. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the butterfly. eggs tadpoles Activity 2
230

III.

Adult frog

Match the pictue to its description. B. 1.

B.

a. the second stage or larval sateg. It feeds and sheds its body several times

2.

b. the insect is inactive and undergoes changes in the cocoon

3.

c. its now ready to begin its adult life.

4.

d. first stage of the butterfly. Activity 3

Describe the stages of the butterfly. 1. Egg 2. Larvae or caterpillar 3. Pupal stage 4. Adult buttefly M. Generalization: What have you learned? N. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Describe the stages of the butterfly. V. ASSIGNMENT: Draw the stages of the buttefly in your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. II. MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang himig na magkakatulad o inuulit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Direksyon ng Himig: Paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit BEC Handbok in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 22-23 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Akoy Isang Pinoy Akoy isang Pinoy sa pusot diwa Pinoy na isinilang sa ating bansa Akoy hindi sanay sa wikang mga banyaga Akoy Pnoy na mayroong sariling wika
231

III.

Wikang pambansa ang gamit kong salita Bayan kong sinilangan Hangad koy lagi ang kalayaan Si Gat Jose Rizal nooy nagwika Siya ay nagpangaral sa ating bansa Ang hindi raw marunong magmahal sa ariling wika Ay higit pang amoy sa mabahong isda. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ating pinagdiriwang sa buwan ng Agosto? Mahalaga ba itog ipagdiwang? Bakit? May narinig ba kayong paitaas na himig nang inawit ang Akoy Isang Pinoy? Saang linya ito? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang piyesa sa ibaba ano ang iyong mapapansin sa himig _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Gumuhit ng piyesa na may paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. Gawain 3 Pag-awit ng piyesa na paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang himig ng isang awitin? IV. PAGTATAYA: Ano himig na paiskalang pababa? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na may direksiyong paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

232

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon I: Lambak ng Cagayan

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rcehiyon I C. Pagganyak: Ano ang paghahati na ginawa sa Pilipinas upang madali itong pamahalaan? Ilang Rehiyon mayroon ang Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang bawat isa sa mga rehiyon? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon II. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon II. Gawain 2 Itama ang pantig upang mabuo ang ngalan ng lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II 1. yan ga Ca 2. Nueva ca ya - Viz 3. Ba nes ta 4. be la I sa 5. ri Qui - no Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na ipinakita sa plaskards. Ito ba ay kabilang sa mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II?

233

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon II?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II sa ibaba. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga lugar na ito at ekis (x) kung hindi. 1. Quirino 2. Isabela 3. Samar 4. Cagayan 5. Benguet

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon II sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with sh sound.

234

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce?

F. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

sheep shod cash fish dash dish ship

shun hush

shin mush sash sheen

gush rash sheer shop lash

mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

G. Generalization Producing sh sound H. Application: What words with sh sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below.

235

2. sh ee p 2. d a sh

3. sh i p

4. m a sh

5. sh o d

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound.

THURSDAY, AUGUST 30, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse.

III.

IV. V.

NOTE: Attendance yesterday, 50% of the number of pupils. CARRY OVER the Lesson plan dated Aug. 29, 2012.
I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER:
236

4TH Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. 7:45 8:45 I. II. English Grade IV 3

IV. V.

OBJECTIVE: Form plural of nouns by changing its spelling. SUBJECT MATTER: Forming Plural of Nouns PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 41-42 Pictures, Chart, flashcard

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : reading elocution What is it? Wheres the Hotel, Hotel Maharlika? The mezzanine of the hotel, the restaurant The barber shop. The coffee shop The comfort room, the store room The elevator, the sixth floor Across the street 14th of August 1986, elocution and projection Pronunciation and action All for friendship and fun Doing the best I can Having many things to do Tere are many actions, Happy Birthday everyone! B. Review: form plural of nouns ending in f snd fe C. Unlocking of Difficulties: form, plural D. Motivation: Let the pupils read the words in the flashcard. Child, foot, goose
237

Ask; Are these nouns? Is this singular or plural? How are we going to form the plural form of the following words? E. Presentation: Activity I Form the plural of nouns by changing its spelling. 1. man 2. person 3. bacterium 4. child 5. fungus Activity 2 Select the plural of nouns. Write the letter only. 1. Cactus a. cactuses b. cactuss c. cacti 2. Appendix a. appendixes b. appendices c. appendixs 3. Woman a. womans b. woman c. womanes a. vertebrae b. vertebras c. vertebras a. lice b. louses c. lousies Activity 2 Name the following picture and form its plural. Choose from the box. 1. 2. 3. 4. Vertebra 5. Louse

7.

5.

F.Generalization: What will you do to form plural of some nouns? G.Application: Complete the sentences below by forming the plural of the following nouns. 1. The ______(child) are playing outside. 2. I hurt my _____(foot) while kicking the ball. 3. They are making their___ (theses). 4. The ____(man) are plating trees. 5. What shall we do to kill the ___(mouse) IV. EVALUATION: Form the plural of the following nouns. 1. fireman 2. policewoman 3. tooth 4. goose 5. fungus ASSIGNMENT: Give five nouns that change its spelling if plural in form. P.L. : ___________________________________________ V. REMARKS: ___________________________________________
238

SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the life cycle of a butterfly. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Butterfly BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: animals from fertilized eggs C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Develop 2. disappear D. Motivation: Present the picture of a butterfly. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the butterfly. eggs tadpoles Adult frog

III.

Activity 2 Match the pictue to its description. C. 1.

B.

a. the second stage or larval sateg. It feeds and sheds its body several times

2.

b. the insect is inactive and undergoes changes in the cocoon

3.

c. its now ready to begin its adult life.

4.

d. first stage of the butterfly.

239

Activity 3 Describe the stages of the butterfly. 1. Egg 2. Larvae or caterpillar 3. Pupal stage 4. Adult buttefly F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Describe the stages of the butterfly. V. ASSIGNMENT: Draw the stages of the buttefly in your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I. II.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang himig na magkakatulad o inuulit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Direksyon ng Himig: Paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit BEC Handbok in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 22-23 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Akoy Isang Pinoy Akoy isang Pinoy sa pusot diwa Pinoy na isinilang sa ating bansa Akoy hindi sanay sa wikang mga banyaga Akoy Pnoy na mayroong sariling wika Wikang pambansa ang gamit kong salita Bayan kong sinilangan Hangad koy lagi ang kalayaan Si Gat Jose Rizal nooy nagwika Siya ay nagpangaral sa ating bansa Ang hindi raw marunong magmahal sa ariling wika Ay higit pang amoy sa mabahong isda. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga
240

III.

C. Pagganyak: Ano ang ating pinagdiriwang sa buwan ng Agosto? Mahalaga ba itog ipagdiwang? Bakit? May narinig ba kayong paitaas na himig nang inawit ang Akoy Isang Pinoy? Saang linya ito? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang piyesa sa ibaba ano ang iyong mapapansin sa himig _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Gumuhit ng piyesa na may paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. Gawain 3 Pag-awit ng piyesa na paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga bang malaman ang himig ng isang awitin? IV. PAGTATAYA: Ano himig na paiskalang pababa? V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Humanap pa ng mga piyesa na may direksiyong paiskalang na magkakatulad o inuulit. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

B. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon I: Lambak ng Cagayan

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

241

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rcehiyon I C. Pagganyak: Ano ang paghahati na ginawa sa Pilipinas upang madali itong pamahalaan? Ilang Rehiyon mayroon ang Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang bawat isa sa mga rehiyon? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon II. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon II. Gawain 2 Itama ang pantig upang mabuo ang ngalan ng lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II 1. yan ga Ca 2. Nueva ca ya - Viz 3. Ba nes ta 4. be la I sa 5. ri Qui - no Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na ipinakita sa plaskards. Ito ba ay kabilang sa mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II?

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon II?

242

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II sa ibaba. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga lugar na ito at ekis (x) kung hindi. 1. Quirino 2. Isabela 3. Samar 4. Cagayan 5. Benguet

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon II sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with sh sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: sh sound

flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with sh sound you already know? How is it produce?
243

B. Presentation:

Activity I

Listen as the teacher read these words.

sheep shod cash fish dash dish ship

shun hush

shin mush sash sheen

gush rash sheer shop lash

mash sheet shot gash wish shut

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.

C. Generalization Producing sh sound D. Application: What words with sh sound youve learned?

IV.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sh ee p 2. d a sh 3. sh i p 4. m a sh 5. sh o d

V. Assignment Make a list of words sh sound.

244

MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 9, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse.

I. II.

III.

IV. V.

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify mass nouns and count nouns. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying mass nouns and count nouns BEC Handbook in English, reading 1, 1.1 p. 13 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Letter, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: first periodical test questions C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mass, count, noun D. Motivation: Show the picture of milk and apple. Ask: Are these nouns? How are these pictures alike? Different? Can we count the milk? Apple? Why?
245

II.

III.

E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the nouns according to its heading below. CAN BE COUNTED CANNOT BE COUNTED/ DIFFICULT TO COUNT

Oil, water, peebles, sand. Paper, notebooks, pencil, coffee, glasses, dress, rainfall, ink, alcohol, slippers, clock, betadine, cologne, trees, rice, chair Table, soy sauce, gravy, chicken, hamburger Activity 2 Identify mass nouns and count nouns. 1. Fire 2. gate 3. juice 4. dog 5. lamp Activity 3 Read the nouns in the flashcards, identify if it is a mass noun or a count noun. Toy, air, ribbon. Soil, flour, salt, cabinet, bed, computer, vinegar F. Generalization: What have you learned? i. Application: Look around you what are the mass nouns or count nouns you observed around? EVALUATION: Identify mass nouns and count nouns below. Write MASS or COUNT. 1. Rice 2. Spoon 3. Sugar 4. Glasses 5. oil ASSIGNMENT: List 5 count nouns and 5 mass nouns.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

246

II.

Describe the life cycle of a cockroach. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Cockroach BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: life cycle of a butterfly. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. hatch 2. Periodically 3. molt D. Motivation: Present the picture of a butterfly. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the butterfly. adulth s nymps egg

III.

Activity 2 Match the pictue to its description. A. 1.

B.

a. the eggs are hatched into nymphs, It is smaller and has no wings. It eats and grows. It sheds its skin 5 times b. an adult stage. The female adult is now ready to lay eggs.

2.

3.

c. the egg stage Activity 3

Describe the stages of the butterfly. 1. Egg 2. nymphs 3. Adult stage F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game.
247

IV.

EVALUATION:

Describe the stages of the cockroach V. ASSIGNMENT: Draw the stages of the buttefly in your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. II. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

III.

LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang balanse sa isang likhang sining. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Balanse BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Tinikling Kaysaya-saya ng piknikan sa bukid Ibon at halamay pawang umaawit Masarap ang hangin kayganda ng langit May tula at awit sa agos ng batis Tayoy magsayaw umindak sa tugtugin Mga palakpak ay isaliw Ang lukso mo Neneng dapat pagbutihin Kung magkamaliy maiipit ka man din. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nakapaglaro na ng siso? Maaari ka bang maglaro ng siso ng mag-isa? Bakit? Ano pang mga laro ang kailangan na pantay na bigat? May balanse din ba sa guhit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang mga larawan. Mayroon ba itong balanse?

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Anu-ano pa ang mga bagay na mayroong balanse? Iguhit sa pisara. Gawain 3 Pagguhit sa drawing book ng mga bagay na may balance. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin:
248

IV.

Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang balance sa iyong likhangsining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pagbabalanse? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain?

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Sa inyong tahanan maghanap pa ng bagay na may balanse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon III. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon III: Lambak ng Cagayan

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 66-67

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rcehiyon II C. Pagganyak: Ano ang paghahati na ginawa sa Pilipinas upang madali itong pamahalaan? Ilang Rehiyon mayroon ang Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang bawat isa sa mga rehiyon? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon
249

E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon III. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon III. Gawain 2 Itama ang pantig upang mabuo ang ngalan ng lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon III. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na ipinakita sa plaskards. Ito ba ay kabilang sa mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon III?

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon III?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II sa ibaba. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga lugar na ito at ekis (x) kung hindi. 1. 2. 3. 4.
250

5.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon III sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with or sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with or sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with or sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. or for fork sort born corn pork torb cork horn port nor

II.

III.

cord torn sort fort ford morn for

worn cork

pork fort horn

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing or sound.
251

D. Application: What words with or sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. sort 2.corn 3.port Assignment Make a list of words with or sound.

4.nor

5.fork

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 4, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Use the expressions many and much in denoting quantity. SUBJECT MATTER:
252

II.

Using the expressions many and much in denoting quantity BEC Handbook in English, reading 1, 1.1 p. 13 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Letter, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: Identifying mass nouns and count nouns C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mass, count, noun D. Motivation: Show the picture.

III.

Ask: tell the numbers of nouns in the picture. Complete the sentences in the answer. There are ____ penguins in the picture. There is ___ money in the treasure chest. E. Presentation: Activity I Use many and much to complete the sentences below. Use many for count noun and much for mass nouns. 1. There are ___ glasses in the kitchen. 2. There are ___ children in the playground. 3. _____ juice is in the container. 4. The baby drinks ____ milk everday. 5. Mother needs _______ sugar when she makes guava jelly. Activity 2 Underline the correct answer in the parenthesis to complete the sentences below. 1. There are (many, much) bottles of fruit juices sold in the market. 2. Mr. Cruzs orchard has (many, much) fruit-bearing trees. 3. Mother doesnt put too (many, mush) sugar in her coffee. 4. Her seven-month-old baby drinks m(many. Much) milk. 5. My sister preoares (many, much) fruit juices for her children. Activity 3 Use many or much to cokplete the statement about the picture. 1. Father buys _________ . 2. The glass has _______
253

3. Our hospital needs ______ 4. She used ____

for the operation.

for the experiment.

5. There are _____ `

thrown in the river.

F. Generalization: How are you going to use many and much? G. Application: Use many and much to the following nouns below. 1. Newspapers 2. Syrup 3. Pillow 4. Alcohol 5. television IV. EVALUATION: Use the expressions many and much to denote the quantity of the following nouns in the sentences. 1. The costumer bought ____ rice today. 2. She washed ______ spoon. 3. _____ sugar were dissolve din water. 4. They broke ______ plates. 5. There were ____ oil spills. V. ASSIGNMENT: List 5 count nouns and 5 mass nouns. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the life cycle of a chicken. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Chicken SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: life cycle of a butterfly. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. hatch
254

III.

D. Motivation: Present the picture of a chicken. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the butterfly.

Activity 2 Match the pictue to its description. B. 1.

B.

a. The adult chicken is ready to reproduce .

2.

b. only female lay these eggs. For the chick to grow, the egg must be fertilized ny the male chicken.

3.

c. when the baby chick inside grows big enough, it hatches.

4.

D. the chick will feed itself for the life found outside. Activity 3

Describe the stages of the butterfly. 1. Egg 2. chick 3. chicken F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game.

IV.

EVALUATION:

Describe the stages of the chicken V. ASSIGNMENT: Draw the stages of the chicken in your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________
255

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang balanse sa isang likhang sining. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Balanse BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Tinikling Kaysaya-saya ng piknikan sa bukid Ibon at halamay pawang umaawit Masarap ang hangin kayganda ng langit May tula at awit sa agos ng batis Tayoy magsayaw umindak sa tugtugin Mga palakpak ay isaliw Ang lukso mo Neneng dapat pagbutihin Kung magkamaliy maiipit ka man din. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nakapaglaro na ng siso? Maaari ka bang maglaro ng siso ng mag-isa? Bakit? Ano pang mga laro ang kailangan na pantay na bigat? May balanse din ba sa guhit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang mga larawan. Mayroon ba itong balanse?

II.

III.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Anu-ano pa ang mga bagay na mayroong balanse? Iguhit sa pisara. Gawain 3 Pagguhit sa drawing book ng mga bagay na may balance. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse?
256

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nagamit mo ba ang balance sa iyong likhangsining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pagbabalanse? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain?

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Sa inyong tahanan maghanap pa ng bagay na may balanse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar at katangian na bumubuo sa Rehiyon IV A. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon IV A: CALABARZON

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 80-81

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rcehiyon III C. Pagganyak: Ano ang paghahati na ginawa sa Pilipinas upang madali itong pamahalaan? Ilang Rehiyon mayroon ang Pilipinas? Mahalaga bang malaman ang bawat isa sa mga rehiyon? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan:

257

Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon III. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon IV - A. Gawain 2 Itama ang pantig upang mabuo ang ngalan ng lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon IV - A. 1. vi te - Ca 2. gu La - na 3. ngas ta - Ba 4. zal - Ri 5. zon - Que

Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na ipinakita sa plaskards. Ito ba ay kabilang sa mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon IV-A?

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon IV-A?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon II sa ibaba. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga lugar na ito at ekis (x) kung hindi. 1. Manila 2. Laguna 3. Rizal 4. Batangas 5. Leyte
258

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon IV - A sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A.

Read words with old sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with old sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with old sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. mold cold hold old fold hold gold

III.

told bold scold sold cold told fold old gold hold cold bold scold mold

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing old sound. H. Application: What words with old sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. o ld 2. c old 3. h old Assignment

4. t old

5. b old

V.

259

Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 5, 2012 THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 6, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.

NO CLASS: TUNA FESTIVAL

SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 I. English Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Use the expressions little and few of in denoting quantity. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the expressions little and a few of in denoting quantity BEC Handbook in English, reading 1, 1.1 p. 13 English for You and me language pp 46-48 Fun in English Chart, Letter, Flashcards PROCEDURES;
260

II.

III.

A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue Twister B. Review: Uisng many and much C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mass, count, noun D. Motivation: We are using many and much to denote the plural of the nouns being described. What if the nouns mentioned is not enpugh? What are we going to use? How are we going to use the expressions a little of or a few of? E. Presentation: Activity I Use a little of and a few of to complete the sentences below. Use a few of for count noun and a little of for mass nouns. 1. We add _______ sugar when we make fruit juices. 2. ________ salt is added to the guava jelly. 3. A _______ soap is needed to wash the glass. 4. She needs ____ pechay leaves. 5. Lito buys _____ pieces of pan de sal every morning. These Activity 2 Underline the correct answer in the parenthesis to complete the sentences below. 1. She adds (a little , a few) sugar to the babys milk. 2. She puts (a little, a few) soy sauce to the preserved meat. 3. The children eat ( a few of , a little of) cookies to go with the fruit juices. 4. There is (a little of, a few of) suhgar left in the sugar bowl. 5. (A few, A little) oil is needed for baking the cake. Activity 3 Use few or little to make a sentence about the picture. 1. 2. 3. 4.

IV.

5. F. Generalization: How are you going to use few of and a little of? G. Application: Use a little of or a few of to the following nouns below. 1. Newspapers 2. Syrup 3. Pillow 4. Alcohol 5. television EVALUATION: Use the expressions many and much to denote the quantity of the following nouns in the sentences. 1. The costumer bought ____ rice today. 2. She washed ______ spoon. 3. _____ sugar were dissolve din water. 4. They buy ______ plates.
261

5. There were ____ oil spills. V. ASSIGNMENT: List 5 count nouns and 5 mass nouns. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the life cycle of a chicken. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Life Cycle of a Chicken SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. 57-60 Science for Daily Use pp 53 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: life cycle of a butterfly. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. hatch D. Motivation: Present the picture of a chicken. What is this animal? Where can you find this animal? How are they reproduce their young? Are they important to us? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Arrange the following picture/flashcard, according to its order of the life cycle of the chicken.

III.

Activity 2 Match the pictue to its description. C. 1.

B.

a. The adult chicken is ready to reproduce .

2.

b. only female lay these eggs. For the chick to grow, the egg must be fertilized ny the male chicken.
262

3.

c. when the baby chick inside grows big enough, it hatches.

5.

D. the chick will feed itself for the life found outside. Activity 3

Describe the stages of the chicken. 1. Egg 2. chick 3. chicken F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game.

IV.

EVALUATION:

Describe the stages of the chicken V. ASSIGNMENT: Draw the stages of the chicken in your notebook. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Naipapakita ang balanse sa isang likhang sining. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Balanse BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Tinikling Kaysaya-saya ng piknikan sa bukid Ibon at halamay pawang umaawit Masarap ang hangin kayganda ng langit May tula at awit sa agos ng batis Tayoy magsayaw umindak sa tugtugin Mga palakpak ay isaliw
263

II.

III.

Ang lukso mo Neneng dapat pagbutihin Kung magkamaliy maiipit ka man din. B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nakapaglaro na ng siso? Maaari ka bang maglaro ng siso ng mag-isa? Bakit? Ano pang mga laro ang kailangan na pantay na bigat? May balanse din ba sa guhit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang mga larawan. Mayroon ba itong balanse?

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Anu-ano pa ang mga bagay na mayroong balanse? Iguhit sa pisara. Gawain 3 Pagguhit sa drawing book ng mga bagay na may balance. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nagamit mo ba ang balance sa iyong likhangsining? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong pagbabalanse? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain?

IV.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Sa inyong tahanan maghanap pa ng bagay na may balanse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

264

A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar at katangian na bumubuo sa Rehiyon IV B. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon IV B: MIMAROPA

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 80-81

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyoniv A C. Pagganyak: Nakapunta na ba kayo ng Palawan? Ano ang magandang tanawin na makikita sa Palawan? Sa anong rehiyon ito kabilang? Anu-ano pa ang mga lugar na sakop rito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Ipakita nag larawan ng rehiyon III. sabihin ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa rehiyon IV - B. Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon IV B. Group 1: Mamamayan Group 2: Topograpiya Group 3: Industriya Group 4: Produkto Gawain 3 Basahin ang mga pangungusap sa Ibaba. Kopyahin sa kwaderno ang pangungusap na nagsasabi sa mga lugar at katangian ng Rehiyn IV-B. 1. MIMAROPA ang tawag sa Rehiyon IV B dahil binubuo ito ng Mindoro, Marinduque, Romblon at Palawan. 2. Oriental Mindoro lamang ang kasama sa Rehiyon IV B and ccidental Mindoro ay hindi kabilang dito. 3. Mga Tagalog ang karamihan na mamamayan ng Marinduque at Romblon.
265

4. May bulubundukin na matatagpuan sa Rehjiyon IV B. 5. Ang MIMAROPA ay biniyayaan lamang ng pangisdaan. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon IV-B?

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang lugar na bumubuo sa RehiyonIV -B sa ibaba at magbigay ng isang katangian nito. Mga lugar; 1.. 2. 3. 4. Katangian; 5.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon IV - A sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with old sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with old sound flashcards, pictures
266

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with old sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. mold cold hold old fold hold gold

told bold scold sold cold told fold old gold hold cold bold scold mold

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing old sound. D. Application: What words with old sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. o ld 2. c old 3. h old 4. t old Assignment Make a list of words with old sound.

5. b old

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 7, 2012 7:30 7:45 I. II. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection
267

III.

D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 10, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________
268

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Write contractions correctly. SUBJECT MATTER: Writing contractions correctly REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS; flashcards, chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill B. Review: expressions denoting quantities C. Unlocking: singular, plural, contractions, apostrophe D. Motivation: Who is your favorite cartoon character? Do you know Pooh? Have you watched his show?(tell some) What ind of animal is Pooh? Wjy did you like Pooh? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the poem from the Pooh movie. Us Two Wherever Im. Theres always Pooh, Theres always Pooh and me Whatever I do, he wants to do, Where are you going?, says Pooh Well thats very odd coz I was, too. Lets go together. Says Pooh, says he. Lets go together, says Pooh. Comprehension Check: 1. Who is the speakers friend? 2. How do you know Pooh is his friend? 3. What kind of friend is Pooh? Why? 4. What are the underlined words? How are they formed? Activity 2 Write contractions of the following words correctly. 1. She is 2. He is 3. We are 4. I am 5. You are Activity 3
269

I.

II.

Tell me what a volunteer will mention a contraction let a pupil being called write on the board the root word. F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: Where can you apply the lesson you have leanred about contactions? III. EVALUATION: Write contractions of the following words correctly. 1. We are 2. Cannot 3. He is 4. She is 5. They are Assignment List other contractions you know.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the beneficial effects of some animals II. SUBJECT MATTER: Beneficial Effects of some animals BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science for Daily Use pp 59-60 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: life cycle of chicken C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Beneficial 2. effects D. Motivation: What is your favorite animal? Why? Does your animal at home helps you?How? E. Presentation: Activity I Match the animals to its beneficial effects.
270

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

A 1.

B a. Its fleece can br made into wool. It also provides meat and milk. b. help in transporting goods and pulling carriages.

2.

3.

c. carry pollen grains from flower to flower d.Provides milk and meat

4. e. make sthe soil loose and fertile

5.

Activity 2 Read the sentences below. Identify the beneficial effects of animals. 1. Some animals serve as pets to people. 2. Some animlas inject rabies to humans. 3. Some animals are poisonous. 4. Some animls can plow the land. 5. Some animals even help in pollination and even feed on pests. Activity 3 Look at the picture shown. Identify its beneficial effects using the words below as youre guide. 1. - guards

2.

- feeds

3.

- foods

271

4.

- pollination

` 5. -milk

F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the beneficial effects of animals below. Use check(/) and cross (x) mark. 1. Some animals provide us food. 2. Animals are all harmful. 3. There are animals that make the soil loose and fertile. 4. Some animals, like the cow and goat gives us milk. 5. Frogs and lizards eat small insects. ASSIGNMENT: Take note importanat details in your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Naaawit ang mga so-fa silaba. PAKSANG-ARALIN: So-fa Silaba BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun
272

II.

III.

Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ang pag-awit bas a tamang tono ay mahalaga? Paano natin maawit ang mga kantang may piyea? Ano ang so-fa silaba? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang nasa paskil habang inaawit.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Ipaawit ng grupo. Gawain 3 Pangklahatan na pag-awit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naawit mo ba ang so-fa silaba ng wasto? 2. Mahusay ba ang pagkaawit mo? 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong tono? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan ang so-fa silaba

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

273

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap.
274

1. 2. 3. 4.

Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito.

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V?

IV.

PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. 3. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. 4. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 5. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.
275

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ea sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ea sound flashcards, pictures

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ea sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. Beat seat heat neat meat cheat Bean lean dean mean wean bean Deal heal peal seal veal weal Weak beak peak leak beak speak Leap reap heap leap heap sheap Bead lead read mead read bead

Fear hear rear dear near shear

276

Besn team seam team ream dream Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ea sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. dream 2.shear 3.cheap 4. bead Assignment Make a list of words with old sound.

5.weal

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 10, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT:
277

III.

IV.

V.

Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Write the possessive form of the nouns. SUBJECT MATTER: Possessive Nouns REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language pp54-57 English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS; flashcards, chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill B. Review: writing contractions corrrectly C. Unlocking: possessive, possession(ownership) D. Motivation: Present the picture of a boy chasinging a puppy. Who do you think is the owner of the boy? Why did you say so? Do you own a pet too? How do you take care of it? Say you will took about ownership. E. Presentation: Activity I Tell your seatmate about the things that you have. Your seatmate will write it in her paper. (Reporting) Examples; 1. The pet os John is a dog. 2. The bag of Nica is beautiful. 3. The bicycle of Peter is new. 4. The doll of Nica is cute. 5. The umbrella of Lara is red. Say let us write the sentence in other form. Example: name+s+things owned+description. 1. The pet of John is a dog. Johns pet is a dog. 2. The bag of Nica is beautiful. - ________________ 3. The bicycle of Peter is new. __________________ 4. The doll of Nica is cute. __________________ 5. The umbrella of Lara is red. __________________ Activity 2 Rewrite the phrases below to show possession or ownership.
278

II.

III.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.

the book of Lourdes the house of Mrs. Reyes the toys of the baby the gloves of the dcotor the tail of the rat the wings of the firefly the idea of Mr. Cruz the car of my uncle the doll of Nora the farm of Mang Rino Activity 3 Rewrite the sentences by changing the words in the parentheses into the possessive form 1. (Mila book) tells about the comets and other heavenly bodies. 2. The Book of Fairies tells about the many uses of a (fairy magic wand). 3. (Edna book) has a colorful design on its cover. 4. (Mr. Santos copy) was given by a book publisher. 5. The letter that describes a fairy character is my (friend letter).

F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: What will you do to the things you owned? About the things that others owned? IV. EVALUATION: Write the possessive form of the following nouns. 1. Prescription of the doctor 2. Room of Mrs. Reyes 3. Bag of the nurse 4. Clothes of the babies 5. Plants of the farmer Assignment Do activity 4. P. 56

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the harmful effects of some animals II. SUBJECT MATTER: Harmful Effects of some animals
279

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science for Daily Use pp 59-60 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: beneficial effects of animals C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. harmful 2. effects D. Motivation: Are there animals already hurt you? Are all animals beneficial? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Match the animals to its harmful effects. A 1. 2. B a. when provokes, it can cause an injury b. may have rabies that can harm you

III.

3.

c. it suck blood d. they are poisonous that can kill people

4. e. carry germs that can cause cholera 5.

Activity 2 Read the sentences below. Identify the beneficial effects of animals. 1. Some animals serve as pets to people. 2. Some animlas inject rabies to humans. 3. Some animals are poisonous. 4. Some animls can plow the land. 5. Some animals even help in pollination and even feed on pests. Activity 3 What are the harmful effects of this pet. 1. Horse 2. Mosquito
280

3. Birds 4. Cats 5. chicken F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the harmful effects of animals below. Use check(/) and cross (x) mark. 1. Other animals cause diseases. 2. Animals are all harmful. 3. There are animals that make the soil loose and fertile. 4. Poisons from animals cause death.. 5. Frogs and lizards eat small insects. ASSIGNMENT: Take note importanat details in your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: B. Naaawit ang mga so-fa silaba. PAKSANG-ARALIN: So-fa Silaba BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ang pag-awit bas a tamang tono ay mahalaga? Paano natin maawit ang mga kantang may piyea? Ano ang so-fa silaba?
281

D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang nasa paskil habang inaawit.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Ipaawit ng grupo. Gawain 3 Pangklahatan na pag-awit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 4. Naawit mo ba ang so-fa silaba ng wasto? 5. Mahusay ba ang pagkaawit mo? 6. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong tono? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan ang so-fa silaba

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN:
282

Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 3. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 4. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3
283

Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito.

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V?

IV.

PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ea sound.

284

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ea sound flashcards, pictures

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ea sound sounds you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. Beat seat heat neat meat cheat Bean lean dean mean wean bean Deal heal peal seal veal weal Weak beak peak leak beak speak Leap reap heap leap heap sheap Bead lead read mead read bead

Fear hear rear dear near shear Besn team seam team ream dream Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ea sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. dream 2.shear 3.cheap 4. bead Assignment Make a list of words with old sound.

5.weal

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________
285

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 12, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45

English

Grade IV 3

286

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Write the possessive form of the plural nouns. SUBJECT MATTER: Possessive Nouns REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language pp54-57 English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS; flashcards, chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill B. Review: writing contractions corrrectly C. Unlocking: possessive, possession(ownership) D. Motivation: Present the picture of the children playing their ball. Who do you think is the owner of the ball? Why did you say so? Do you own a ball too? How do you take care of it? Say you will took about ownership. E. Presentation: Activity I Tell your seatmate about the things that your friends, relatives, teachers, classmates, cousins have. You will write it in the paper. (Reporting) 1. The bag of my friends are new. 2. The trees of our relatives are tall. 3. The book of our teachers are covered. 4. The uniform of my classmates are new. 5. The shoes of my cousins are imported. Say let us write the sentence in other form. Example: plural noun++things owned+description. 1. The bag of my friends is new. My friends bag are new 2. The trees of our relatives are tall. - __________________ 3. The book of our teachers is covered. - __________________ 4. The uniform of my classmates is new. - __________________ 6. The shoes of my cousins are imported. - __________________ Activity 2 Rewrite the phrases below to show possession or ownership. 1. Classmates idea 2. Nurses bag 3. Children books 4. Men shoes 5. Women dresses 6. Baies toys 7. Rabbits ears 8. Red ants colonies 9. Girls umbrellas
287

II.

III.

Scientists invention Activity 3 Rewrite the sentences by changing the the nouns in its possessive form. 1. The women have shoulder bags. 2. The boys organized a club. 3. The children have toys. 4. The babies are wering new clothes 5. The pupils are working on their assignment. F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: What will you do to the things you owned? About the things that others owned?

10.

IV.

V.

EVALUATION: Write the possessive form of the following nouns. 1. Short tail of the monkeys 2. Eggs of the birds 3. Tools of the engineer 4. Weekend activities of the families 5. Dreams of mothers Assignment Do activity 2. 71

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways of caring for the animals. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Caring for Animals BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science for Daily Use pp 59-60 Growing with Science and Helath

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

288

flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: beneficial effects of animals C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. caring D. Motivation: Are there animals already hurt you? What are the things to remember in order not to be injured by these animals? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences and choose the correct sentenece which tells the ways of caring for animals. 1. Hold a live fish by its head. 2. Hold a snake by its tail to keep it from coiling. 3. Feed the bird pets with your hands. 4. Play with a cat by pulling its tail. 5. Stay away from horses to avoid being kicked. 6. Stay away from animals that bite. 7. Keep pet bird oin a cage. 8. Help separate dogs that fight each other. 9. Hold a crab by its legs. 10.Take away peppies from their mother. Activity 2 How are you going to take care of the following animals. 1. Chicken 2. Cat 3. Dog 4. Ants 5. birds Activity 3 Answer the following question. 1. Crabs are dangerous. How should you handle it safely? 2. A dog bites. How will you handle it? 3. You are asked to clean the aquarium. How will you handle the fish in the aquarium? F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify the proper ways of caring for the animalas. 1. Place animals that bite in a secured place. 2. Place bird pets away from the small children. 3. Pull animals by iuts tail.
289

IV.

4. Be wary/cautious of snakes as pets. 5. Hold a live fish by its fins. V. ASSIGNMENT: Take note importanat details in your notebook.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Naaawit ang mga so-fa silaba. PAKSANG-ARALIN: So-fa Silaba BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: mga nota at pahinga C. Pagganyak: Ang pag-awit bas a tamang tono ay mahalaga? Paano natin maawit ang mga kantang may piyea? Ano ang so-fa silaba? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pag-aralan ang nasa paskil habang inaawit.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Ipaawit ng grupo.

290

Gawain 3 Pangklahatan na pag-awit. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang balanse? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ang balance sa likhang sining? Bakit? Sa anong pangyyayari kailangan ang balanse? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naawit mo ba ang so-fa silaba ng wasto? 2. Mahusay ba ang pagkaawit mo? 3. Gumamit ka ba ng wastong tono?

IV.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan ang so-fa silaba

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN;

291

A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 3. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 4. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay.

Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito.

292

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V?

IV.

PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ea sound.

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ea sound

293

flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ea sound sounds you already know? How is it produce?

B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. Beat seat heat neat meat cheat Bean lean dean mean wean bean Deal heal peal seal veal weal Weak beak peak leak beak speak Leap reap heap leap heap sheap Bead lead read mead read bead

Fear hear rear dear near shear Besn team seam team ream dream Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ea sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. dream 2.shear 3.cheap 4. bead Assignment Make a list of words with old sound.

5.weal

V.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

294

THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 13, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Use the possessive form of nouns in a sentence. SUBJECT MATTER: Possessive Nouns REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language pp54-57 English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS;
295

II.

flashcards, chart, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill B. Review: writing the correct possessive form of nouns C. Unlocking: possessive, possession(ownership) D. Motivation: Teacher will abget a bag. Who owns this back? How are you going to take care of the things you owned? E. Presentation: Activity I Complete the following sentences using the correct possessive form of the nouns. 1. (Mila book) tells about the comets and other heavenly bodies. 2. This is my (mother umbrella) which she bought from the Chinese store. 3. The (doctors gloves) are being sanitized. 4. The (fireflies wings) are very bright. 5. I love the (children dolls) they are playing. Activity 2 Use the following possessive form of nouns to make a sentence.. 1. classmates toys 2. pigs ears 3. bees colonies 4. women umbrellas 5. mathematicians solution Activity 3 Make a sentence using possessive form of nouns. F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: What will you do to the things you owned? About the things that others owned? IV. EVALUATION: Use the possessive form of nouns to complete the sentences. Write the letter only. 1. The ________ is incorrect so they got a low score. 2. ____ grow so healthy. 3. The ____ is placed in a pastic container. 4. My _____ is to become a doctor. 5. ____ is full of small bottles for their experiment. a. Farmers plants b. Animals food c. Susans bag d. Classmates answers
296

e. Classmates dream V. Assignment Do activity 2. 71

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways of caring for the animals. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Caring for Animals BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science for Daily Use pp 59-60 Growing with Science and Helath flashcards, pictures, chart III.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: beneficial effects of animals C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. caring D. Motivation: Are there animals already hurt you? What are the things to remember in order not to be injured by these animals? E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences and choose the correct sentenece which tells the ways of caring for animals. 1. Hold a live fish by its head. 2. Hold a snake by its tail to keep it from coiling. 3. Feed the bird pets with your hands. 4. Play with a cat by pulling its tail. 5. Stay away from horses to avoid being kicked. 6. Stay away from animals that bite. 7. Keep pet bird oin a cage. 8. Help separate dogs that fight each other. 9. Hold a crab by its legs.
297

10. Take away peppies from their mother. Activity 2 How are you going to take care of the following animals. 1. Chicken 2. Cat 3. Dog 4. Ants 5. birds Activity 3 Answer the following question. 1. Crabs are dangerous. How should you handle it safely? 2. A dog bites. How will you handle it? 3. You are asked to clean the aquarium. How will you handle the fish in the aquarium? F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Identify the proper ways of caring for the animalas. 1. Place animals that bite in a secured place. 2. Place bird pets away from the small children. 3. Pull animals by iuts tail. 4. Be wary/cautious of snakes as pets. 5. Hold a live fish by its fins. ASSIGNMENT: Take note importanat details in your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Sining)

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakalikha ng isang malayang pagguhit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Malayang pagguhit BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do
298

II.

III.

Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Ikaw ba ay marami ng magandang karanasan? Nais mo ba itong iguit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Pagmomodelo. Pagpapakita ng halimbawa sa pisara. Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagguhit mula sa karanasan Gawain 3 Pag-ulat ng mga likha. Pagtatama ng mga mali. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang malayang pagguhit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang iyong natutuhan na ipamamahagi sa iba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nakalikha ka ban g isang malayang pagguhit? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Ginamit mo ba ang itong sariling pamamaraan? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain?

IV.

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan mo tungkol sa malayang pagguhit?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

299

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 3. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V.

300

4. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay.

Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito.

F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

G. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V?

IV.

PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________
301

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ I. II.

Reading

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with all sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with all sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with all sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. all b all t all f all h all c all

III.

w all h all b all w all t all s t all c alling falling stall ing s m all mall Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing all sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. mall 2.stall 3.call 4. Ball 5.wall Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. ___________________________________________

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

FRIDAY, SEPTEMBER 14, 2012 SUMMATIVE TEST 7:30 8:00 GMRC IV-3 I. OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. II. SUBJECT MATTER:
302

1ST Week Verse Value Infusion: III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fill with the correct words. 3. Value Infusion 4. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

ENGLISH
I. II. III.

SCIENCE

MAKABAYAN

OBJECTIVE: Answer the written test about the lessons covered for a week. SUBJECT MATTER: Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: F. Presentation 1. Setting of standards. 2. Test proper: Refer to test plan EVALUATION: Refer to test plan

IV.

MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 17, 2012 I. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.

303

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

I. II.

III.

7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Identify the correct possessive noun in a sentence. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the correct possessive noun in a sentence REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language pp54-57 English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS; flashcards, chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: /s/ /z/ Sciencetists Boys Classmates Ladys Patients Peoples Works Womens Insects Brothers B. Review: writing the correct possessive form of nouns C. Unlocking: possessive, possession(ownership)

/iz/ Horses Nurses Gooses

304

IV.

V.

D. Motivation: Who own the hat? Is the hat important? Why? Make a sentence with the correct possessice form of nouns. E. Presentation: Activity I Choose the correct possessive form of noun in the parentheses. 1. The _______ clothes are arranged in the drawer. (babys babies babys ) 2. The _____ organization elected a new set of officers. (parents parents parents ) 3. Everyone was delighted in the performance on the ___ choir.. (childs childrens childrens ) 4. They performed during the ___ Day Festival. (Mothers Mothers Mothers) 5. The _______ trainors were given special awards.. (dancers dancers dancers ) Activity 2 Identifythe correct possessive form of nouns in make a sentence. Write the letter only. 1. The teachers visited ( a.Rizals house b.Rizals house) after the program 2. They viewed the paintings of the (a.farmers festival b.farmers festival) at the museum. 3. The (a.Muslims costume b. Muslims costumes) are displayed in a cabinet. 4. My (a. classmates idea b. classmates ideas) are correct. 5. My (a.cousinss bicycles b. cousins bicycle) was newly painted. Activity 3 Make a sentence using possessive form of nouns. F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: What will you do to the things you owned? About the things that others owned? EVALUATION: Identify the correct possessive noun in a sentence 1. The ___________is covered with hairs. a. Monkeys short tail s b. monkeys short tail 2. The ___________are inside the nest. a. Birds eggs b. birds egg 3. The ___________is so heavy. a.engineers tools b. engineers tool 4. The ___________is very secure. A,orphants home b. orphants homes 5. The ___________are colored blue. A,mens caps b. mans cap Assignment Do activity 2. 71
305

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the behavior of some animals. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Behavior of Some Animals

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Sneience in Next century Manual, pp. 67-68 Encarta Kids, animals flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Caring for animals C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Behaviors, describe D. Motivation: Do you have pets at hoem? How can you described the behavior of your pet? Is it important to know its behavior? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Match the animals to its common behavior. A B 1. a. it bites when the colony is disturbed

III.

2.

B. it only eats grasses

3.

C.it hates to get wet. But its natural swimmer D. They sting anything that threatens the hive

4.

306

5.

E. use its claws, or pincers, to protect themselves

from enemies

Activity 2 How do the following animals behave? Choose your answer from the box. 1. Chicken 2. spiders 3. Dog 4. monkeys 5. goats a. Easily bites when eating is disturb b. Dont want to become wet c. Dont want to disturb their eggs d. use their intelligence to protect themselves from enemies e. can move to stick silk threads to a wall or wrap prey Activity 3 Act that animal. One of the pupils will act a behavior of an animal. And the other will identify what animal is being described. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Describe the behavior of some animals below. Write the letter only. A B 1. Snake a. roll in mud to cool off in hot weather, not to get dirty 2. parrots B.uses its trunk like a hand 3. pigs C. shoot out their long, sticky tongues to catch insects 4. lizard D. use venom to defend themselves or to kill prey 5. elephant E.imitate some voices ASSIGNMENT: List down 5 animals and described their behavior.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: A. Nasusulat ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota PAKSANG-ARALIN: Sofa-sila

II.

307

BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph p.51 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:

Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

III.

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nagtatanim? Mahalaga ba ang magtanim? Bakit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

_____ ____ ____ __ ___ ____ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

IV.

___ ___ ___ __ __ ___ ___ ___ ___ __ __ Gawain 3 Maghanap ng piyesa sa aklat at tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahala bang malaman ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa isang piyesa? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Isulat ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa piyesa

___ ___ __

V.

__ __ __ __ __ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan mo tungkol sa malayang pagguhit?

308

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

A. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon.
309

3. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 4. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with oa sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

I.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with oa sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES;

II.

310

A. Motivation: What are words with oa sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. road coat roast load oar coast roam boat

coax moat soap loan coach moan soar goal roar loaf load roam goat croak oak shoal toast hoar coal road oak

toad roach oar

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing all sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. III. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. moat 2.soap 3.loan 4.coach 5.moan IV. Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________REMARKS: _____________________ TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse.
311

III.

IV.

EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. II.

English

Grade IV 3

III.

OBJECTIVE: A. Use words or phrases to form a sentence with possessive nouns. SUBJECT MATTER: Possessive Nouns REFERENCES; English For You and Me Language pp54-57 English for All Times, Manual pp. 18-20 MATERIALS; flashcards, chart, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue Twister Amidst the mists and coldest frosts, With stoutest wrists and loudest boasts, He thrusts his fist against the posts And still insists he sees the ghosts. B. Review: writing the correct possessive form of nouns C. Unlocking: possessive, possession(ownership) D. Motivation: Present the words. Doctor prescription drugstore Can you arrange these words? What sentence did you form? How did you form the sentence? E. Presentation: Activity I Make a sentence using the words below to show possession. Follow this format. NOUN + s/s + things owned + description 1. duck webbed feet swimming 2. boy ambition scientist 3. mother recipe - delicious 4. Miss Reyes room well ventilated 5. farmer plants along the mountainside Activity 2 Arrange the words below and write a sentence about it.
312

1.

doctor heavy answers person dog

thermometer bag classmates heart

Broken. nurse incorrect Like a pump

2. 3. 4. 5.

IV.

rabies saliva Activity 3 Answer Activity 2 p. 58. F. Generalization What have you learned? G. Application: How are you going to form a sentence with possessive nouns? EVALUATION: Use words to form a sentence with possessive nouns 1. goose feet swimming 2. Roy book lost 3. lady voice soft 4. sister bag nice 5. children toys expensive Assignment Do activity 2. 67

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the plants that reproduce sexually and asexually. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Plants Reprodcution BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Sneience in Next century Manual, pp. 67-68 Encarta Kids, animals flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates
313

III.

B. Review: Caring for animals C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Sexually- reproduce or grow from seed 2. Asexually - reproduce or grow from stem, roods,, or stem D. Motivation: Look at the plants. What are they? What are their similarities? How do they differ from each other? How to grow these plants? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the plants that grow from seed(sexual) and plants that grow from other parts(asexual). 1. 2.

3. 4. 5.

Strawberry Camote lansones

Activity 2 Identidy the plants reproduction of the following plants. Gumamela rubber tree neem tree santan Kataka taka san Francisco guava jackfruit Coconut mango santol grapes Melon squash alugbati tomato Onion garlic ginger rose Asexual Reproduction Sexual reproduction

Activity 3 Act that animal. One of the pupils will act a behavior of an animal. And the other will identify what animal is being described. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Describe the behavior of some animals below. Write the letter only. A B 1. Snake a. roll in mud to cool off in hot weather, not to get dirty 2. parrots B.uses its trunk like a hand
314

IV.

3. pigs 4. lizard 5. elephant V.

C. shoot out their long, sticky tongues to catch insects D. use venom to defend themselves or to kill prey E.imitate some voices

ASSIGNMENT: List down 5 animals and described their behavior.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

LAYUNIN: B. Nasusulat ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota PAKSANG-ARALIN: Sofa-sila BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph p.51 PAMAMARAAN; G. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

II.

III.

H. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba I. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nagtatanim? Mahalaga ba ang magtanim? Bakit? J. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

_____ ____ ____ __ ___ ____ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

315

IV.

___ ___ ___ __ __ ___ ___ ___ ___ __ __ Gawain 3 Maghanap ng piyesa sa aklat at tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. K. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? L. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahala bang malaman ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa isang piyesa? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Isulat ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa piyesa

___ ___ __

V.

__ __ __ __ __ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan mo tungkol sa malayang pagguhit?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ VI. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

B. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V. VII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B J. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V?

316

K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 11. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 12. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 13. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 14. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 15. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 16. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 17. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 18. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 19. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 20.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito. M. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? IX. PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 6. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. 7. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila.
317

9. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 10. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. X. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ II. OBJECTIVE: B. Read words with oa sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

V.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with oa sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with oa sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. road coat roast load oar coast roam boat

VI.

coax moat soap loan coach moan soar goal roar loaf load roam goat croak oak shoal toast hoar coal road oak

toad roach oar

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing all sound. H. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. VII. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. moat 2.soap 3.loan 4.coach 5.moan VIII. Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________REMARKS: _____________________
318

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. OBJECTIVE:

English

Grade IV 3

319

I.

A. Answer who and where questions SUBJECT MATTER: Answering who and where questions BEC Handbook in English Speaking 4 p. 13 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Flashcards PROCEDURES; B. Pronunciation Drill: Read sentences with different mood. 1. Mother is not here. 2. Theres a big snake. Happy, sad, angry, afraid and shy C. Review: Writing telling ang asking questions. Write this on the board. (Ask one volunteer from every row) 1. Who is your friend? 2. What is favorite food? 3. When is your birthday? 4. Where are your parents? D. Motivation: Present a picture of a family going to the church. Ask: What can you observe in the picture? Who are going to the church? Are you going to church too? Where is your church? Why are you going to church? E. Unlocking of Difficulties: kitchen, F. Presentation: Activity I Study the pictures and answer the who and where questions. 1. Who are cleaning the room? Where are they cleaning?

II.

2. Who are playing? Where do are they playing? 3. Who is cooking? Where is the mother cooking? 4. Who is writing? Where is she writing? 5. Who is walking? Whre is he walking? Discuss by showing the proper way of answering it.
320

WHO is for

WHERE is for PLACE

Activity 2 Q and A.. Inside the box are who and where questions. Call a volunteer to draw a strip and read the question and her/his classmate will answer it. 1. Who is your mother? 2. Where do you live? 3. Where is your father working? 4. Who is your bestfriend? 5. Where are you buying food? Check and discuss. Activity 3 Group Group the class into 8 or 10. Give them the same flashcard with possible answers to the questions. Let the group read the sentence to answer the question. The teacher will ask a question and at the signal of Go the groups representative will post their answer. 1. The janitor is cleaning the stairs. 2. Mario is going to the school. 3. Ofelia and Aryana is going to Cavite. 4. Your mother will cook your meal in the house. 5. The girl scouts will plant a tree along the road.

III.

EVALUATION: Answer who and where questions below. Write the letter only. 1. Lito Mones is always late to school. Who is always late? a. School b. Lito Mones c. Leo 2. Tonio lives near the river. Where does Lito live? a. Tonio b. far town c. river 3. The boy is laughing while watching television in his bedroom.Where is he watching the television? a. classroom b. bedroom c. the boy 4. The driver will fetch the girl from the playground. Who will fetch the girl? a. Mother b. playground c. driver 5. Lucia is Johns mother. She works in the office. Who is Johns mother? a. Lucia b. office c. Maria ASSIGNMENT: Write something about you. You must answer who and where questions. 1. Who is your bestfriend? 2. Where is she living? 3. Who is your teacher? 4. Where are you buying your things? 5. Who help you in making your assignment?
321

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the parts of the flower. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Flower

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Sneience in Next century Manual, pp. 67-68 Encarta Kids, animals flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: asexual and sexual plants C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. flower D. Motivation: Have you seen a flower? What have you noticed in its parts? Are these the same with the other flower? How important is a flower to the plant? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the parts of the flower using a n illustration. Post the correct flashcard. Activity 2 Identify the parts of the flower by group. Activity 3 By Pair: Let a partner drw a flower and identify the parts of it. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. EVALUATION: Identify the parts of the flower.

III.

IV.

322

V.

ASSIGNMENT: bring a flower tomorrow.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nasusulat at naawit ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota PAKSANG-ARALIN: Sofa-sila BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph p.51 PAMAMARAAN; M. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

II.

III.

N. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba O. Pagganyak: Kayo ba ay nagtatanim? Mahalaga ba ang magtanim? Bakit? P. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

_____ ____ ____ __ ___ ____ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota awit na ito.

___ ___ __

___ ___ ___ __ __ ___ ___ Gawain 3

___ ___ __ __
323

IV.

Maghanap ng piyesa sa aklat at tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. Q. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? R. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahala bang malaman ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa isang piyesa? Bakit? PAGTATAYA: Isulat ang sofa-silaba ng mga nota sa piyesa

V.

__ __ __ __ __ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan mo tungkol sa malayang pagguhit?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ XI. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

C. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V. XII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

mapa, plaskards, tsart XIII. PAMAMARAAN; O. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari P. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B Q. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? R. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon S. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1
324

Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 21. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 22. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 23. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 24. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 25. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 26. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 27. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 28. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 29. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 30.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito. T. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? U. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? XIV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. XV. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

325

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ III. OBJECTIVE: C. Read words with oa sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

IX.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with oa sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; I. Motivation: What are words with oa sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? J. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. road coat roast load oar coast roam boat

X.

coax moat soap loan coach moan soar goal roar loaf load roam goat croak oak shoal toast hoar coal road oak

toad roach oar

XI.

XII.

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. K. Generalization Producing all sound. L. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. moat 2.soap 3.loan 4.coach 5.moan Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________REMARKS: _____________________

THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 21, 2012

326

I. II.

7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Answer what and when questions SUBJECT MATTER: Answering what and when questions BEC Handbook in English Speaking 4 p. 13 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Flashcards

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Read sentences with different mood.

327

B. C.

D. E.

1. Mother is not here. 2. Theres a big snake. Happy, sad, angry, afraid and shy Review: asking who and where questions Motivation: Ask: Had someone ask you if when is your birthday? How about what is your favorite color? How did you answer the question? Unlocking of Difficulties: when, what Presentation: Activity I Study the pictures and answer the when and what questions. 1. What are they planting? When do you think are they planting?

2. What do they played with? When do you think the children are playing? 3. What is she cooking? When do you think the girl is cooking? 4. What is she writing? When do you think the girl is writing? 5. What will he do? When do you think this happen? Discuss by showing the proper way of answering it. WHAT is for THING OR EVENT WHEN is for TIME/DATE

Activity 2 Q and A.. Inside the box are what and when questions. Call a volunteer to draw a strip and read the question and her/his classmate will answer it. 1. What are inside your bag? 2. When did you buy it? 3. What is the color of that thing? 4. When will you buy another bag? 5. What is the size of it? Check and discuss. Activity 3 Group Group the class into 8 or 10. Give them the same flashcard with possible answers to the questions. Let the group read the sentence to answer the question. The teacher will ask a question and at the signal of Go the groups representative will post their answer. 1. The janitor is cleaning the stairs yesterday.
328

What did the janitor cleaned? When did he clean it? 2. Mario will bring a food to the school today. What will Mario bring to school? When will he bring it? 3. Ofelia and Aryana is going to Cavite tomorrow to watch a parade? What will Ofelia and Aryana watch to Cavite? When will they watch? 4. Your mother will cook your meal in the house on Sunday. What will mother cook? When will mother cook? 5. The girl scouts will plant a tree along the road this weekend. What will the girl scounts do? When will they do this? IV. EVALUATION: Answer what and when questions below. Write the letter only. 1. Lito Mones is always buying candy. What is he always buying? a. Lito b. Lito Mones c. candy 2. Tonio wil transfer a school next year. When will Tonio transfer a school? b. Next year b. far town c. river 3. The boy is laughing while watching television in his bedroom.What is the boy doing? a. watching b. bedroom c. the boy 4. The driver will fetch the girl from the playground after 10 oclock. When will the driver fetch the girl? a. fetch b. playground c. after 10 oclock 5. Lucia is Johns mother. She is a teacher. What is the work of Lucia ? a. John b. teacher c. Maria ASSIGNMENT: Write something about you. You must answer what and when questions.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3

IV

329

10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the parts of the flower. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Flower BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Sneience in Next century Manual, pp. 67-68 Encarta Kids, animals flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: asexual and sexual plants C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. flower D. Motivation: Have you seen a flower? What have you noticed in its parts? Are these the same with the other flower? How important is a flower to the plant? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the parts of the flower using a n illustration. Post the correct flashcard.

III.

Activity 2 Identify the parts of the flower by group. Activity 3 By Pair: Let a partner drw a flower and identify the parts of it. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game.

330

IV.

EVALUATION: Identify the parts of the flower.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: bring a flower tomorrow.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakakalikha ng isang malayang pagguhit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Malayang pagguhit BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Ikaw ba ay marami ng magandang karanasan? Nais mo ba itong iguhit?
331

D. Pamamaraan Pagmomodelo. Gawain 1 Pagpapakita ng halimbawa sa pisara.

Gawain 2: Pagguhit Pagguhit mula sa karanasan Gawain 3 Pag-ulat ng mga likha. Pagtatama ng mga mali. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang malayang pagguhit? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang iyong natutuhan na ipamamahagi sa iba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nakalikha ka ban g isang malayang pagguhit? 2. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa ng iyong Gawain. 3. Ginamit mo ba ang itong sariling pamamaraan? 4. Nilinis mo ba ang iyong pinaggawaan? 5. Mag-isa mo bang ginawa ang iyong gawain?

IV.

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mahalaga bang matutunan mo tungkol sa malayang pagguhit?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ I. LAYUNIN:

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

D. Natutukoy ang katangian ng Rehiyon V. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon V

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 88-90

332

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng Rehiyon IV-B C. Pagganyak: Saan matatagpuan ang mayon Volcano? Nasa anong rehiyon ito? Paano mo matutukoy ang REehiyon V? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga lugar na sakop ng sa Rehiyon V? 1. Albay 2. Quezon 3. Catanduanes 4. Sorsogon 5. Cebu 6. Palwan 7. Camarines Norte 8. Davao 9. Masbate 10. Camarines Sur Gawain 2 Pangangalap ng mga datus tungkol sa katangian ng Rehiyon V. Tukuyin kung ito ba ay nabasa mo sa iyong pangangalap. 1. Ang Rehiyon V ay tinatawag ding Rehiyon ng Bicol. 2. Ang Rehiyon ng Bicol ay binubuo ng anim (6) na rehiyon. 3. Mga Cebuano ang mga pangunhaing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. 4. May ibat ibang pangkat din ng tao na naninirahan sa rehiyon tulad ng Agta, Tabangnon, Itumj at Kabihug. 5. Kialla ang Rehiyon V sa tawag na Tangway ng Bicol 6. Walang kapatagan sa Bicol. 7. Ang Rehiyon V ay walang tiyak na panahon ng tag-init at tag-ulan. 8. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanpbuhay ng mga tao sa rehiyon ng Bicol. 9. May mangingsda rin sa Bicol. 10.Ang singaw ng lupa sa Tiwi, Albay ay sagabal sa kanilang hanapbuhay. Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga larawan na katangian ng Rehiyon V. Sabihin ang pangungusap tungkol dito. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?
333

G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Tukuyin ang mga pangungusap na nagsasabi tungkol sa Rehiyon V. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. Ang Rehiyon V ay Rehiyon ng Bicol. May anim na lalawigan ang bumubuo Rehiyon V. Pagsasaka ang pangunahing hanapbuhay nila at walang mangingisda sa kanila. Mga Bicolano ang pangunahing mamamayan ng Rehiyon V. Madalas ang pag-ula sa Rehiyon V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with oa sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with oa sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with oa sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. road coat roast load oar coast roam boat

III.

coax moat soap loan coach moan soar goal

334

roar loaf

load roam goat croak oak shoal toast hoar coal road oak

toad roach oar

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing all sound. D. Application: What words with ea sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. moat 2.soap 3.loan Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

4.coach

5.moan

V.

MONDAY, SEPTEMBER, 24, 2012 NO CLASS. SODA OF SDS ESTRELLA C. LARIOSA, CESO VI TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 25, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation
335

I. II.

III.

1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Identfy the setting from the selection/story read. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the setting from the selection/story read BEC Handbook in English Listening 4, p. 17 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Chart, Flashcards

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Read sentences with different mood. 1. Mother is not here. 2. Theres a big snake. Happy, sad, angry, afraid and shy B. Review: asking who and where questions C. Motivation: Ask: show the picture of Snow white. Ask: Who is in the picture? Have you read or watch ther story? Tell something. In the picture, where does the story take place? When did it happen? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: setting, excerpt E. Presentation: Activity I Read the excerpt from the story of The Cloud. Identify the place and time the story happen.

THE CLOUD
336

One hot summer morning a little Cloud rose out of the sea and floated lightly and happily across the blue sky. Far below lay the earth, brown, dry, and desolate, from drouth. The little Cloud could see the poor people of the earth working and suffering in the hot fields, while she herself floated on the morning breeze, hither and thither, without a care. Check and discuss. Activity 2 Read the story and identify the setting of thw story. 1. One day while he was plowing it, he came upon an iron box that was buried in the soil. When he opened it, he was astonished to discover that it was filled with valuable gemstones and coins made of silver and gold. TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________ 2. One night Jimmy fell asleep and had a dream about a treasure. In his dream, he saw a big box of gold coins buried near the bushes in his backyard. TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________ 3. One day, the merchant fell ill. Before long, he knew that he was going to die soon. He thought of his luxurious life and told himself, "Now I have 4 wives with me. But when I die, I'll be alone. How lonely I'll be!" TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________

Activity 3 A pupil will read this story and let other classmates to identify the setting of the story.
One evening before supper, the father noticed his son playing with wood scraps on the floor. He asked the child sweetly, "What are you making?" Just as sweetly, the boy responded, "Oh, I am making a little bowl for you and mama to eat your food from when I grow up." The four-year-old smiled and went back to work. The words so struck the parents that they were speechless. Then tears started to stream down their cheeks. Though no word was spoken, both knew what must be done. That evening the husband took grandfather's hand and gently led him back to the family table.

337

Once upon a time, there was an island where all the feelings lived: Happiness, Sadness, Knowledge, and all of the others, including Love. One day it was announced to the feelings that the island would sink, so all constructed boats and left. Except for Love. IV. EVALUATION: Idenyify the setting of the following selection. 1. It was late afternoon, Two men, both seriously ill, occupied the same hospital room. One man was allowed to sit up in his bed for an hour a day to drain the fluids from his lungs. His bed was next to the room's only window. The other man had to spend all his time flat on his back. TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________ 2. I was parked in front of the mall wiping off my car. I had just come from the car wash and was waiting for my wife to get out of work for lunch. TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________ 3. Long long ago there lived a King who was such a mighty monarch that whenever he sneezed everyone in the whole country had to say, "To your good health!" Everyone in the kingdom said it except the Shepherd with the bright blue eyes, and he would not say it. TIME: _______________________________________________________ PLACE: _______________________________________________________ V. ASSIGNMENT: Read a story you like and identify the setting of it.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the parts of the flower. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Flower BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals
338

III.

flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the flower C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Describe, bud D. Motivation: What is your role in the class? Do you think the parts of the flower also have role? How can you describe the parts of the flower? E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the parts of the flower. How would you describe it. Choose your description from the given choices.

RECEPTACLE

Enlarge tip of the stem that holds the flower Green-leaf like part that protects the flower from heat and cold while it is still a bud Most colorful that attracts insects Has a soft filament, it is the male part of the flower It is on the top of the filament It holds the pollen grains the female part of the flower The long neck Top of the style Has a sticky substance that catches pollen grains Oval shaped bottom

Activity 2 Describe the parts being mentioned. Match to its description. A B 1. petals a. Green-leaf like part that protects the flower from heat and cold while it is still a bud 2. stigma b. Has a soft filament, it is the male part of the flower 3. ovary c. Oval shaped bottom 4. sepal d. the female part of the flower 5. stamen e. Most colorful that attracts insects
339

6. pistil

f. It is on the top of the filament

Activity 3 By Pair: Let a partner mention a part of a flower. The other pupil will describe it. F. Generalization: What have you learned? G. Application: Guessing game. IV. EVALUATION: Describe the parts of the flower below. Write the letter only. 1. Stamen a. the female part of the flower b. the male part of the flower 2. petals a. Most colorful that attracts insects b. Green-leaf like part that protects the flower from heat and cold while it is still a bud 3. ovary a. The long neck b. Oval shaped bottom 4. stigma a. Enlarge tip of the stem that holds the flower b. Top of the style 5. pistil a. the female part of the flower b. the male part of the flower ASSIGNMENT: bring a flower tomorrow.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naawit ang sofa- silaba ng isang piyesa. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Sofa-SIlaba BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun
340

II.

III.

Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Ikaw ba ay marami ng magandang karanasan? Nais mo ba itong iguhit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang piyesa. Ipatukoy ang sofa silaba. Gawain 2: Ipaawit ang sofa-silaba. Gawain 3 Ipaawit sabay sa kilos. E. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naawit mo ba ang sofa-silaba ng isang piyesa? 2. Wasto ba ang pagkaawit mo? 3. Magkatulad ba ang tono ng bawat nota sa sofa-silaba? 4. Inaayos mo ba ang pag-awit? 5. Masaya mo ba itong inawit? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Maghanap pa ng ibang piyesa. Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. Awitin ang mga ito.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ _______________ I. LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Cordillera Administrative Region. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: CAR MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3

341

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa CAR nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang anim na lugar na matatagpuan sa CAR. Gawing gabay ang unang pantig ng mga lugar. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Beng Ab Ap I Moun Ka Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa CAR. Piliin ang sagot sa kahon Cebu Manila Ifugao Gensan Iloilo Mountain Province Bohol Leyte Apayao Benguet maguindanao Abra Kalinga F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? IV. PAGTATAYA:
342

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa CAR. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng CaR sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ck sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ck sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ck sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. muck tock lick neck back deck sock jack Dick tack peck dock kick suck shock

III.

nick mock pick tuck luck sick

speck hack duck lock pick buck wick lack nick rock black sack luck tuck
343

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ck sound. D. Application: What words with ck sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. m o ck 2.r a ck 3.k i ck Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

4.d u ck

5.d o ck

V.

344

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 26, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 4TH Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Give the main idea of the selection. SUBJECT MATTER: Giving the main idea of the selection BEC Handbook in English Listening 4, p. 17 English for You and me Reading Fun in English Developing Reading Power pp. 70-80 Chart, Flashcards

II.

345

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Read sentences with different mood. 1. Mother is not here. 2. Theres a big snake. Happy, sad, angry, afraid and shy B. Review: Identifying the setting from the selection/story read C. Motivation: Ask: show the picture a garden. What are the vegetable in the garden? How are they growing? Do you have a garden too? How are you taking care of them? What was being discussed now? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: main idea E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the pictures and tell its main idea/big idea 1.

2.

3. 4.

5. Activity 2 Read the selection below and identify the main idea. 1.The rain forest is home to many creatures. Monkeys, toucans and macaws live in the rain forest. Blue Morpho butterflies and anteaters also live in the rain forest. A) Sloths and tapirs are other creatures that live in the rain forest. B) The rain forest is home to many creatures. C) Monkeys, toucans and macaws live in the rain forest. 2.Soccer players learn many skills when playing soccer. Soccer players learn how to dribble and pass the ball. They also learn how to control the ball so they can eventually score. Most importantly, soccer players learn how to work together with their teammates. A) They also learn how to control the ball so they can eventually score. B) Soccer players learn how to dribble. C) Soccer players learn many skills when playing soccer. Activity 3 1.There are many fun things to do at the beach. Swimming is one thing that can be done at the beach. Snorkeling is another thing that can be enjoyed. Playing beach volleyball can be a lot of fun. It is also fun to look for shells. Some people simply like to sunbathe.
346

(A) There are many fun things to do at the beach. (B) It is also fun to look for shells. (C) Some people simply like to sunbathe

IV. V.

EVALUATION: Identify the main idea in the following selection. ASSIGNMENT: Read a story you like and identify its main idea.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Explain the role of pollination is asexual reproduction. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Flower BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the flower C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Asexual, reproduction D. Motivation: Look at the picture? What have you observe? Have you seen such in reality? What is the bee doing? Why will the bee do that? Is this important? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the illusttaratgion below and make some explaination of its importance in pollination.

III.

347

Activity 2 Explain pollination by completing the sentences. Pollination is the _________ of _________ from the anther to ________. Some flowers will develop seeds as a result of self-pollination, when pollen and pistil are from the ______. Other plants require crosspollination: pollen and pistil must be from ________. ________moves the pollen for some plants. Spme are move by a animals and _______.

same plant Wind

transfer different plants stigma insects

pollen grains

Activity 3 Group Make an illustration of pollination and report on class. F. Generalization: What is pollination? G. Application: If pollination will not occur, what will happen? IV. EVALUATION: Explain the role of pollination is asexual reproduction . Choose the answer below. 1 Pollination is the transfer of pollen from the anthers of a flower to the stigma. 2. Pollination is the transfer of pollen from stigma the of a flower to the anthers. 3. It carries the pollen grains to the stigma of same plant only. 4. It carries the pollen grains to the stigma of same plant or another plant. 5.The wind and animals are agent of pollination. V. ASSIGNMENT: bring a flower tomorrow.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Naawit ang sofa- silaba ng isang piyesa. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Sofa-SIlaba BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108
348

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Do re mi fa so la ti do Do ti la so fa mi re do Doe, a deer, a female deer Ray, a drop of golden sun Me, a name I call myself Far, a long long way to run Sew, a needle pulling thread La, a note to follow sew Tea, I drink with jam and bread That will bring us back to do...oh oh oh

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Ikaw ba ay marami ng magandang karanasan? Nais mo ba itong iguhit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang piyesa. Ipatukoy ang sofa silaba. Gawain 2: Ipaawit ang sofa-silaba. Gawain 3 Ipaawit sabay sa kilos. E. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Naawit mo ba ang sofa-silaba ng isang piyesa? 2. Wasto ba ang pagkaawit mo? 3. Magkatulad ba ang tono ng bawat nota sa sofa-silaba? 4. Inaayos mo ba ang pag-awit? 5. Masaya mo ba itong inawit? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Maghanap pa ng ibang piyesa. Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. Awitin ang mga ito.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

349

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Cordillera Administrative Region.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: CAR

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa CAR nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang anim na lugar na matatagpuan sa CAR. Gawing gabay ang unang pantig ng mga lugar. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Beng Ab Ap I Moun Ka Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa CAR. Piliin ang sagot sa kahon Cebu Manila Ifugao Gensan Iloilo Mountain Province Bohol Leyte Apayao Benguet maguindanao Abra Kalinga

350

F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa Rehiyon V? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa CAR. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng CaR sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ck sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ck sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ck sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. muck tock nick mock tuck luck speck hack lack nick lick pick sick duck rock neck jack dock lock black back Dick kick pick sack deck tack suck buck luck sock peck shock wick tuck

III.

351

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ck sound. D. Application: What words with ck sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. m o ck 2.r a ck 3.k i ck Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

4.d u ck

5.d o ck

V.

352

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify verbs. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying verbs

English

Grade IV 3

I.

PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 62-65 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading the poem.

II.

353

B. Review: counter or count words C. Unlocking of Difficulties: action D. Motivation: What are the movements you do everyday? Why are you doing these actions? What are these words called? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the action words below. 1. eating 6. dance 2. sweep 7. jumping 3. Truck 8. read 4. played 9. worked 5. beautiful 10. Family Check and discuss. Activity 2 Identify the verbs below. Write the letter only. 1. a. play b. tomatoes c. happy 2. a. city b. bright c. cleaning 3. a. flower b. help c. tall 4. a. ladies b. listen c. short 5. a. watch b. wide c. box 6. a. sweep b. church c. fat 7. a. fly b. kite c. high 8. a. blackboard b. classroom c. smile 9. a. house b. hero c. fight 10.a. country b. nurse c. serve Activity 2 Encircle the verbs or action words in the following sentences. 1. Let us clean our body. 2. We should sleep eight hours daily. 3. Boys and girls are growing healthy. 4. We should eat nutritious food.. 5. The child buys in the canteen. F.Generalization: What are verbs? G.Application: What are the actions you are doing everyday? III. EVALUATION: Identify the verbs below. Write YES if it a verb and NO if it is not a verb. ____1. Scissors ________3. Close __________5. Driving ____2. Write ________4. Big ASSIGNMENT: Write 10 examples of verbs. P.L. : _________________________ REMARKS: _______________________

354

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the main parts of the seed.. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Seed

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the flower C. Unlocking of Difficulties: Parts main D. Motivation: When you are going to eat some fruits, what can you find inside? How are they develop? Are seeds important? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the parts of the seed. Choose your answer below

III.

Endosperm

seed coat

epicotyl

hypocotyl

cotyledons

Activity 2 Identify the parts of the seeds below Petals Epicotyls Cotyledons seed coat sepals cotyledons pistil pollen grains leaves Activity 3 Group Draw a seed and label it. Report to class. style ovule endosperm

355

F. Generalization: What are the parts of the seed? G. Application: Have you seen a seed? What are the importance of the seed? IV. EVALUATION: Identify the parts of the seed.
1. 1. 1. 1. 1.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: bring a seed tomorrow

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Sining)

LAYUNIN: A. Nakalilikha ng sining na ginupit at dinikit na papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Paggupit at pagdikit ng papel BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Kung may mga lumang diyary/papel , ano ang ginagawa mo dito? Maari pa ba itong gagamitin? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang isang nayaring Gawain. Paano ito ginawa? Gawain 2: Paglikha ng sining. 1. Gumupit ng mga larawan ng mga sumusunod. - Tatay, nanay, mga bata at iba pa pang mga tao mula sa lumang magasin na may kulay
356

- Simbahan. Kung walang makita sa magasin ay gumupit ng hugis simbahan mula sa papael na may kulay. - Mga puno, halaman at iba pang bagay na makikita sas tabi ng simbahan 2. Iaayos ang mga ginupit na larawan sa ibabaw ng isang puting papel at gumawa ng isang magandang komposisyon. 3. Kapag nasiyahan na sa disenyon ay idikit ang mga larawang ginupit. Gawain 3 Ipakita ang lika. E. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; Opo. Hindi po. 1. Nakalikha ka ban g komposisyon mula sa dinikit at dinikit na mga larawan? 2. Magana ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Wasto ba ang ginawa mong paraan? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginawa? 5. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa mo? TAKDANG-ARALIN: Maghanap pa ng ibang piyesa. Tukuyin ang sofa-silaba ng bawat nota. Awitin ang mga ito.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon ng Visayas.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Visayas Regions BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

357

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Visayas Region nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Visayas Region. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno.
358

P.L. :

___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ck sound.

Reading

Grade IV 3

II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ck sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ck sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. muck tock nick mock tuck luck speck hack lack nick lick pick sick duck rock neck jack dock lock black back Dick kick pick sack deck tack suck buck luck sock peck shock wick tuck

III.

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ck sound. D. Application: What words with ck sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. m o ck 2.r a ck 3.k i ck Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

4.d u ck

5.d o ck

V.

359

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify declarative and imperative sentences SUBJECT MATTER: Identify declarative and imperative sentences PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 62-65 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading of sentences with different tones.

II.

III.

360

B. Review: sentences/fragment or non-sentence C. Unlocking of Difficulties: declare/request D. Motivation: What are did your mother let you do this morning? (write on the board) How did you feel doing the task? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the declarative sentences and imperative sentences. Write the word declarative and imperative. 1. The girl is wearing a dress. _____________ 2. My mother is cooking our food. _____________ 3. Please get the chalk from the box. _____________ 4. She talks with the teacher. _____________ 5. Clean the house on Sunday. _____________ 6. Hold the books properly. _____________ 7. Dianne is pulling the grasses outside. _____________ 8. Scrub the floor in your clasroom. _____________ 9. Can you cut those papers for me? _____________ 10.Bring this to my friend. _____________ Check and discuss. Activity 2 Pair activity Read the sentences below. Identify the kind of sentences. Your pair will copy on his paper the declarative sentences and you will copy on your paper the imperative sentenecs only. 1. a. The trees are bearing fruits. b. Harvest the fruits from that tree. 2. a. Please drop the mail to the post office. b. She will drop the mail to the post office. 3. a. I love the flowers outside. b. Pick the dried flowers in the garden. 4. a. Call the fireman during emergency. b. The house is on fire. 5. a. I saw a beautiful bird. b. Look at that beautiful bird Activity 2 Make a sentences. Teacher will call you and let you read one sentence. Let your classmate identify if it is declarative or imperative sentence. F.Generalization: What are declarative sentences/imperative sentences? G.Application: Fill in the blanks. _________________ sentences tell or state something. _________________ sentences that give command or request. EVALUATION: Identify the sentences below. Write declarative or imperative. __________1. Feed the monkey. __________2. That animal can also live on land. __________3. Dont throw your trash into the sea.
361

IV.

__________4. Will you draw a beautiful house? __________5. The children help clean the room. ASSIGNMENT: Write 3 examples of imperative sentences and three declarative sentences.. P.L. : _________________________ REMARKS: _______________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe the function of the main parts of the seed. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Seed BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the seed C. Unlocking of Difficulties: describe D. Motivation: Get a seed. Can you tell the main parts of it? What are that for? Is it important to the seed? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Describe the function of he main parts of a seed. Choose the correct answer from the box. 1. Endosperm - Stores food for the young plant 2. Seed coat - Cover the seed. It protects the embryo amd endosperm 3. Embryo Grows into a new plant 4. Epicotyl It grows into leaves or stems 5. Hypocotyl Forms the first root of the seedling 6. Cotyledon Used for digestion and storage of food. Grows into a new plant Used for digestion and storage of food. It grows into leaves or stems Activity 2 Cover the seed. It protects embryo amd endosperm Identify the parts of the the seeds below Forms the first root of the seedling Stores food for the young plant

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

362

Activity 2 Group Describe the parts of the seed pointed by the teacher.

Activity 3 Fill in the blank to describe the parts of the seed. Choose the answer below. a.Food c.stores f. embryo b.roots d. stems or leaves g. young plant 1. The seed coat protects the _________. 2. The endosperm provides ______ for the young plant. 3. The hypocotyl is a part of the embryo that grows into ____. 4. The epicotyl is an embryo of the see that grows into ______. 5. The embryo will grow into a ____. 6. The cotyledon _____ food. F. Generalization: What is the function of each part of the seed? G. Application: If you are a part of a seed what would you like to be? Why? How important are you in a seed? IV. EVALUATION: Describe the parts of the seed below. Write the letter of the correct answer. A B 1. embryo a. Forms the first root of the seedling 2. Seed coat b. Stores food for the young plant 3. endosperm c. It grows into leaves or stems 4. epicotyl d. Grows into a new plant 5. hypocotyls e. Cover the seed. It protects the embryo amd endosperm ASSIGNMENT: describe the parts of the seed on your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Sining)

LAYUNIN: A. Nakalilikha ng sining na ginupit at dinikit na papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Paggupit at pagdikit ng papel

II.

363

BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108 III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Kung may mga lumang diyary/papel , ano ang ginagawa mo dito? Maari pa ba itong gagamitin? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang isang nayaring Gawain. Paano ito ginawa? Gawain 2: Paglikha ng sining. 1. Gumupit ng mga larawan ng mga sumusunod. - Tatay, nanay, mga bata at iba pa pang mga tao mula sa lumang magasin na may kulay - Simbahan. Kung walang makita sa magasin ay gumupit ng hugis simbahan mula sa papael na may kulay. - Mga puno, halaman at iba pang bagay na makikita sas tabi ng simbahan 2. Iaayos ang mga ginupit na larawan sa ibabaw ng isang puting papel at gumawa ng isang magandang komposisyon. 3. Kapag nasiyahan na sa disenyon ay idikit ang mga larawang ginupit. Gawain 3 Ipakita ang lika. E. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nakalikha ka ban g komposisyon mula sa dinikit at dinikit na mga larawan? 2. Magana ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Wasto ba ang ginawa mong paraan? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginawa? 5. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa mo?

IV.

Opo.

Hindi po.

364

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa pa ng mas maganda s ainyong bahay.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon ng Visayas.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Visayas Regions BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Visayas Region nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Visayas Region. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions
365

F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

______________ I. OBJECTIVE:

Reading

Grade IV 3

A. Read words with ck sound. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ck sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ck sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. muck tock nick mock tuck luck speck hack lack nick lick pick sick duck rock neck jack dock lock black back Dick kick pick sack deck tack suck buck luck sock peck shock wick tuck

III.

366

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ck sound. D. Application: What words with ck sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. m o ck 2.r a ck 3.k i ck Assignment Make a list of words with old sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

4.d u ck

5.d o ck

V.

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 4, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse.

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

367

MONDAY, OCTOBER 8, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify request and command sentences. SUBJECT MATTER: Imperative sentences Command and Request PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 84-85 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading of sentences with different tones.

II.

III.

368

B. Review: sentences: Declarative and Interrogative Sentence. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: declare/request D. Motivation: Did you ask somebody to do a task today? What is that? Did you se please or not? Is using please a polite manner? E. Presentation: Activity I Write Request if the setence use please, may or can And Command if does not used polite expressions.. _____________ 1. Can you help me do this cleaning. _____________ 2. Please write me an excuse letter. _____________ 3. May I invite you to my birthday party? _____________ 4. Please speak in a low tone. _____________ 5. Lend me your umbrella. Check and discuss. Activity 2 Pair activity Idnetify the request and command sentences. 1. Please set the table for your father. 2. Kindly return this book to the library. 3. Dont make too much noise. 4. Cary this book for me. 5. Can you help me bring this to our teacher. Activity 2 Do activity 2 and 4 in the book page 84-85 F.Generalization: What are request sentences/command sentences? G.Application: Fill in the blanks. _________________ tells us to do something. It gives as an order.. _________________ tells us to do something but it done politely..

IV.

EVALUATION: Identify the request and command sentence.. __________1. Please feed the chicken. __________2. Please give me a glass of cold water. __________3. Lend me your umbrella. __________4. Can you help me pull the grasses? __________5. Borrow a book in Science. ASSIGNMENT: Write 3 examples of request sentences and three command sentences. P.L. : _________________________ REMARKS: _______________________

369

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 VI. OBJECTIVE: Describe the function of the main parts of the seed. VII. SUBJECT MATTER: Parts of the Seed BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart VIII. PROCEDURES; H. Science Updates I. Review: parts of the seed J. Unlocking of Difficulties: describe K. Motivation: Get a seed. Can you tell the main parts of it? What are that for? Is it important to the seed? Why? L. Presentation: Activity I Describe the function of he main parts of a seed. Choose the correct answer from the box. 1. Endosperm - Stores food for the young plant 2. Seed coat - Cover the seed. It protects the embryo amd endosperm 3. Embryo Grows into a new plant 4. Epicotyl It grows into leaves or stems 5. Hypocotyl Forms the first root of the seedling 6. Cotyledon Used for digestion and storage of food. Grows into a new plant Used for digestion and storage of food. It grows into leaves or stems Activity 2 Cover the seed. It protects embryo amd endosperm Identify the parts of the the seeds below Forms the first root of the seedling Stores food for the young plantActivity 2 Group Describe the parts of the seed pointed by the teacher.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

Activity 3 Fill in the blank to describe the parts of the seed. Choose the answer below.
370

a.Food c.stores f. embryo b.roots d. stems or leaves g. young plant 7. The seed coat protects the _________. 8. The endosperm provides ______ for the young plant. 9. The hypocotyl is a part of the embryo that grows into ____. 10.The epicotyl is an embryo of the see that grows into ______. 11.The embryo will grow into a ____. 12.The cotyledon _____ food. M. Generalization: What is the function of each part of the seed? N. Application: If you are a part of a seed what would you like to be? Why? How important are you in a seed? IX. EVALUATION: Describe the parts of the seed below. Write the letter of the correct answer. A B 1. embryo a. Forms the first root of the seedling 2. Seed coat b. Stores food for the young plant 3. endosperm c. It grows into leaves or stems 4. epicotyl d. Grows into a new plant 5. hypocotyls e. Cover the seed. It protects the embryo amd endosperm ASSIGNMENT: describe the parts of the seed on your notebook.

X.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 VI. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Sining)

LAYUNIN: B. Nakalilikha ng sining na ginupit at dinikit na papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Paggupit at pagdikit ng papel BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108

VII.

VIII. PAMAMARAAN; G. Awit: H. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba

371

I. Pagganyak: Kung may mga lumang diyary/papel , ano ang ginagawa mo dito? Maari pa ba itong gagamitin? Paano? J. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang isang nayaring Gawain. Paano ito ginawa? Gawain 2: Paglikha ng sining. 1. Gumupit ng mga larawan ng mga sumusunod. - Tatay, nanay, mga bata at iba pa pang mga tao mula sa lumang magasin na may kulay - Simbahan. Kung walang makita sa magasin ay gumupit ng hugis simbahan mula sa papael na may kulay. - Mga puno, halaman at iba pang bagay na makikita sas tabi ng simbahan 2. Iaayos ang mga ginupit na larawan sa ibabaw ng isang puting papel at gumawa ng isang magandang komposisyon. 3. Kapag nasiyahan na sa disenyon ay idikit ang mga larawang ginupit. Gawain 3 Ipakita ang lika. K. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? L. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba? PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 6. Nakalikha ka ban g komposisyon mula sa dinikit at dinikit na mga larawan? 7. Magana ba ang pagkagawa nito? 8. Wasto ba ang ginawa mong paraan? 9. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginawa? 10.Malinis ba ang pagkagawa mo?

IX.

Opo.

Hindi po.

X.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa pa ng mas maganda s ainyong bahay.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3
372

VI.

LAYUNIN: B. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon ng Visayas.

VII.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Visayas Regions BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR J. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Visayas Region nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Visayas Region. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions M. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IX. PAGTATAYA:

373

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. X. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

______________ VI. OBJECTIVE:

Reading

Grade IV 3

B. Read words with ck sound. VII. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ck sound

flashcards, pictures VIII. PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with ck sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. muck tock nick mock tuck luck speck hack lack nick lick pick sick duck rock neck jack dock lock black back Dick kick pick sack deck tack suck buck luck sock peck shock wick tuck

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing ck sound. H. Application: What words with ck sound youve learned.
374

IX.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. m o ck 2.r a ck 3.k i ck Assignment Make a list of words with old sound.

4.d u ck

5.d o ck

X.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

375

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 9, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Write command and request sentences. SUBJECT MATTER: Imperative sentences Command and Request PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 84-85 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading of sentences with different tones.

II.

III.

376

B. Review: sentences: Identifying command and request Sentence. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: declare/request D. Motivation: What are the actions you have told to do so? How did the person ask you to do it? Polite or not? What kind of imperative sentence is that? E. Presentation: Activity I Write a command sentence by matching the verb to its other part of the sentence. A B 1. Cook a. me your book. 2. Borrow b.the comfort room. 3. Clean c.the shovel from your uncle. 4. Lend d.a paper in the canteen. 5. Buy e.our meal for our dinner. Check and discuss. Activity 2 Pair activity Write a request sentence by using the following words in a sentence below. 1. Please Water the plants. 2. Kindly Borrow your book. 3. Can you Make your lines straight. 4. Will You Keep your hands close 5. May you Drive those dogs away. Dont drink too much coffee. Take me to the doctor. Buy medicine at the drugstore. Buy a milk for me. Tell the doctor to see me. Activity 2 Do activity 2 and 3 in the book page 84-85 F.Generalization: What are request sentences/command sentences? G.Application: Fill in the blanks. _________________ tells us to do something. It gives as an order.. _________________ tells us to do something but it done politely..

IV.

EVALUATION: Write 3 examples of command sentences and 3 examples of request sentences. ASSIGNMENT: Write 3 examples of request sentences and three command sentences. P.L. : _________________________ REMARKS: _______________________
377

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify monocot and dicot seeds. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Kinds of Seed; Monocot and Dicot

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts and function of the seed C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mono, di D. Motivation: Get a seed. Can you identify its cotyledon? How many cotelydon is it/ Is it monocot or dicot? E. Presentation: Activity I Look at the picture of the seeds below. Identify the monocot ad dicot seeds.

III.

Banana- monocot Tomato dicot Daisies dicot Corn monocot Rice - monocot Activity I Identify the monocot nd dicot seeds below. 1. Papaya monocot 6. Eggplant - monocot 2. Melon dicot 7. Ampalaya - monocot 3. Sesame dicot 8. Apples - dicot 4. Guava- monocot 9. Grases - monocot
378

5. String beans dicot

10. Peas - dicot

Activity 3 Give other examples of seeds. Let your classmate identify if it a monocot or dicot seeds. F. Generalization: What is a dciot seed monocot? seed? G. Application: How can you distinguish a monocot or dicot seed? IV. EVALUATION: Identify the seeds below. Write monocot or dicot. 1. pears 2. garlic 3. onion 4. watermelon 5. sunflower ASSIGNMENT: describe the parts of the seed on your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang ibat ibang tinig sa pag-awit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Tinig sa Pag-awit BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Si Filemon-Ilonggo Lyrics Si Filemon, Si Filemon namasol sa karagatan Nakadakop, Nakadakop, sang isda nga tambasakan, Guinbaligya, guinbaligya sa tindahan nga guba Ang iya nakuha, ang iya nakuha guin bakal sang tuba
379

Si Filemon-Cebuano Lyrics Si Pilemon, Si Pilemon namasol sa kadagatan Nakakuha, nakakuha ug isda'ng tambasakan Guibaligya, Guibaligya sa merkado'ng guba Ang halin puros kura, ang halin puros kura igo ra i panuba. B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Kung may mga lumang diyary/papel , ano ang ginagawa mo dito? Maari pa ba itong gagamitin? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Basahin ang ibat ibang tinig sa pag-awit. Tinig na pailong 7. Mababa Paos 8. Matalim Bahaw 9. Malaki Mataginting 10. Magaralgal Matinis 11. Maliit Mataas 12. Maugong Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang tinig ng inyong kaklase. Gawain 3 Iparinig ang soes na nasa pisara. E. Paglalahat: Anu-ano ang ibat ibang tinig sa pag-awit.? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng tinig sa pag-awit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Anu-ano ang mga bioses sa pag-awit. 1. 2. 3, 4, 5, TAKDANG-ARALIN: Magparinig ng awit na may ibat ibang tinig.

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

13. 14. 15. 16. 17.

Maluwag Patili Buo Malambing basag

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

380

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon ng Visayas.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Visayas Regions BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Visayas Region nasa mapa. Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Visayas Region. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar?

381

IV.

PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions. V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

______________ I.

Reading

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ight sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ight sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ight sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. fight flight tight fighting right fright sight plight night light fight weight slight might

I.

II.

bright sighting

might fright

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ing sound. D. Application: What words with ight sound youve learned. III. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. f ight 2. m ight 3. s ight 4.r ight 5.m ight IV. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

PM: TESTIMONIAL PARTY OF MAAM PAREAS

382

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify interrogative and exclamatory sentences. SUBJECT MATTER: Identify interrogative and exclamatory sentences PELC 3.4 p.17 English for You and me (L) pp 62-65 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Reading of sentences with different tones.

II.

III.

383

B. Review: sentences/fragment or non-sentence C. Unlocking of Difficulties: ask, exclame D. Motivation: If you received a gift what would your reaction be? What questions do you usually ask for what you have received? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the interrogative and exclamatory sentences. Write the word interrogative and exclamatory. 1. Why is she girl wearing a beautiful dress. _____________ 2. Wow!My mother is cooking our food. _____________ 3. Oh! Get the chalk from the box. _____________ 4. Who are talking with the teacher? _____________ 5. Yepeey! We will go to the beach. _____________ 6. How will you hold the book properly? _____________ 7. Where did Dianne pull grasses?_____________ 8. Why is he scrubing the floor?_____________ 9. What is your favorite song? _____________ 10.Exactly! That is yours. _____________ Check and discuss. Activity 2 Pair activity Read the sentences below. Identify the kind of sentences. Your pair will copy on his paper the interrogative sentences and you will copy on your paper the exclamatory only. 1. a. Why are the trees bear fruits? b. Yes!We are going to harvest the fruits from that tree. 2. a. Oh!Drop the mail to the post office. b. Where will she will drop the mail? 3. a. I love the flowers outside! c. Who pick the dried flowers in the garden? 4. a. Call the fireman! b. Why is the house is on fire? 5. a. Who saw a beautiful bird? b. Look at that beautiful bird! Activity 2 Make a sentences. Teacher will call you and let you read one sentence. Let your classmate identify if it is interrogative or exclamatory sentences. F.Generalization: What are declarative sentences/imperative sentences? G.Application: Fill in the blanks. _________________ sentences ask a question. _________________ sentences express a strong emotion or feeling. EVALUATION: Identify the sentences below. Write interrogative or exclamatory. __________1. Who feed the monkey? __________2. That is an awesome animal!. __________3. Why are you throwing your trash into the sea?
384

IV.

__________4. Who will draw a beautiful house? __________5. Wow! Children help clean the room. ASSIGNMENT: Write 3 examples of interrogative sentences and three exclamatory sentences.. P.L. : _________________________ REMARKS: _______________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the factors in seed germination. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Factors in Seed Germination

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the seed C. Unlocking of Difficulties: germination, factor D. Motivation: Look at the seedling? How can a seed grow into a plant? What does it need so that it will grow? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the factor in seed germination below. _______ adequate supply of water _______ lack of water _______ adequate supply of air _______ no air _______ no favorable temperature _______ favorable temperature _______ good environment _______ Environment with virus, or bacteria

385

Activity 2 Group Do the activity below. How Do Seeds Germinate? You need: - mango, bean or corn seeds - Tin cans of the same sizes with punch holes - Water - Garden soil Procedure: 1. Prepare the tin cans. 2. Place the garden soil of the ame amount in each can. 3. Plant seeds. 4. Count the seeds you plant each can. 5. Be sure you dont bury the seeds deep into the soil. 6. Water the seeds everyday. 7. Observe the seeds. Activity 3 Answer the following questions? 1. How many seeds did you plant in each can? 2. How many days after did the seeds start to grow? How many Grew? 3. How many did not grow? 4. Why did you think some seeds did not grow? 5. What things do seeds need so that they will grow? F. Generalization: Whyat are the factors in seed germination? G. Application: If you will plant a seed what will you do in order for it to grow well? IV. EVALUATION: Identify the factors for seed germination.Use / or x _______1. Favorable environment. _______ 2. Lack of sunlight. _______ 3. Adequate water. _______ 4. Adequate oxygen _______ 5. Temperature is favorable ASSIGNMENT: describe the parts of the seed on your notebook.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

386

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakalilikha ng sining na ginupit at dinikit na papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Paggupit at pagdikit ng papel BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph 107-108

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Kung may mga lumang diyary/papel , ano ang ginagawa mo dito? Maari pa ba itong gagamitin? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ipakita ang isang nayaring Gawain. Paano ito ginawa? Gawain 2: Paglikha ng sining. 1. Gumupit ng mga larawan ng mga sumusunod. - Tatay, nanay, mga bata at iba pa pang mga tao mula sa lumang magasin na may kulay - Simbahan. Kung walang makita sa magasin ay gumupit ng hugis simbahan mula sa papael na may kulay. - Mga puno, halaman at iba pang bagay na makikita sas tabi ng simbahan 2. Iaayos ang mga ginupit na larawan sa ibabaw ng isang puting papel at gumawa ng isang magandang komposisyon. 3. Kapag nasiyahan na sa disenyon ay idikit ang mga larawang ginupit. Gawain 3 Ipakita ang lika. E. Paglalahat: Paano naawit ang sofa-silaba? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Ano ang kahalagahan ng sofa-silaba?

387

IV.

PAGTATAYA: Punana ang tseklist. Nagawa mo bang; 1. Nakalikha ka ban g komposisyon mula sa dinikit at dinikit na mga larawan? 2. Magana ba ang pagkagawa nito? 3. Wasto ba ang ginawa mong paraan? 4. Mag-isa mo ba itong ginawa? 5. Malinis ba ang pagkagawa mo?

Opo.

Hindi po.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Gumawa pa ng mas maganda s ainyong bahay.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon ng Visayas.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Visayas Regions BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasdalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Katangian ng NCR C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba ang lugar na tinatawag na salad bowl?Saan ito matatagpuan? Bakit ito tinawag na salad bowl? Sa anong rehiyon ito nabibilang? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: bowl E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Visayas Region nasa mapa.
388

Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Visayas Region. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Visayas Regions. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

_________ I.

Reading

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: B. Read words with ight sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ight sound flashcards, pictures

II.

389

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ight sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. fight flight tight fighting right fright sight plight night light fight weight slight might

bright sighting

might fright

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ing sound. D. Application: What words with ight sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. f ight 2. m ight 3. s ight 4.r ight 5.m ight V. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

390

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 11, 2012 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2nd Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

I. II.

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Identify small ideas and big ideas. SUBJECT MATTER: Identify small ideas and big ideas BEC HANDBOOK on English Speaking, 6.1 p.14 English for You and me (L) pp 64-65 -Pictures, Chart, flashcard PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Tongue twister
391

I.

II.

1. Fat frogs flying past fast 2. She sells seashells on the seashore. The shells she sells are seashells, I'm sure. B. Review: using is, are, am with ing form of the verb. C. Motivation: show the picture a garden. What are the vegetable in the garden? How are they growing? Do you have a garden too? How are you taking care of them? What was being discussed now? F. Unlocking of Difficulties: main idea G. Presentation: Activity I Look at the pictures and name it then tell its big idea. 1. =

2.

3. 4.

= 5. =

Activity 2 Underline the small ideas and encircle the big ideas. 1.) Orange pineapple mango fruits 2.) Three numbers forty five 3.) Narra mahogany tree rubber 4.) Cyclops superhero Spiderman Batman 5.) Mr. Rulona Mrs. Garcia teachers Mr. Halago

Activity 2 Under the big ideas, write small ideas. Choose from the box. Flowers Colors Dress Shapes vegetables

392

Pajama Red Santan Gown Rectangle

circle pants shorts eggplant rosal

pink square triangle diamond orange

pechay okra squash blue uniform

sampaguita rose violet sunflower spinach

F.Generalization: What are small ideas? Big ideas? G.Application: Tell a big idea. Let your classmate fill in some small ideas.

III.

EVALUATION: Identify the small ideas and big ideas. Box the big ideas. 1. Subject math Science English 2. Oringo Heights School Wizard 3. Motorcycle jeepney vehicle tricycle 4. Dictionary textbook books encyclopedia 5. Davao city Gensan Cebu

IV.

ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 sentences that use the correct form of the verb that agrees with the subject in number P.L. : __________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways of seed dispersal.. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways in Seed Dispersal

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Simply Seience in Next century Manual, pp. 73 Encarta Kids, animals www.google.com flashcards, pictures, chart
393

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: parts of the seed C. Unlocking of Difficulties: dispersal D. Motivation: Have you observes seeds growing in some places? How did these seeds happen to grow in these places? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the ways of seed dispersal below. _______ many plants have special structures that help in their dispersal _______ some seeds are light and can easily float _______ wind helps in seed dispersal _______ water helps in the dispersal of seeds _______ animals help scatter seeds _______ people are also agents of seed dispersal _______ some seeds are scattered with the body wastes Activity 2 Group Answer the following. What structure doesthe object have that helps in its dispersal. Write the letter only. 1. Coconut a. It is light and fibrous. b. It has water inside c. It is round 2. sunflower seeds a. The seeds are long and thin. b. The seeds have clinging structure c. The seeds are light. 3. cashew a. The seeds are outside. b. The seeds are light. c. the seeds are many. 4. Amorseco seeds a. The seeds are long and thin. b. The seeds have clinging structure c. The seeds are light. 5. papaya seeds a. The seeds are scattered as wastes. b. The seeds are tiny. c. The seeds are watery. Activity 3 Identify other ways in seed dispersal. F. Generalization: What are the ways in seed germination?
394

G. Application: Have you ever been an agent of seed dispersal? How? IV. EVALUATION: Identify the ways of seed dispersal.Use / or x _______1. The seeds doesnt help in the dispersal process.. _______ 2. The seeds have special structures that help in their dispersal.. _______ 3. The people are agent of dispersal. _______ 4. The animals are not dispersing the seeds. _______ 5. The air carries the seed to other places. ASSIGNMENT: Take note of the important details of the lesson on your notebook..

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Sining)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga kilos lokomotor. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Kilos Lokomotor BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit p. 120 Pampalakas ng katawan 4 ph 107-108 http://wiki.answers.com/Q/10_halimbawa_ng_kilos_lokomotor_at_di_lokomotor

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Ehersisyo B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak:Anu-anong kilos ang nagawa mo na ngayong araw? May mga kilos ka bang nagawa na nakaalis ka sa iyong posisyon? ANo ang tawag dito? Saang sitwasyon pa ito ginagamit o mahalaga? D. Pamamaraan

395

Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga kilos lokomotor sa mga sumusunod. 1. Paglakad 2. Pagbaluktot 3. Pag-igpaw 4. Pag-unat 5. Pagtalon Gawain 2: Anu-ano pang kilos ang lokomotor? Gawain 3 Ipakita ang kilos lokomotor.

6. Pagluksu-lukso 7. Pag-upo 8. Pagtakbo 9. Pagkandirit 10.pagyuko

E. Paglalahat: Ang kilos lokomotor ay kilos na ginagawa na nakakalayo sa kinatatayuan o posisyon. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ba ang kilos lokomotor sa isport? IV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang kilos lokomotor. Lagyan ng tsek (/) ang mga kilos lokomotor at (x) ang hindi. _______1. Pagpapadulas _______2. Pag-upo _______3. Paglundag _______4. Pag-iskape _______5. pagyugyog TAKDANG-ARALIN: Itala ang mga kilos lokomotr sa kwaderno.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

396

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

I.

LAYUNIN: A. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon X.

II.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon X. BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

mapa, plaskards, tsart III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: Rehiyon ng Visayas C. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba kung saan matatagpuan ang pinakamatamis na manggga? Anong rehiyon ang kinabibilangan nito? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Rehiyon X nasa mapa.
Bukidnon Camiguin Misamis Occidental Misamis Oriental Lanao del Norte Lungsod Iligan

Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Rehiyon X. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Rehiyon X.

397

F. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IV. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Rehiyon X.. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

_________ I.

Reading

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with qu sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with qu sound flashcards, pictures

II.

III.

PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with qu sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. qu ack qui ck qu ail qu eer qu ake qu aint qu est qu ail qu ell qu it qu ote qu een qu ill qu ilt qu ick

398

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing qu sound. H. Application: What words with qu sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. queer 2.quest 3.quit 4.quote 5.quick V. Assignment Make a list of words with qu sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

399

Third grading
MONDAY, OCTOBER 29, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3rd Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. ___________________________________________

III.

IV.

V.

P.L. :

REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 I.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Classify Related Ideas From News/Stories Heard SUBJECT MATTER: Classifying Related Ideas From News/Stories Heard PELC I 6.1 (Listening) Our World of Reading game, chart, cut-outs, news items Value Focus: Cooperation
400

V.

VI.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Tongue twister 3. Fat frogs flying past fast 4. She sells seashells on the seashore. The shells she sells are seashells, I'm sure. B. Review:result second grading. C. Motivation:
News Sharing of Pupils Ask: What do we get from the news? Why are news important? News give us information about the events that is happening around us.

H. Unlocking of Difficulties: main idea I. Presentation: Activity I Review: Game Form groups of five. In your envelopes are cut-outs with words written on them. Classify them according to the categories given on the chart. The group that finishes first will be the winner.
Transportation Appliances Bodies of Water

Cities

Fish

Animals

Words written on the cut-out materials: bangus catfish lapu-lapu shark television buses tricycle lade boats Baguio Davao Vigan Laoag refrigerator tape recorde Activity 2 Reads the news item while pupils listen. airplanes canal bay river computer

I am asking all of you here today to work hand in hand with the government. This was what former Pres. Fidel V. Ramos emphasized during the Kalakbay Awarding Rites at Malacaang. He talked about the haze problem, the latest environmental threat to hit Indonesia and which is already affecting some southern provinces in the Philippines. President Ramos urged the people to help campaign towards a solution to the haze problem. The haze is nearing Palawan! the president exclaimed. According to him, smoke from forest fires in the islands of Motorola has reached Davao, although the effect isnt that alarming yet.

401

Kindly work with the disaster committee, he pleaded. Although the rain somewhat washed away the haze, the president said the problem is not yet completely solved. Analysis and Discussion a. What did former Pres. Ramos talk about during the Kalakbay Awarding Rites at Malacaang? b. What did he urge the people to do? c. According to the former president, what seems to be the main problem of the government at this point? d. What is the haze problem about? (The smoke from the forest fires affecting nearby provinces.) e. What other ideas are found in the news item? (People are asked to work hand in hand with the disaster committee.) Values Integration 1. Ask: Do you think working hand in hand with the government would help solve problems? Why/Why not? What is the main idea of the news item above? What are the other ideas that support the main thought? Activity 3 Listen to the news and be able to classify the related ideas mentioned in the news. More Donation Pour in for Quezon Calamity Areas `Donations solicited by ABS-CBN Sagip kapamilya come pouring in for the victims of the typhoons that devastated Quezon province. ` As of the present, donations in cash and kind received from over 10,000 donors were distributed to over 100,000 families affected by the super typhoon n 20 provinces.
Source: The Philippine Star

1. 2.

What is the big or main idea of the news? Expected answer: DONATIONS POUR IN QUEZON CALAMITY AREAS Write some related ideas under the main idea.

Donations in cash and in kind solicited by ABS-CBN were given to typhoon victims. F.Generalization: What do you call the main thought of a news item? How about the ideas that support or are related to the main thought? G.Application: Say: Listen to a pre-recorded story, I will play.
Clouds

Clouds are important to us in many ways. Clouds are sources of rain. Without clouds, the earth will be very hot. Clouds protect us from the heat of the sun. They also tell us the kind of weather we will have. The color of the clouds depends on the time of the day and the kind of weather we have. Early in the morning, during fine weather, clouds are golden yellow. At noon, on a sunny day they are white. At sunset, they turn red. But when the weather is bad, clouds are gray throughout the day.
402

Classify the following ideas under the proper headings.

Importance of Clouds Colors of Clouds

A. B. Clouds are sources of rain. Clouds protect us from the heat of the sun. Clouds tell what kind of weather we will have. Clouds are golden yellow early in the morning during fine weather. Clouds are white at noon during a sunny day. Clouds turn red at sunset. Clouds are gray during bad weather.

2. Listen to this paragraph carefully. Then answer the questions or do what is asked after it. Mrs. Cruz wanted her pupils to know the things that a magnet can pull. They went to their mini-museum and using their magnet, tried pulling things like balls, pins, stones, pieces of paper, needles, nails, pair of scissors, bottles, and coins. They found that not all things were pulled by a magnet. What materials were pulled by the magnet? What materials were not pulled? Group them in the column below.
A. Materials pulled by the magnet B. Materials not pulled by the magnet

VII. EVALUATION: Listen to the story of the whale. Classify the related ideas below under the proper headings. The headings are given for you. The Whale A whale is a big sea animal well-built for living in water. A thick layer of fat called blubber helps keep it warm even in very cold water. It has few bristles of hair on its head. Its front limbs are shaped as flippers. Like most other mammals, it gives birth to live babies. A whale breathes air through its lungs. Unlike the fish, it must swim to the surface of the water to breathe. Before breathing in, it blows out the stale air through a blowhole, which are two slits on top of the head. If it is unable to come out to the surface, it will drown. Main Idea 1. : A sea animal well built for living in water ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Main Idea 2. : How do whales get air? _________________________________________ _________________________________________
403

* * * * V.

Breathes air through its lungs. Has blubber or fat to keep it warm. Swims to the surface of the water to breathe air. Gives birth to live babies (More ideas may be listed here) Assignment Cut out a news item from any newspaper and share it with the class. Be sure to answer the following in your sharing.

What is the main idea of the news item? What are the related ideas? P.L. : __________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Show how mixtures are formed. II.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

SUBJECT MATTER: Showing how mixtures are formed BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science and Heklath 4 , Manual, p. 79 - 81 http://expertscolumn.com/content/forming-and-separating-mixtures salt, sugar, rice monggo, old newspaper, sawdust

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Plants C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mixtures D. Motivation: Have you observed a construction worker mixing cemen, gravel and sand for a concrete flooring? Can you separate the mixture of cement, gravel and sand? How? E. Presentation: Activity I Get a tablespoon of salt and a tablespoon of sugar. Mix them together. Cam you still see the grain of salt? Can You still see the grains of sugar? Are there changes in the materials mixed?
404

Activity 2 Group Check the number that shows how mixtures are formed. ____ 1. Sliced bananas,papaya, avocado, milk and sugar. ____ 2. Make a milk drink. ____ 3. Making a vegetable salad. ____ 4. Making a fruit juice. ____ 5. Baking a cake. Activity 3 What are other activities you do that shows on how mixtures are formed. F. Generalization: What are mixtures? G. Application: Is it alright to mix any substances? Why? IV. EVALUATION: Show how mixtures are formed by checking the correct step. _______1. When a fire was put into grasses. _______ 2. Add sugar to yur coffee. _______ 3. The sales girl added milk to the halu-halo. _______ 4. A man separated the grains from the seeds. _______ 5. Dust combied in the clouds. ASSIGNMENT: What are other things which can form mixtures?

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45 I.

MSEP (Musika)

Grade IV 3

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang mga instrumentong perkusyon na may tiyak at di-tiyak na tono. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagkilala sa Instrumentong Perkusyon S a n a y a n g A k l a t s a M u s i k a , S i n i n g a t E d u k a s y o n g Pagpapalakas ng katawan 4Milagros, Refrente et. Al., p.60-63 http://www.scribd.com/doc/82796949/Banghay-Aralin-Sa-Musika mg larawan, plaskards
405

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Ehersisyo B. Balik-Aral: instrumentong musical C. Pagganyak: Pagmasdan ang mga larawan ng instrumentong perkusyon.Anu-ano ang mga ito? tambol,maracas, etc. Paano sila pinatutunog? pagpalo, pagtapik, apgkalog D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1

Ilahad gamit ang mga larawan. Ang mga instrumentong musikal, may tiyak na tono man owala ay mayroon dong timbre. Ibat ibang uri ng tunog ang atingmaririnig. May mabigat, magaan, mataas, mababa, matinis, omaingay.Ang instrumentong perkusyon ay maaaring pangkatin sadalawa: may tiyak na tono at walang tiyak na tono.i.Mga Instrumentong Perkusyon na May Tiyak na Tono1)Timpani2)Saylopon / Marimba3)Chimes4)Celesta Gawain 2: Sa lahat ng instrumentong musikal, anginstrumentong perkusyon ang pinakamatanda.Ang instrumentong ito na pinatutunog sa pama-magitan ng pagkalog, pagpalo, pagtapik at pag-

papatama ay nakilala at nagamit na noon pa man.1.Anu-ano ang mga instrumentong perkusyonna may tiyak na tono? timpani,saylopon

Gawain 3 Punan ang wastong sagot ang talahanayan. Mga Instrumentong Perkusyon M a y T i y a k n a T o n o W a l a n g T i y a k n a T o n o 1

406

E. Paglalahat: Ang kilos lokomotor ay kilos na ginagawa na nakakalayo sa kinatatayuan o posisyon. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ba ang kilos lokomotor sa isport? IV. PAGTATAYA: I V . P a g t a t a y a P i l i i n a n g t a m a n g sagot. 1.P a a n o t i n u t u g t o g angtambol? a.Pinupukpokb.Kinakalabitc.H i ni hi pa n 2.P a a n o t i n u t u g t o g ang cymbals? a.Pinupukpokb.Kinakalabitc.H i na ha m pa s 3.Ang maracas ay t i n u t u g t o g s a pamamagitan ng a.Pagkalogb.Pagkiskisc.Paghampas 4 . A n o n g i n s t r u m e n t angkinikiskis? a.Tambourineb. Ca s ta ne ts c. S a nd bl o c ks 5 . A l i n g i n s t r u m e n t a n g m a y t i y a k n a tono? a . T a m b o l b.Xylophonec.Triangle V.Takdang Aralin Pag- aralan ang lunsarang awiting Little Band. Saliwan ito ng instrumentong perkusyon.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________

MAKABAYAN

Grade IV 3

VI.

LAYUNIN: B. Nasasabi ang mga lugar na bumubuo sa Rehiyon X.

VII.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Rehiyon X. BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 98-99

407

mapa, plaskards, tsart VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: Rehiyon ng Visayas J. Pagganyak: Alam niyo ba kung saan matatagpuan ang pinakamatamis na manggga? Anong rehiyon ang kinabibilangan nito? K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: rehiyon L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga lugar sa Rehiyon X nasa mapa.
Bukidnon Camiguin Misamis Occidental Misamis Oriental Lanao del Norte Lungsod Iligan

Gawain 2 Sabihin ang mga lugar na matatagpuan sa Rehiyon X. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Rehiyon X.

M. Paglalahat Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano na ang napuntahan mo na lugar sa mga nabanggit na lugar? IX. PAGTATAYA:

Sabihin ang mga lugar na kabilang sa Rehiyon X.. 1. 2. 3.

408

4. 5. X. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Visayas sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: __________________________________________

_________ VI.

Reading

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: B. Read words with qu sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with qu sound flashcards, pictures

VII.

VIII. PROCEDURES; I. Motivation: What are words with qu sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? J. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. qu ack qui ck qu ail qu eer qu ake qu aint qu est qu ail qu ell qu it qu ote qu een qu ill qu ilt qu ick

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. K. Generalization Producing qu sound. L. Application: What words with qu sound youve learned. IX. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. queer 2.quest 3.quit 4.quote 5.quick X. Assignment Make a list of words with qu sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________
409

NOTE: CARRY OVER LESSON YESTERDAY. NO. OF PUPILS WAS LESS THAN 50% TUESDAY, OCTOBER 30, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3rd Week Verse PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse.

III.

IV.

EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

7:45 8:45 II.

English

Grade IV 3

OBJECTIVE: Classify Related Ideas From News/Stories Heard SUBJECT MATTER: Classifying Related Ideas From News/Stories Heard PELC I 6.1 (Listening) Our World of Reading game, chart, cut-outs, news items Value Focus: Cooperation

III.

IV.

PROCEDURES; A. Drill : Tongue twister 1. Fat frogs flying past fast

410

2. She sells seashells on the seashore. The shells she sells are seashells, I'm sure. B. Review:result second grading. C. Motivation:
News Sharing of Pupils Ask: What do we get from the news? Why are news important? News give us information about the events that is happening around us.

D. Unlocking of Difficulties: main idea E. Presentation: Activity I Review: Game Form groups of five. In your envelopes are cut-outs with words written on them. Classify them according to the categories given on the chart. The group that finishes first will be the winner.
Transportation Appliances Bodies of Water

Cities

Fish

Animals

Words written on the cut-out materials: bangus catfish lapu-lapu shark television buses tricycle lade boats Baguio Davao Vigan Laoag refrigerator tape recorde Activity 2 Reads the news item while pupils listen. airplanes canal bay river computer

I am asking all of you here today to work hand in hand with the government. This was what former Pres. Fidel V. Ramos emphasized during the Kalakbay Awarding Rites at Malacaang. He talked about the haze problem, the latest environmental threat to hit Indonesia and which is already affecting some southern provinces in the Philippines. President Ramos urged the people to help campaign towards a solution to the haze problem. The haze is nearing Palawan! the president exclaimed. According to him, smoke from forest fires in the islands of Motorola has reached Davao, although the effect isnt that alarming yet. Kindly work with the disaster committee, he pleaded. Although the rain somewhat washed away the haze, the president said the problem is not yet completely solved. Analysis and Discussion

411

a. What did former Pres. Ramos talk about during the Kalakbay Awarding Rites at Malacaang? b. What did he urge the people to do? c. According to the former president, what seems to be the main problem of the government at this point? d. What is the haze problem about? (The smoke from the forest fires affecting nearby provinces.) e. What other ideas are found in the news item? (People are asked to work hand in hand with the disaster committee.) Values Integration 1. Ask: Do you think working hand in hand with the government would help solve problems? Why/Why not? What is the main idea of the news item above? What are the other ideas that support the main thought? Activity 3 Listen to the news and be able to classify the related ideas mentioned in the news. More Donation Pour in for Quezon Calamity Areas `Donations solicited by ABS-CBN Sagip kapamilya come pouring in for the victims of the typhoons that devastated Quezon province. ` As of the present, donations in cash and kind received from over 10,000 donors were distributed to over 100,000 families affected by the super typhoon n 20 provinces.
Source: The Philippine Star

1. 2.

What is the big or main idea of the news? Expected answer: DONATIONS POUR IN QUEZON CALAMITY AREAS Write some related ideas under the main idea.

Donations in cash and in kind solicited by ABS-CBN were given to typhoon victims. F.Generalization: What do you call the main thought of a news item? How about the ideas that support or are related to the main thought? G.Application: Say: Listen to a pre-recorded story, I will play.
Clouds

Clouds are important to us in many ways. Clouds are sources of rain. Without clouds, the earth will be very hot. Clouds protect us from the heat of the sun. They also tell us the kind of weather we will have. The color of the clouds depends on the time of the day and the kind of weather we have. Early in the morning, during fine weather, clouds are golden yellow. At noon, on a sunny day they are white. At sunset, they turn red. But when the weather is bad, clouds are gray throughout the day.

Classify the following ideas under the proper headings.

412

Importance of Clouds

A. B. Clouds are sources of rain. Clouds protect us from the heat of the sun. Clouds tell what kind of weather we will have. Clouds are golden yellow early in the morning during fine weather. Clouds are white at noon during a sunny day. Clouds turn red at sunset. Clouds are gray during bad weather.

Colors of Clouds

2. Listen to this paragraph carefully. Then answer the questions or do what is asked after it. Mrs. Cruz wanted her pupils to know the things that a magnet can pull. They went to their mini-museum and using their magnet, tried pulling things like balls, pins, stones, pieces of paper, needles, nails, pair of scissors, bottles, and coins. They found that not all things were pulled by a magnet. What materials were pulled by the magnet? What materials were not pulled? Group them in the column below.
A. Materials pulled by the magnet B. Materials not pulled by the magnet

V. EVALUATION: Listen to the story of the whale. Classify the related ideas below under the proper headings. The headings are given for you. The Whale A whale is a big sea animal well-built for living in water. A thick layer of fat called blubber helps keep it warm even in very cold water. It has few bristles of hair on its head. Its front limbs are shaped as flippers. Like most other mammals, it gives birth to live babies. A whale breathes air through its lungs. Unlike the fish, it must swim to the surface of the water to breathe. Before breathing in, it blows out the stale air through a blowhole, which are two slits on top of the head. If it is unable to come out to the surface, it will drown. Main Idea 1. : A sea animal well built for living in water ________________________________________ ________________________________________ Main Idea 2. : How do whales get air? _________________________________________ _________________________________________ * Breathes air through its lungs. * Has blubber or fat to keep it warm. * Swims to the surface of the water to breathe air. * Gives birth to live babies (More ideas may be listed here)
413

V.

Assignment Cut out a news item from any newspaper and share it with the class. Be sure to answer the following in your sharing.

What is the main idea of the news item? What are the related ideas? P.L. : __________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Show how mixtures are formed. II.

SUBJECT MATTER: Showing how mixtures are formed BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Science and Heklath 4 , Manual, p. 79 - 81 http://expertscolumn.com/content/forming-and-separating-mixtures salt, sugar, rice monggo, old newspaper, sawdust

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: Plants C. Unlocking of Difficulties: mixtures D. Motivation: Have you observed a construction worker mixing cemen, gravel and sand for a concrete flooring? Can you separate the mixture of cement, gravel and sand? How? E. Presentation: Activity I Get a tablespoon of salt and a tablespoon of sugar. Mix them together. Cam you still see the grain of salt? Can You still see the grains of sugar? Are there changes in the materials mixed? Activity 2 Group Check the number that shows how mixtures are formed. ____ 1. Sliced bananas,papaya, avocado, milk and sugar. ____ 2. Make a milk drink. ____ 3. Making a vegetable salad. ____ 4. Making a fruit juice. ____ 5. Baking a cake.
414

Activity 3 What are other activities you do that shows on how mixtures are formed. F. Generalization: What are mixtures? G. Application: Is it alright to mix any substances? Why? IV. EVALUATION: Show how mixtures are formed by checking the correct step. _______1. When a fire was put into grasses. _______ 2. Add sugar to yur coffee. _______ 3. The sales girl added milk to the halu-halo. _______ 4. A man separated the grains from the seeds. _______ 5. Dust combied in the clouds. V. ASSIGNMENT: What are other things which can form mixtures? P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 I. Grade IV 3

MSEP (Musika)

II.

III.

LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang mga instrumentong perkusyon na may tiyak at di -tiyak na tono. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Pagkilala sa Instrumentong Perkusyon S a n a y a n g A k l a t s a M u s i k a , S i n i n g a t E d u k a s y o n g Pagpapalakas ng katawan 4Milagros, Refrente et. Al., p.60-63 http://www.scribd.com/doc/82796949/Banghay-Aralin-Sa-Musika mg larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Ehersisyo B. Balik-Aral: instrumentong musical C. Pagganyak: Pagmasdan ang mga larawan ng instrumentong perkusyon.Anu-ano ang mga ito? tambol,maracas, etc. Paano sila pinatutunog? pagpalo, pagtapik, apgkalog D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Ilahad gamit ang mga larawan. Ang mga instrumentong musikal, may tiyak na tono man owala ay mayroon dong timbre. Ibat ibang uri ng tunog ang atingmaririnig. May mabigat, magaan, mataas, mababa, matinis, omaingay.Ang instrumentong perkusyon ay maaaring pangkatin sadalawa: may tiyak na tono at walang tiyak na tono.i.Mga Instrumentong Perkusyon na May Tiyak na Tono1)Timpani2)Saylopon / Marimba3)Chimes4)Celesta
415

Gawain 2: Sa lahat ng instrumentong musikal, anginstrumentong perkusyon ang pinakamatanda.Ang instrumentong ito na pinatutunog sa pama-magitan ng pagkalog, pagpalo, pagtapik at pag-

papatama ay nakilala at nagamit na noon pa man.1.Anu-ano ang mga instrumentong perkusyonna may tiyak na tono? timpani,saylopon Gawain 3 Punan ang wastong sagot ang talahanayan. Mga Instrumentong Perkusyon M a y T i y a k n a T o n o W a l a n g T i y a k n a T o n o 1 E. Paglalahat: Ang kilos lokomotor ay kilos na ginagawa na nakakalayo sa kinatatayuan o posisyon. F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalaga ba ang kilos lokomotor sa isport? IV. PAGTATAYA: IV.Pagtataya: P i l i i n a n g t a m a n g sagot. 1.Paano tinutugtogangtambol? a.Pinupukpok b.Kinakalabi tc.Hinihipan 2.Paano tinutugtogangcymbals? a.Pinupukpok b.Kinakalabit c.Hinahampas 3.Ang maracas ay tinutugtog sapamamagitan ng a.Pagkalog b.Pagkiskis c.Paghampas 4.Anong instrumentangkinikiskis? a.Tambourine b.Castanets c.Sand blocks 5.Aling instrumentang may tiyak natono? a.Tambol b.Xylophone c.Triangle V.Takdang Aralin Pag-aralan ang lunsarang awiting Little Band. Saliwan ito ng instrumentong perkusyon. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

416

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 6, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Use modifiers and compliments in a sentence. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the modifiers and compliments in a sentence BEC Handbook in English Speaking 7, 7.1 p. 18 English for You and me Reading Fun in English pp. 96-99 Chart, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue Twister A bitter biting bittern Bit a better brother bittern, And the bitter better bittern Bit the bitter biter back. And the bitter bittern, bitten, By the better bitten bittern, Said: "I'm a bitter biter bit, alack!" B. Review: Identifying modifiers
417

I.

II.

III.

Underline the modiefiers and complements below. 1. Lito Mones is always late to school. 2. Tonio lis studying near the river. 3. The boy is laughing while watching television in his bedroom. 4. The driver will fetch the girl from the playground C. Motivation: Present the picture of the classroom. Ask: Answer the following questions. 1. What is the teacher doing? 2. What is the boy doing while the teacher is having the lesson? 3. Is it right thing do to? Why? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: modifiers, complements , expand E. Presentation: Activity I Read the sentences below. Expand the sentence by using mofiers and complements inside the box. The woman is climbing ____________. a. In the party b. To have a healthy mind and body. c. The tall rock d. With the zoo animals. e. gracefully

The lady is moving __________.

The clown is performing __________.

The boy is playing ________________.

The man is doing yoga ____________. Activity 2 Expand the sentences below by using modifiers and complements in Column B. A B 1. My mother is cooking______. a. upon receiving the gift 2. Our principal is talking_____. b. in the garden 3. The plants are growing ____. C. On Sunday morning 4. They went to the church ___. D. a delicious meal 5. The girl was very happy ____. E. in the office What are the modifiers and complemeents in the sentence? Does it give a clear description of what is said in the sentence? Activity 3 Group Use the correct modifiers and complements to have a clear description about the sentence. 1. The dog is barking _________. 2. My friend is helping ___________. 3. The workers are doing ________. 4. I bought a doll ___________. 5. I enjoyed watching _____________.
418

IV.

EVALUATION: Use each of the following to make a simple sentence with modifiers and complements. a. The classroom 1. Children eat ______________. b. seriously 2. Water evaporates _______________. c. During recess time 3. Team played ________________. d. In the kitchen 4. Principal observes ______________. e. Up the air 5. Mother cooks _________________. V. ASSIGNMENT: Use modifiers and complements to expand the sentences below. 1. The dog barks. 4. The sky is blue. 2. She can sing. 5. She took off her hat. 3. She hung the clothes. P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ SCIENCE IV 8:45 9:45 SCIENCE IV 3 10:00 11:00 SCIENCE IV 1 1:15 2:15 SCIENCE IV 2 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways of separating mixtures. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways of Separating Mixtures BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Sample Lesson Plan pp 80-82 Science for daily Use 109-110 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: What are mixtures? C. Unlocking of Difficulties: 1. Separating 2. process D. Motivation: If you are going to mix mongo and rice, can you still separate it? How? If you will mix water and salt, can you still separate it? Why/ How? E. Presentation: Activity I Identify the ways of separating mixtures and the process involved. A B _____1. Evaporation a. using a wire screen to loose refined material _____2. Filtration b. exposing the mixture to the heat of the sun until it dries
419

_____ 3. Sieving _____ 4. Winnowing _____ 5. Straining

c. separating with the help of the wind. d.using a wire screen to extract water from solid e. filtering the undissolved sunbstances to Separate from the water.

Activity 2 Identify the ways of separating mixtures shown in the picture below.

Activity 3 Identify the ways of separation mixtures described in each number. Refining flour using a filter Separating matrials by heating Separating undissolved solid materials in a mixture Separating coconut milk from the grated coconut using a rounded wire screen Separating the chaff from the rice grains by wind Separating loose pebbles from the sand using 6 rectangular wire screen

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

IV.

F. Generalization: The ways of separating mixtures are; 1. Evaporation 2. Filtration 3. Sifting 4. Sieving 5. Straning 6. Winnowing 7. using magnets G. Application: How can you separate rthe following: 1. Pebbles from sand 2. Chaff from the rice grains 3. Milk from the grated coconut 4. Iron filings from flour EVALUATION: Identify the ways of separating mixtures described below. _____1. using a wire screen to loose refined material _____2. exposing the mixture to the heat of the sununtil it dries _____ 3. separating with the help of the wind. _____ 4. using a wire screen to extract water from solid _____ 5. filtering the undissolved sunbstances to separate from the water. a.Evaporation b. Filtration c. Sifting d. Sieving f.Winnowing g. using magnets e. Straning

420

V.

ASSIGNMENT: what are the different ways of separating mixtures you have already made?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (Musika) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga simbolo ng pagpalakas at pagpapahina ng pag-awit. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Daynamiks: Mga simbolo BEC Handbook in MSEP Umawit at Gumuhit 4 ph p.61-62 PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Pilipinas Kong Mahal p Ang bayan koy tanging ikaw, Pilipinas kong mahal Ang puso ko at buhay man Sa iyo ibibigay Tungkulin koy gagampanan Na lagi kang paglingkuran f Ang laya moy babantayan Pilipinas kong hirang.

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: sofa-silaba C. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang mga simbolo na nakita mo sa awit na Pilipinas kong mahal? Bakit kaya gnamait ang simbolong ito? Mahalaga ba ang mga simbolo na ito? Bakit? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Tukuyin ang mga simbolo na binigyan ng katangian. 1. p a. papahina 2. f b. mahina 3. < c. papalakas 4. > d. malakas
421

Gawain 2: Tukuyin ang mga simbolo na binigyan ng katangian. 1. p a. decrescendo 2. f b. piano 3. < c. crescendo 4. > d. forte Gawain 3 Tukuyin ang mga simbolo. 1. p 2. f 3. < 4. > E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Mahalga ba ang mga simbolo ng daynamiks? Bakit? IV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang mga simbolo na binigyan ng katangian. 1. 2. 3. 4. V.
p f a. papahina o decrescendo b. mahina o piano

< >

c. papalakas o crescendo d. malakas o forte

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Mangalap ng piyesa ng awit sa mga aklat na muika. Tukuyin ang mga simbolo ng daynamiks.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Naiisa-isa ang mga tao na maaring ninuno ng mga Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Ninuno ng Pilipino

BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3

422

Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 153-154

III.

Larawan at tsart, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: mga rehiyon ng bansa C. Pagganyak: Para sa iyo, saan ba nagmla ang sinaunang tao? Bakit? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: pinagmulan, teorya E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Mangalap ng ibat ibang teroya ng pinagmulan ng sinaunang Pilipino.

Gawain 2 Pag-uulat

Gawain 3 Sabihin ang mga teorya na nabasa mo. 1. Ang mga lupa ay magkadugtong sa pamamagitan ng tulay. Ang mga tulay na lupa ay ginamit ng mga Pilipino na makatawid mula sa Asya patungong Pilipinas. 2. Ang mga lupa ay magkadugtong sa pamamagitan ng tulay. Ang mga tulay na semento ay hindi nagamit ng mga Pilipino kaya sumkay sila ng eroplano. 3. Ayon kay H. Otey Beyer, nagmula ang Pilipino sa dalawang pangkat ng tao na dumating sa Pilipinas mula sa ibat ibang panig ng Asya. 4. Ayon kay H. Otey Beyer, nagmula ang Pilipino sa tatlong pangkat ng tao na dumating sa Pilipinas mula sa ibat ibang panig ng Asya. 5. Ayon kay F. Landa Jocano, nagmula ang Pilipino sa mga pangkat ng tao na dumating sa Pilipinas nang magkasunud-sunod. 6. Ayon kay F. Landa Jocano, nagmula ang Pilipino sa mga pangkat ng tao na dumating sa Pilipinas na hindi sabay-sabay. 7. Ang ilang pangkat ng Antroplogo na nagsasabi na nagmula ang Pilipino sa lahing austronesian na galing sa Australia. 8. Ang ilang pangkat ng Antroplogo na nagsasabi na nagmula ang Pilipino sa lahing austronesian na galing sa Soth China. F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: IV. Ano ang teorya na iyong pinaniniwalaan? Bakit? PAGTATAYA:
423

Sabihin ang ilang teorya ng pinagmulan ng sinaunang Pilipino. _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ _________________________________________________________________ V. P.L. : TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. ___________________________________________

REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

______________ Reading OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with en and on sound. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with en and on sound

Grade IV 3

I.

II.

flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with en and on sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. d en fen t end bend s ent bent on den con Don Don bond ken lend went bond bond ten men send lent fond bend men bent p en men d dent pond pond fond con t en w en d p en t

Don wend fond

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row.
424

C. Generalization Producing an, in un sound. D. Application: What words with an, in un sound youve learned. III. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. den 2.Don 3.bond Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

4.bend

5.pond

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

425

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 5, 2012 7:30 7:45 I. II. GMRC IV-3

OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Identify the pronoun used in the sentence. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying the Pronoun in the Sentence BEC Handbook in English Speaking 7, 7.1 p. 18 English for You and me Reading Fun in English pp. 96-99
http://www.elementary.ph/using-object-pronouns

I. II.

III.

Chart, Flashcards PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister If one doctor doctors another doctor, does the doctor who doctors the doctor doctor the doctor the way the doctor he is doctoring doctors? Or does he doctor the doctor the way the doctor who doctors doctors? B. Review: Identifying the modifiers and complements Use each of the following to make a simple sentence with modifiers and complements. a. The classroom 1. Children eat ______________. b. seriously 2. Water evaporates _______________. c. During recess time 3. Team played ________________. d. In the kitchen e. Up the air
426

4. Principal observes ______________. 5. Mother cooks ________________. C. Motivation: Speech Balloon Say: Look at each picture. What do you think are the children saying? Make a dialogue out of the drawings.
I am diving. Kaye and Winz are watching ___. Anna is skipping near you and me She is skipping near ___.

D. Unlocking of Difficulties: kitchen, E. Presentation: Activity I Study the sentences below. What are the words that are replaced with the subject? Underline these words. 1. John bought a beautiful car. He bought it in a low price. 2. The girl is blowing the candle. She is enjoying her party. 3. Nena and Maria went to the church. They will offer a prayer. 4. The dog is barking. It barks at strangers. 5. Mang Jose and I are planting rice. We work hard. Are these words use to replaced the noun? Activity 2 Study the paragraph below. Encircle all the pronouns. The Fortune Teller The fortune teller moved his dry, shriveled hands over the glass ball that he had bought at a dollar store a long time ago.He could hear the laughter and the occasional shouts of the children as they ran outside from ride to ride and from tent to tent. They never came in to see him. Instead it was always the face of a laid-off dock worker or a romantic teenager that peered through the entrance way his tent. Activity 3 Identify the pronouns below. all I the dog his girl me with our she we them he her toy is they him it am its

427

IV.

V.

EVALUATION: Identify the pronouns used in the sentences below. 1. He is always late to school. 2. They want to go near the river. 3. My father would like to invite him. 4. We are preparing for the fiesta. 5. Mrs. Gomez gave me a book. ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 senteencs using any pronouns you have learned.

P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Describe how some substances react in a mixture II. SUBJECT MATTER: Describing how some substances react in a mixture BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Sample Lesson Plan pp 92-93 Science for daily Use 122-123 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: What are solutes and solvents? C. Unlocking of Difficulties: react D. Motivation: If you are going to mix milk into the water. What will happen? What is the color of the water before it? What is the color of the water after it? Why? E. Presentation: Activity I Study the sentences below. Check(/) the sentences that correctly describe some reactions of substances when dissolve. Give some examples. _____ 1. Some substances when combined make water cloudy. _____ 2. Some substances apread evenly when combined. _____ 3. Some substances cannot be seen when combined in solvent. _____ 4. Some substances settle at the bottom of the container when mixed in water. _____ 5. Some substances turned water into its baring colors.
428

Activity 2 Describe how will the substance react. Choose the letter of the correct answer. 1. Milk and water 2. Tawas and water 3. Sand and water 4. Orange powder and water 5. Flour and water a. b. c. d. e. make water cloudy. spread evenly cannot be seen when combined settle at the bottom of the container turned water into its its colors. Activity 3 Describe how will the materials in the picture will react in the mixture.

IV.

F. Generalization: \ What have you learned? Is it presently observed in your houses? What mixture is that? G. Application: Is it presently observed in your houses? What mixture is that? EVALUATION: Describe how some substances react in a mixture. Write the letter only. 1. coffee and water 2. salt and water 3. cornstarch and water 4. ice and water 5. detergent powder and water a. b. c. d. e. make water cloudy. spread evenly cannot be seen when combined settle at the bottom of the container turned water into its its colors.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: what are other substances you dissolve in water? How will this substance react in mixture?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

429

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang ilan sa mga katutubong sining ng bayan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katutubong SIning BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Atin Cu Pong singsing Katutubong Awitin / Folk Songs Atin cu pong singsing Metung yang timapukan Amma ke iti King, indung, ibatan sangkan keng nininup King me tung a kaban Mewala ya iti ekukamalayan King sukat ning lub ku Susukdul king banwa Pikurus kung gagimat babo ning lamesa Ninumang manakit King singsing kung mana Malulung pusuku Manginuya key a B. Balik-Aral: daynamiks C. Pagganyak: May mga lumang kasangkapan ba sa inyong bahay? Saan ito nanggaling?Pamana ba ito?paano mo malalaman ang mga kagamitan na pamana? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga bagay na inilalarawan.

II.

III.

430

Gawain 2: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na inilalarawan sa bawat bilang. 1. Ito ay katutubong Sining sa Bayan ng Laguna na kadalasan ay anyong hayop. 2. Katutubong Sining ng Luzon. 3. Karaniwang ginagawa sa Pete, Laguna. 4. Isang uri ng pambalot na di karaniwan. Ito ay may lace 5. Ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng mga patpat. Inaayos uoang maging bituin at binabalutan. Gawain 3 Basahin ang lahat na mga katutubong sining at Sabihin ang katangian nito. 1. Taka 2. Parol 3. Pambalot ng pastillas 4. Papier mache E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: May mga katutubong sining na gawa sa papel ka pa bang alam? Ano ito? Saan ito nagmula? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na iyong natutunan. 1. _________________ 2. _________________ 3. _________________ 4. _________________ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards
431

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino C. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 1. Kaugalian at tradisyon 7. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Pook tirahan 8. Kasuotan 3. Relihiyon 9. Edukasyon 4. Pamahalaan 10.Wika at panitikan 5. Gawain at hanapbuhay 11.Sining 6. Musika 12.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 1. Pook tirahan 5. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Relihiyon 6. Kasuotan 3. Pamahalaan 7. Edukasyon 4. Musika 8. Sining F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan?

432

G. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot a. Materyal b. Di-materyal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Edukasyon Kasuotan Wika Tahanan sandat

IV.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ I. OBJECTIVE: Reading Grade IV 3

A. Read words with en and on sound. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with en and on sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with en and on sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. d en fen t end bend s ent bent on den con Don Don bond ken lend went bond bond ten men send lent fond bend men bent p en men d dent pond pond fond con t en w en d p en t

III.

Don wend fond

433

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing an, in un sound. D. Application: What words with an, in un sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. den 2.Don 3.bond 4.bend Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

5.pond

V.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________ THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 8, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

434

I.

7:45 8:45 English OBJECTIVE: A. Use the correct subject pronoun. SUBJECT MATTER: Using Subject Pronouns

Grade IV 3

II.

BEC Handbook in English Speaking 8, 8.1 p.18 English for You and me Reading Fun in English pp. 104-106 Chart, Flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister Betty Botter bought some butter, "But," she said, "this butter's bitter. If I bake this bitter butter, It will make my batter bitter. But a bit of better butter That would make my batter better." So she bought a bit of butter, Better than her bitter butter, And she baked it in her batter, And the batter was not bitter. So 'twas better Betty Botter Bought a bit of better butter. B. Review: Identifying pronouns Identify the pronouns used in the sentences below. 1. He is always late to school. 2. They want to go near the river. 3. My father would like to invite him. 4. We are preparing for the fiesta. 5. Mrs. Gomez gave me a book. C. Motivation: Look at the picture of the boy chasing the dog. What can you say about the boy? Is he happy? Why? Are you enjoying playing with pets too? How are you going to take care of yourself in playing with pets? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: subject, subject pronouns E. Presentation: Activity I Study the sentences below. Underline the subject and use the correct subject pronouns : she-girl it thing he-boy they plural subject we a person and you 1. Clara is making project. ____ will pass it tomorrow. 2. The bird is crying. ___ is wet.
435

3. The blind man is walking. _____ will go to the church. 4. Lito is my brother. ____is in Grade Six. 5. Father and I made a toy car. ___ used a wood. Did you use the correct pronoun for gender/ she-girl it thing he-boy they plural subject we a person and you Activity 2 Use the correct object pronouns to complete the sentences below. Look at the underlined subject as your guide. 1. Belen and I met in the market. ___ havent seen for a month. 2. Rey gave me a letter. ____ saw it in our mailbox. 3. It was grandmothers birthday. ___ was very happy to see us. 4. Rona is our leader. ____ is very smart. 5. The frog is hopping. ___ went to the pond. Activity 3 Us ethe correct obeject pronoun. MatchColumn A with Column B. A B 1. Eva is beutiful. ___ is a princess. a. We 2. My teacher and I water the plant. ___ are helping each other. b. She 3. Danilo elped set the table. ___ is industrious. c. It 4. Aunt Lita, Mother, and Father went to the cemetery. d. He ___ bisted our love ones there. e. They 5. The leaf is falling. ___ is green. F. Generalization: We use the correct subject pronoun to replace a subject. she-girl it thing he-boy they plural subject we a person and you I and You F. Application; Make a sentence using subject pronoun. IV. EVALUATION: Us ethe correct subject pronoun below. 1. Mother accompanied my aunt. ____ is her cousin. 2. Leo is the twin of Deo. _____ are also friends. 3. Sheena and I went to the mall. ___ bought a pizza. 4. The book is new. __ is thick. 5. Cleo, Minda and Shielou are playing. ____ are playing hide and seek. 6. ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 sentences using subject pronouns

V.

P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________

436

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the factors affecting the solubility of substances. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Identifingy the Factors Affecting the Solubility of Substances BEC Handbook in Science 1.1, 1.2 pp. Sample Lesson Plan pp 92-93 Science for daily Use 123 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: How some substances react in mixture? C. Unlocking of Difficulties: solubility, affecting D. Motivation: Mix tablesalt in a water. Mix sugar in a water. Which substance dissolved faster? Why? What do you think is the reason why it dissolves faster than the other? E. Presentation: Activity I Do these activtivy and identify the factors affecting the solubility of the substance. Materials: water, cooking oil, alcohol, gasoline, water container Procedures: 1. Put together in a container the following. - Water and alcohol - Water and oil - Water and gasoline - Gasoline and alcohol 2. Observe each. Answer; 1. Which substances mix together easily? 2. Which substances mixed partially? 3. Which substances did not mix at all? Factors affecting the solubility: ________________ Activity 2 Do these activtivy and identify the factors affecting the solubility of the substance. Materials: solute: sugar, salt, powdered milk Solvent: Procedures: 1. Prepare two glasses. 2. Fill one glass with hot water. 3. Fill the other glass with tap water or cold water.
437

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

4. Stir one tablespoon of sugar in a cup of hot water. 5. Measure the time it will take sugar to dissolve in hot water. 6. Repeat the activity using tap or cold water. 7. do the same steps with the other substances. Answer; 1. In which glass did sugars dissolve faster? Why? Factors affecting the solubility: ________________ Activity 3 Check the factors taffecting the solubility of he substance. ____ color ____ shape ____ temperature ____ amount ____ miscibility F. Generalization: What have you learned? Is it presently observed in your houses? What mixture is that? G. Application: What will you do next time, so your substance will dissolved fat in liquids? EVALUATION: Identify the factors affecting the solubity of the substance being sgown below. 1. Many salt where dissolve in the water so it takes minutes before Lita could dissolve it. 2. Aling Rosa find it easier to dissolve the milk of her baby using hot water. 3. Even if Nita will shake the bottle. Still oil will not dissolve in water. 4. A tablespoon of sugar will dissolve fast in a glass of water. 5. Alcohol and water dissolves completely with one another. ASSIGNMENT: what are other substances you dissolve in water? How will this substance react in mixture?

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakikilala ang ilan sa mga katutubong sining ng bayan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katutubong SIning BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards
438

II.

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit: Atin Cu Pong singsing Katutubong Awitin / Folk Songs Atin cu pong singsing Metung yang timapukan Amma ke iti King, indung, ibatan sangkan keng nininup King me tung a kaban Mewala ya iti ekukamalayan King sukat ning lub ku Susukdul king banwa Pikurus kung gagimat babo ning lamesa Ninumang manakit King singsing kung mana Malulung pusuku Manginuya key a B. Balik-Aral: daynamiks C. Pagganyak: May mga lumang kasangkapan ba sa inyong bahay? Saan ito nanggaling?Pamana ba ito?paano mo malalaman ang mga kagamitan na pamana? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga bagay na inilalarawan.

Gawain 2: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na inilalarawan sa bawat bilang. 1. Ito ay katutubong Sining sa Bayan ng Laguna na kadalasan ay anyong hayop. 2. Katutubong Sining ng Luzon. 3. Karaniwang ginagawa sa Pete, Laguna. 4. Isang uri ng pambalot na di karaniwan. Ito ay may lace 5. Ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng mga patpat. Inaayos uoang maging bituin at binabalutan.
439

Gawain 3 Basahin ang lahat na mga katutubong sining at Sabihin ang katangian nito. 5. Taka 6. Parol 7. Pambalot ng pastillas 8. Papier mache E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: May mga katutubong sining na gawa sa papel ka pa bang alam? Ano ito? Saan ito nagmula? IV. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na iyong natutunan. 1. _________________ 2. _________________ 3. _________________ 4. _________________ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino C. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura E. Pamamaraan:
440

Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 1. Kaugalian at tradisyon 7. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Pook tirahan 8. Kasuotan 3. Relihiyon 9. Edukasyon 4. Pamahalaan 10.Wika at panitikan 5. Gawain at hanapbuhay 11.Sining 6. Musika 12.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 1. Pook tirahan 5. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Relihiyon 6. Kasuotan 3. Pamahalaan 7. Edukasyon 4. Musika 8. Sining F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot a. Materyal b. Di-materyal 6. Edukasyon 7. Kasuotan 8. Wika 9. Tahanan 10.sandat
441

IV.

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ Reading I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with en and on sound. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with en and on sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with en and on sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. d en t end s ent on den con Don fen bend bent Don Don bond wend ken men p en t en lend send men d w en d went lent dent p en t bond fond pond bond bend pond ten men fond fond bent con Grade IV 3

III.

IV.

V.

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing an, in un sound. D. Application: What words with an, in un sound youve learned. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 2. den 2.Don 3.bond 4.bend 5.pond Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

442

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 9, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 1ST Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

I.

7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Answer written questions about the previous lessons. 1. Identify modifiers and complements 2. Use modifiers and complements 3. Identify pronouns 4.Use the correct subject pronoun. SUBJECT MATTER: 1st Summative Test PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: tongue twister Betty Botter bought some butter, "But," she said, "this butter's bitter. If I bake this bitter butter, It will make my batter bitter. But a bit of better butter That would make my batter better."
443

II. III.

So she bought a bit of butter, Better than her bitter butter, And she baked it in her batter, And the batter was not bitter. So 'twas better Betty Botter Bought a bit of better butter. B. Review: C. Motivation: Tell the importance of the test. D. Presentation: Dos and Donts in taking the Test E. Test Proper IV. EVALUATION: See Summative Test Plan P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Answer written test about the previous lessons. 1. Identify mixtures 2. Identify ways of separating mixtures 3. Identify solvent and solute 4. Identify the factors affecting the solubility of substances. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Summatve Test PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: C. Motivation: D. Tell the importance of the test.

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

E. Presentation: Dos and Donts in taking the Test F. Test Proper V. EVALUATION: See Summative Test Plan P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ____________________________________________

444

VI.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: B. Nakikilala ang ilan sa mga katutubong sining ng bayan. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Katutubong SIning BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142

VII.

Larawan, plaskards VIII. PAMAMARAAN; G. Awit: Atin Cu Pong singsing Katutubong Awitin / Folk Songs Atin cu pong singsing Metung yang timapukan Amma ke iti King, indung, ibatan sangkan keng nininup King me tung a kaban Mewala ya iti ekukamalayan King sukat ning lub ku Susukdul king banwa Pikurus kung gagimat babo ning lamesa Ninumang manakit King singsing kung mana Malulung pusuku Manginuya key a H. Balik-Aral: daynamiks I. Pagganyak: May mga lumang kasangkapan ba sa inyong bahay? Saan ito nanggaling?Pamana ba ito?paano mo malalaman ang mga kagamitan na pamana? J. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Sabihin ang mga bagay na inilalarawan.

445

Gawain 2: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na inilalarawan sa bawat bilang. 1. Ito ay katutubong Sining sa Bayan ng Laguna na kadalasan ay anyong hayop. 2. Katutubong Sining ng Luzon. 3. Karaniwang ginagawa sa Pete, Laguna. 4. Isang uri ng pambalot na di karaniwan. Ito ay may lace 5. Ginagawa sa pamamagitan ng mga patpat. Inaayos uoang maging bituin at binabalutan. Gawain 3 Basahin ang lahat na mga katutubong sining at Sabihin ang katangian nito. 9. Taka 10.Parol 11.Pambalot ng pastillas 12.Papier mache K. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? L. Paglalapat: Tanungin: May mga katutubong sining na gawa sa papel ka pa bang alam? Ano ito? Saan ito nagmula? IX. PAGTATAYA: Sabihin ang mga katutubong sining na iyong natutunan. 1. _________________ 2. _________________ 3. _________________ 4. _________________ TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

X.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 VI. LAYUNIN: B. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. VII. PAKSANG-ARALIN:
446

Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino J. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 13.Kaugalian at tradisyon 19.Kagamitan at sandata 14.Pook tirahan 20.Kasuotan 15.Relihiyon 21.Edukasyon 16.Pamahalaan 22.Wika at panitikan 17.Gawain at hanapbuhay 23.Sining 18.Musika 24.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 9. Pook tirahan 13.Kagamitan at sandata 10.Relihiyon 14.Kasuotan 11.Pamahalaan 15.Edukasyon 12.Musika 16.Sining

447

M. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot a. Materyal b. Di-materyal 11.Edukasyon 12.Kasuotan 13.Wika 14.Tahanan 15.sandat X. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

IX.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ Reading VI. OBJECTIVE: B. Read words with en and on sound. VII. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with en and on sound Grade IV 3

flashcards, pictures VIII. PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with en and on sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. d en t end s ent on den con Don fen bend bent Don Don bond wend ken men p en t en lend send men d w en d went lent dent p en t bond fond pond bond bend pond ten men fond fond bent con

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3

448

IX.

X.

Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing an, in un sound. H. Application: What words with an, in un sound youve learned. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 3. den 2.Don 3.bond 4.bend 5.pond Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

449

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 12, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________

I.

7:45 8:45 OBJECTIVE: A. Identify casue and effect SUBJECT MATTER: Identifying Cause and Effect

English

Grade IV 3

II.

BEC Handbook in English Reading 8, 8.2 p.18 English for You and me Reading pp 124-126 Fun in English pp. 104-106 Chart, Flashcards, pictures III. PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister Mr. See owned a saw. And Mr. Soar owned a seesaw. Now See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw Before Soar saw See, Which made Soar sore.

450

B.

Review: Have the pupils show their colored cards.

Present some statements or events that show cause-effect relationship. Example: Yellow cards for the cause and green cards for the effect.

___ 1. The grass did not get any water. (C) ___ The grass turned brown. (E) ___ 2. Aramae wasnt able to take pictures. (E) ___ She forgot her camera. (C) ___ 3. I can watch television now. (E) ___ Ive done all my homework. (C) C. Motivation: Look at how you will construct a sentence with this questions: Why are you ahhpy? Why do you want to be happy? What are the clue words you use? Is it good to be ahppy? Why? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: clue words/guide words E. Presentation: Activity I Read the following sentences. Write the missing word clue because or so that in the blank to complete the sentence that shows a cause-effect relationship. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. We decided to cool it off in a pool ______ it was a very hot day. Andy broke his leg ______ he fell down the stairs. The bamboos were buried in sea sand for a year ______ they can be cured. Now I can ride my bike outside ______ I have done all my homework. Ara called Mae ______ she can talk to her. Activity 2 Rewrite each pair of sentences to show cause-effect relationship. Use the appropriate word clue because or so that. 1. Aramae tried her best to get the scholarship Her parents would be proud of her. (so that) 2. Maria stayed in the class until late afternoon. She can finish her school project. (so that) 3. Romeo was the last boy in the line of graduates. He was the tallest boy in his batch. (because) 4.The concert has been postponed. Some members of the band got sick. (because) 5.We could not see the street signs clearly. It was beginning to get dark. (because) Activity 3 Finish the sentence by writing the probable cause or effect. Use the appropriate word clue because or so that. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Bobby went inside the house. ____________________. ______________________ she will not be late in school. Study your lessons every day ______________________. ______________________ the show is funny. Cely went back to the classroom ___________________.
451

F. Generalization: Ask: What clue words show a cause-effect relationship? because, so that When do we used the word so that? so that is used before an effect What questions bring out sentences showing cause and effect relationship? why questions G. Application; Think of a cause/effect and let your classmate complete it. IV. EVALUATION: Use because or so that to compelte the sentences below. 1. The boy got toothache____ he ate lots of candies. 2. He is hungry____ the baby cried 3. He feel from a tall tree ____ he got fractured. 4. Dindo and Celso heard mass very early morning ____ they could watch the parade afterwards 5. The people used farm products to decorate their houses ______ they wanted to thank God for a good harvest.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: Write 5 sentenecs with cause and effect relationship.

P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2 IV

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the effects of pollution on people, plants and animals. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Effects of Pollution on People, Plants and Animals BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use 99 132-133 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: How Chemical substances pollute Describe how chemical substances pollute land and water.
452

1. Many salt where dissolve in the water so it takes minutes before Lita could dissolve it. 2. Aling Rosa find it easier to dissolve the milk of her baby using hot water. 3. Even if Nita will shake the bottle. Still oil will not dissolve in water. 4. A tablespoon of sugar will dissolve fast in a glass of water. 5. Alcohol and water dissolves completely with one another. C. Unlocking of Difficulties: pollution, effects D. Motivation: Have you burned a plastic? What happen if you burn it? Does it have useful effect/harmful effect? How? E. Presentation: Activity I Study the picture below and identify the picture that gives harmful effect of pollution on people, plants and animals.

Activity 2 Read the sentenecs below and identify the effects of pollution on people, animals and plants. Write true or false. ____1. Air pollution affect peoples health. ____2. Smoke can irritate our eyes. ____3. Breathing problems can lead to lungg diseases. ____4. We will get intelligent because of pollution. ____5. People will be healthy if there is pollution. Activity 3 Copy the sentences that gives correct effect of pollution. 1. Polluted air can make your eyes itchy. 2. Polluted land is beautiful. 3. Polluted water contains germs that can make you sick. 4. Polluted water affects the water we use for drinking, cleaning and cooking. 5. Polluted water does not contaminate the fish we eat. F. Generalization: Pollution affects people, aimals and plants. G. Application: Does pollution have great effects on you already? What is that effect? EVALUATION: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lubg cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect.
453

IV.

V.

ASSIGNMENT: what are other other effects of poluution?

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining C. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

454

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards III. PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino C. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 1. Kaugalian at tradisyon 3. Relihiyon 2. Pook tirahan 4. Pamahalaan
455

5. 6. 7. 8.

Gawain at hanapbuhay Musika Kagamitan at sandata Kasuotan Materyal na Kultura

9. Edukasyon 10.Wika at panitikan 11.Sining 12.Sayaw Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 1. Pook tirahan 5. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Relihiyon 6. Kasuotan 3. Pamahalaan 7. Edukasyon 4. Musika 8. Sining F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot a. Materyal b. Di-materyal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. Edukasyon Kasuotan Wika Tahanan sandat TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

IV.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

456

______________ Reading Grade IV 3 I. OBJECTIVE: A. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. I. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

II.

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. D. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned. IV. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. song 2.sting Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

3.pang

4.along

5.stung

V.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

457

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 15, 2012 NO CLASS. MUSLIM HOLIDAY

FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 16, 2012 I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 2ND Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English OBJECTIVE: A. Use will and shall in a sentence SUBJECT MATTER: Using Will and Shall Grade IV 3

I. II.

BEC Handbook in English Reading 8, 8.2 p.18 English for You and me Language,pp. 140-141 Chart, Flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister I need not your needles, they're needless to me; For kneading of noodles, 'twere needless, you see; But did my neat knickers but need to be kneed, I then should have need of your needles indeed.

III.

458

B.

Review: Have the pupils show their colored cards.

Present some statements or events that show cause-effect relationship. Example: Yellow cards for the cause and green cards for the effect.

___ 1. The grass did not get any water. (C) ___ The grass turned brown. (E) ___ 2. Aramae wasnt able to take pictures. (E) ___ She forgot her camera. (C) ___ 3. I can watch television now. (E) ___ Ive done all my homework. (C) C. Motivation: What do you want to be when you grow up? Why? How will you work for it? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: Using Semantic Webbing What do you know about the following?

rainbow

ladder

E. Presentation: Activity I
Read the poem as the pupils read silently.

When I grow up I will someday Paint a rainbow down this way. I shall climb upon A ladder high Paint a rainbow in the sky.

Activity 2
What will the girl do? When will she paint a rainbow? Where will she paint a rainbow? What about you? What will you do when you grow up? Show pictures of community helpers. Ask the pupils to get one and tell something about the picture.

459

Example: When I grow up.

1. I will be a nurse I will help the sick.

2._____________ _____________

3._____________ _____________

4._____________ _____________

5._____________ _____________

Ask: What should you do to make your dream come true? (study hard) Then ask: How will you do that? Lets read:

460

I I I I I I

will be a nurse. will help the sick. will be a dentist. will take care of your teeth. will be a teacher. shall teach little children.

What do the sentences tell? When will these happen? (in the future) What words show future actions? (will, shall) What will you do on Saturday? Sunday?

Activity 3
A. Group Activity Divide the pupils in four groups to work on different activities. Group I: Read the first sentences, then give an answer to each question. 1. You will go to the supermarket tomorrow. What will you do there? __________________________ 2. Mother got some flour, sugar, milk and eggs. What will she do? __________________________ 3. Our family will go to the beach on Sunday. What shall we do there? __________________________ 4. Maria saw a one-hundred peso bill. What will she do with it? __________________________ 5. Its your birthday tomorrow. What will you do?

F. Generalization:
The future tense of the verb can be formed by adding will or shall before the verb. will jump shall live will sit shall bake will sleep shall draw These words tell us that the action will happen in the future.

F. Application;
Complete each sentence. Show the actions. What will the following animals do when they see their master? A A A A A horse will ________________ bird will _________________ dog will __________________ cat will ___________________ goat will _________________

Group Work Presentation (Each group presents its work) B. Individual Activity Imagine what you will be after 20 years. Write sentences using the future tense of the verb.

461

IV.

EVALUATION:
Use will and shall about each picture using the future tense of the verb.

1. sleep early tonight

2. wake up early tomorro

3. go to church on Sunday

4. go home this afternoon

6. 5. wash clothes on Saturday

V.

ASSIGNMENT:
Make a list of things you will do before going to school tomorrow.

P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways on how to prevent pollution II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways on Preventing Pollution BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use 99 132-133 flashcards, pictures, chart
462

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates Review: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lubg cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect. B. Unlocking of Difficulties: prevent C. Motivation: Look at the surroundings. What did you observe? What are you going to do to prevent pollution? How will you start it? D. Presentation: Activity I Check the sentences which tells the correct ways on preventing pollution. ____1. I dont burn garbage, leaves or paper. ____2. I ignore the litter I see. ____3. I dont throw litter around. ____4. I use disposable lunch boxes always. ____5. I Plant trees and flowering plants. Activity 2 Do the checklist below Ways to Prevent Polution Im doing it or I will do it. Im not doing it. 1.I use less often a barbecue stand, or an open fire-place at home. 2.I reuse plastic A containers and bottles. c 3. I report smoke belchers t like buses, jeeps and i tricycles v 4.I will not join campaign i activities against t pollution. y 5.I will not cooperate on cleaning the land, water 3 nd air. Copy the sentences that gives correct effect of pollution. Activity 2 Complete the following senteencs. 1. If I saw litter I _____________________________. 2. I can reach the school by _________________________. 3. I will use ______ in our garden. 4. I will plant _______________________. 5. I will not ___________________________.
463

IV.

E. Generalization: Pollution can be prevented in many ways. F. Application: What will u you do next time in order to prevent pollution? EVALUATION: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lubg cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect. ASSIGNMENT: what are other other effects of poluution?

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

VI.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142

VII.

Larawan, plaskards VIII. PAMAMARAAN; G. Awit:

Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway
464

H. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining I. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? J. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. K. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? L. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IX. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

X.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 VI. LAYUNIN: B. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. VII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards
465

VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino J. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 13.Kaugalian at tradisyon 19.Kagamitan at sandata 14.Pook tirahan 20.Kasuotan 15.Relihiyon 21.Edukasyon 16.Pamahalaan 22.Wika at panitikan 17.Gawain at hanapbuhay 23.Sining 18.Musika 24.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 9. Pook tirahan 13.Kagamitan at sandata 10.Relihiyon 14.Kasuotan 11.Pamahalaan 15.Edukasyon 12.Musika 16.Sining M. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA:
466

IX.

Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot a. Materyal b. Di-materyal 6. Edukasyon 7. Kasuotan 8. Wika 9. Tahanan 10.sandat X. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ Reading Grade IV 3 II. OBJECTIVE: B. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. III. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

IV.

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. H. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned.

467

VI.

EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 2. song 2.sting Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound.

3.pang

4.along

5.stung

VII.

P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

468

MONDAY, NOVEMBER 19, 2012 CARRY OVER PREVIOUS LESSON PLAN. NO. OF PUPILS WAS LESS THAN 50% I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English OBJECTIVE: A. Use will and shall in a sentence SUBJECT MATTER: Using Will and Shall Grade IV 3

I. II.

BEC Handbook in English Reading 8, 8.2 p.18 English for You and me Language,pp. 140-141 Chart, Flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister I need not your needles, they're needless to me; For kneading of noodles, 'twere needless, you see; But did my neat knickers but need to be kneed, I then should have need of your needles indeed.

III.

469

B.

Review: Have the pupils show their colored cards.

Present some statements or events that show cause-effect relationship. Example: Yellow cards for the cause and green cards for the effect.

___ 1. The grass did not get any water. (C) ___ The grass turned brown. (E) ___ 2. Aramae wasnt able to take pictures. (E) ___ She forgot her camera. (C) ___ 3. I can watch television now. (E) ___ Ive done all my homework. (C) C. Motivation: What do you want to be when you grow up? Why? How will you work for it? D. Unlocking of Difficulties: Using Semantic Webbing What do you know about the following?

rainbow

ladder

E. Presentation: Activity I
Read the poem as the pupils read silently.

When I grow up I will someday Paint a rainbow down this way. I shall climb upon A ladder high Paint a rainbow in the sky.

Activity 2
What will the girl do? When will she paint a rainbow? Where will she paint a rainbow? What about you? What will you do when you grow up? Show pictures of community helpers. Ask the pupils to get one and tell something about the picture.

470

Example: When I grow up.

1. I will be a nurse I will help the sick.

2._____________ _____________

3._____________ _____________

4._____________ _____________

5._____________ _____________

Ask: What should you do to make your dream come true? (study hard) Then ask: How will you do that? Lets read:

471

I I I I I I

will be a nurse. will help the sick. will be a dentist. will take care of your teeth. will be a teacher. shall teach little children.

What do the sentences tell? When will these happen? (in the future) What words show future actions? (will, shall) What will you do on Saturday? Sunday?

Activity 3
C. Group Activity Divide the pupils in four groups to work on different activities. Group I: Read the first sentences, then give an answer to each question. 1. You will go to the supermarket tomorrow. What will you do there? __________________________ 2. Mother got some flour, sugar, milk and eggs. What will she do? __________________________ 3. Our family will go to the beach on Sunday. What shall we do there? __________________________ 4. Maria saw a one-hundred peso bill. What will she do with it? __________________________ 5. Its your birthday tomorrow. What will you do?

F. Generalization:
The future tense of the verb can be formed by adding will or shall before the verb. will jump shall live will sit shall bake will sleep shall draw These words tell us that the action will happen in the future.

F. Application;
Complete each sentence. Show the actions. What will the following animals do when they see their master? A A A A A horse will ________________ bird will _________________ dog will __________________ cat will ___________________ goat will _________________

Group Work Presentation (Each group presents its work) D. Individual Activity Imagine what you will be after 20 years. Write sentences using the future tense of the verb.

472

IV.

EVALUATION:
Use will and shall about each picture using the future tense of the verb.

1. sleep early tonight

2. wake up early tomorro

3. go to church on Sunday

4. go home this afternoon

7. 5. wash clothes on Saturday

V.

ASSIGNMENT:
Make a list of things you will do before going to school tomorrow.

P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify ways on how to prevent pollution II. SUBJECT MATTER: Ways on Preventing Pollution BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use 99 132-133 flashcards, pictures, chart
473

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates Review: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lubg cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect. B. Unlocking of Difficulties: prevent C. Motivation: Look at the surroundings. What did you observe? What are you going to do to prevent pollution? How will you start it? D. Presentation: Activity I Check the sentences which tells the correct ways on preventing pollution. ____1. I dont burn garbage, leaves or paper. ____2. I ignore the litter I see. ____3. I dont throw litter around. ____4. I use disposable lunch boxes always. ____5. I Plant trees and flowering plants. Activity 2 Do the checklist below Ways to Prevent Polution Im doing it or I will do it. Im not doing it. 1.I use less often a barbecue stand, or an open fire-place at home. 2.I reuse plastic A containers and bottles. c 3. I report smoke belchers t like buses, jeeps and i tricycles v 4.I will not join campaign i activities against t pollution. y 5.I will not cooperate on cleaning the land, water 3 nd air. Copy the sentences that gives correct effect of pollution. Activity 2 Complete the following senteencs. 1. If I saw litter I _____________________________. 2. I can reach the school by _________________________. 3. I will use ______ in our garden. 4. I will plant _______________________. 5. I will not ___________________________.
474

IV.

E. Generalization: Pollution can be prevented in many ways. F. Application: What will u you do next time in order to prevent pollution? EVALUATION: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lubg cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect. ASSIGNMENT: what are other other effects of poluution?

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway
475

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining C. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards
476

III.

PAMAMARAAN; A. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari B. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino C. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? D. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura E. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 25.Kaugalian at tradisyon 31.Kagamitan at sandata 26.Pook tirahan 32.Kasuotan 27.Relihiyon 33.Edukasyon 28.Pamahalaan 34.Wika at panitikan 29.Gawain at hanapbuhay 35.Sining 30.Musika 36.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 1. Pook tirahan 5. Kagamitan at sandata 2. Relihiyon 6. Kasuotan 3. Pamahalaan 7. Edukasyon 4. Musika 8. Sining F. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? G. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA:
477

IV.

Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot b. Materyal b. Di-materyal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. V. Edukasyon Kasuotan Wika Tahanan sandat TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ I. OBJECTIVE: Reading Grade IV 3

A. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; A. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? B. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

III.

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. C. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. D. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned.

478

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 20 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.

SUBJECT MATTER: 3RD Week Verse John 3:16 III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. For God so love the world that He gave His only Begotten Son that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English OBJECTIVE: A. Use the past forms of regular verbs. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the Past Forms of Regular Verbs Grade IV 3

I. II.

References: PELC II 9 Everyday English, pp. 181-182 http://www.elementary.ph/using-past-forms-regular-verbs

Value Focus: Patience and Hard work

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister I need not your needles, they're needless to me; For kneading of noodles, 'twere needless, you see; But did my neat knickers but need to be kneed, I then should have need of your needles indeed. B. Review: Underline the correct form of the verb below. a. Tourism (give, gives) us investments to improve our economy.
479

b. My dog (learn, learns) a few tricks from me. c. Our parents (teach, teaches) us good manners. d. I (want, wants) to take up Engineering. C. Motivation: Show pictures of the early Filipinos. Ask: Who are in the picture? (early Filipinos/our forefathers)

D. Unlocking of Difficulties: past E. Presentation: Activity I

Read the following sentences and underline the time expression used.. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. It rained very hard last Friday. People lived in Caves long ago. Some foreigners visited our school last April. Magellan discovered the Philippines in 1521. We harvested some abaca yesterday.

What words denote time? What does it shows?

Activity 2 Game: Draw Lots Direction: Draw a piece of paper with a verb written on it. Give its past tense form, then use it in a sentence. 1. borrow 6. cook 11. remove 2. look 7. talk 12. wash 3. plant 8. plants 13. help 4. paint 9. wants 14. visit
5. play 10. record 15. report

Activity 3 A. Read the selections below. List down the verbs in the past tense. Ancestors of the Past Our ancestors of the past if we have to recall, Lived difficult lives, but complained not at all. They cultivated lands with their hands, though small. Mere use of the stick helped them plant rice and corn!
480

They hunted animals, even in the lowlands. Chased fast running deer all along the uplands. In the rivers and seas, they fished using rods, They were so patient then, they did sacrifice much! F. Generalization: 1. When do we use the past form of verbs? (The past form of verbs is used when talking about things that happened in the past. Sometimes expressions that tell past time are added.) 2. How do we form the past tense of regular verbs? (They are formed by adding d or ed to the base or simple form) G. Application; Read the selections below. List down the verbs in the past tense Give a verb in its present tense and opposite to it is the past form. Values integration 1. What can we say about our ancestors? (patient, industrious, hard-working) 2. How do we show respect for them? (a. Imitate their good deeds b. Treasure the landmarks they built, etc.) IV. EVALUATION: Underline the correct form of the verb for each sentence. Long ago, the Ifugaos (farm, farmed, farms) the low, flat lands beside their homes. They (plants, planted, plant) rice, corn and vegetables. They (gather, gathered, gathers) stones and rocks to protect their homes. They (hunt, hunted, hunts) animals for their food. V. ASSIGNMENT: As you go home from school today, observe the people along the way. List down the actions that they do. Use them in sentences using the past form of regular verbs. Example: The old man watched TV. The teacher carried her bag. P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________ 8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify kinetic energy and potential energy. II. SUBJECT MATTER: Identify Kinetic Energy and Potential Energy
481

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use pp 146-148 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates Review: Identify the effects of pollution below. ____ 1. Pollution can cause lung cancer, bronchitis and asthma. ____ 2. The chemicals from water will be absorbed by fishes and does harmful effect on human who will eat it. ____3. Pollution can make the community progress. ____4. Children will enjoy a polluted environment. ____5. Pollution lead to greenhouse effect. B. Unlocking of Difficulties: energy C. Motivation: Look at this picture.

PE- Potential Energy KE -Kenetic Energy

Ask: What is te energy at rest? What is the energy in motion? What makes the object in motion? Is there energy in object not moving? Why? D. Presentation: Activity I Read the sentences below. Identify the kinetic eneegy and potential energy. Write the letters PE for potential energy and KE for Kinetic Energy. ____1. The girl is standing. ____2. A jeep is on the parking lot.. ____3. The remote controlled car is running. ____4. The birds fly. ____5. An airplane zooms into the sky . Activity 2 Identify the picture showing kinetic enegy and potential energy. Check the table. POTENTIAL ENERGY KINETIC ENERGY

482

A c t i v i t y 3 Copy the sentences that gives correct effect of pollution.

Activity 2 Do the following task written on the strip of paper.And let your classmate identify the kind of enegy presented. 1. Sit on a chair 2. Roll the ball 3. Stand at the door step 4. Move the desk 5. Lie on the floor E. Generalization: The difference between potential and kinetic energy lies in the capacity of an object to do work. An object with potential energy has a stored energy. It is the energy at rest. A moving energy possesses kinetic energy. F. Application: Look around you. What object possesses kinetic energy? Potential energy? EVALUATION: Identify kinetic and potential energy. Write PE and KE. ____ 1. Ball bouncing ____ 2. batter preparing to strike the ball ____3. Athletes running for 100m ____4. Mango hanging up a tree ____5. Battery in a car ASSIGNMENT: Give 5 examples of object possesses kinetic and potential energy.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

483

I.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; G. Awit:
Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway

II.

III.

H. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining I. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? J. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami.

484

K. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? L. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 VI. LAYUNIN: B. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. VII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards VIII. PAMAMARAAN; H. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari I. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino J. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? K. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura L. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 37.Kaugalian at tradisyon 43.Kagamitan at sandata 38.Pook tirahan 44.Kasuotan 39.Relihiyon 45.Edukasyon 40.Pamahalaan 46.Wika at panitikan 41.Gawain at hanapbuhay 47.Sining 42.Musika 48.Sayaw
485

Materyal na Kultura

Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 9. Pook tirahan 13.Kagamitan at sandata 10.Relihiyon 14.Kasuotan 11.Pamahalaan 15.Edukasyon 12.Musika 16.Sining M. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? N. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot c. Materyal b. Di-materyal

IX.

6. Edukasyon 7. Kasuotan 8. Wika 9. Tahanan 10.sandat X. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ IV. OBJECTIVE: Reading Grade IV 3

B. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound.

486

V.

SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; E. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? F. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

VI.

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. G. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. H. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned. VII. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 1. song 2.sting

3.pang

4.along

5.stung

VIII. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

487

TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 27, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.

SUBJECT MATTER: 4th Week Verse John 1:12 III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. For God so love the world that He gave His only Begotten Son that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English OBJECTIVE: A. Use the future form of verbs. SUBJECT MATTER: Using the Future Form of Verbs Grade IV 3

I. II.

References: PELC II 9 New Dynamic Series in English pp.203-204 Materials: Horoscope and song Que Sera Sera, charts http://www.elementary.ph/using-future-form-verbs
Value Focus: Aiming high

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister Mr. See owned a saw. And Mr. Soar owned a seesaw. Now See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw Before Soar saw See, Which made Soar sore. Had Soar seen See's saw

Before See sawed Soar's seesaw, See's saw would not have sawed Soar's seesaw. So See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw. But it was sad to see Soar so sore Just because See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw
488

B. Review: Underline the correct form of the verb below. a. Tourism (give, gives) us investments to improve our economy. b. My dog (learn, learns) a few tricks from me. c. Our parents (teach, teaches) us good manners. d. I (want, wants) to take up Engineering. C. Motivation: Ask: Being a grade IV pupils, do you already have some plans of what you want to be in the future? What would you like to be in the future? Say: Today, you will listen to a song about a little girls dream. Lets find out about it. D. Unlocking of Difficulties: future E. Presentation: Activity I Listen to the song then answer the questions that follow. Song: Que Sera Sera When I was a little girl Que sera, sera I asked my mother what will I What ever will be, will be be The futures not ours to see Will I be pretty? Will I be great? Que sera, sera This is what she said to me. What will be, will be Discussion and Analysis Comprehension Questions 1. Who was talking n the story? 2. What did she ask from her mother?. 3. What were her Mothers answers to her questions? 4. What would you like to be in the near future? Values Integration What will you do in order to attain your dream in the future? Lets read and analyze the following sentences 1. I will study hard to become a doctor someday. 2. I shall serve my country when I grow up. 3. I am going to buy a car in the coming years. Ask: a. What are the verbs used in each sentence? b. What kind of action does each verb express? c. What comes before the base form of verbs? d. How do we form the verb in the future tense? e. What are the time markers used in the sentences?

489

Activity 2 Directions: Supply the missing future tense form of the verbs in the following horoscope readings. Horoscope Virgo (Aug. 25-Sept. 22): Today is your lucky day. You (meet) ________ a friend. She (offer) ________ you job opportunities. (will meet, will offer) Libra (Sept. 23-Oct. 22): Someone (try) ________ to convince you to join a beauty contest. She (promise) ________ lots of money in return. Do not be deceived. (is going, will promise) Scorpio (Oct. 23-Nov. 21): There (be) ________ a surprise for you. But you have to show confidence. Things (turn) ________ out well if you keep your composure. (will be, will turn) Sagittarius (Nov. 22-Dec. 21): Some friends (ask) ________ you for advice. This (be) ________ the start of a good relationship with them. They (invite) ________ you to play. You (have) ________ a nice day. (will ask, will be, will invite, will have) Activity 3 Write the correct future form in each sentence below. Its Saturday morning. Mrs. Mercado will go to market. By the time she gets back. 1. Cielo ____ ____ (wash) the clothes. 2. She ____ ____ (clean) the house, too. 3. Anita ____ ____ (fix) the beds. 4. Lito ____ ____ (mend) the fence. 5. Ramon ____ ____ (sweep) the floor. 6. Angie ____ ____ (throw) the garbage. 7. Father ____ ____ (hang) the picture. 8. Aunt Remy ____ ____ (prepare) the salad 9. Uncle Bert ____ ____ (call up) the T.V. repairman. 10.Grandmother ____ ____ (feed) the chickens. F. Generalization: When do we use the future tense? (We use the future tense to tell the action that will be done in the future.) How do we know that they are action to be done in the future? (The words will, shall, and going to are attached or paired with the base form of the verb. Time markers like next week, soon, when I grow up are also used to indicate future time.) G. Application; Group Activity: Group the children by fives and let them sit together to share their plans for the future. Ask: When you grow up and you have your jobs, how will you help your community? A leader is chosen to report the results of their discussion.
490

IV. EVALUATION: Use the future tense of the verb before each number. witness 1. You ________ the progress of the country in the near future. enjoy 2. Everyone ________ a peaceful and abundant life. Raise 3. Farmers ________ better crops by using natural fertilizers. use 4. People ________ better transport facilities in the year to come. live 5. You ________ a beautiful life. V. ASSIGNMENT: Formulate sentences using the verbs in the future tense. 1. think 2. dream 3. go 4. plant 5. ride P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways/methods of heat transfer II. SUBJECT MATTER: Heat Transfer BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use pp 146-148 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: friction C. Unlocking of Difficulties: energy, heat, radiation, conduction, convection D. Motivation: Look at this picture.and descrive each

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

491

E. Presentation: Activity I Read the sentencves below and identify the methods of hest transfer. 1. Hot coffee is stirred with a spoon, the spoon gets hot due to _______________. 2. A chair is placed several feet from a fire in a fireplace. The fireplace has a glass screen. The side of the chair facing the fireplace gets warm because of_______________. 3. A certain type of decorative lamp contains colored liquids. These liquids form globs that break off and rise to the top of the liquid. The globs rise due to _______________. 4. Near the ceiling of a room the air is warmer. The warm air rises because of _______________. 5. A college student holds the back of his hand near an iron to see if it is hot. Heat is transferred to his hand by _______________. 6. A heater is placed under one corner of a water bed mattress. Warm water moves throughout the mattress because of _______________. 7. A certain type of stainless steel cookware has a layer of copper applied to the bottom to help it heat evenly. The copper transfers heat to the pan by _______________. 8. In a swimming pool, the water near the surface is slightly warmer. The warm water rises because of _______________. 9. One end of a copper rod is placed in a flame of a Bunsen burner. Small pieces of wax placed along the rod melt at progressively larger distance from the flame. Heat is transferred through the rod by _______________. 10. A house burns down. On the house across the street, all of the vinyl siding is twisted and warped by the heat. The heat was transferred across the street by _______________. Activity 2 Identify the method of heat transfer being shown in the picture

492

Activity 3 Identify the methods of heat transfer being described below. 1. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 2. Convection; Heat is being carried through a gas in currents around the room . 3. Conduction; Heat is being transmitted betweenthe solid burner and the bottom of the pan. 4. Radiation; Energy is being transferred through space. 5. Radiation; Energy from the Sun is being transferred through space toward Earth. 6. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 7. Convection; Heat is moving in currents through the _uid. 8. Radiation; Heat is being transferred by waves through space.

Activity 2 Do the following task written on the strip of paper.And let your classmate identify the kind of enegy presented. 1. Sit on a chair 2. Roll the ball 3. Stand at the door step 4. Move the desk 5. Lie on the floor F. Generalization: The difference between potential and kinetic energy lies in the capacity of an object to do work. An object with potential energy has a stored energy. It is the energy at rest. A moving energy possesses kinetic energy. G. Application: Look around you. What object possesses kinetic energy? Potential energy? EVALUATION: Identify kinetic and potential energy. Write PE and KE. ____ 1. Ball bouncing ____ 2. batter preparing to strike the ball ____3. Athletes running for 100m ____4. Mango hanging up a tree ____5. Battery in a car ASSIGNMENT: Give 5 examples of object possesses kinetic and potential energy.

IV.

V.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

11:00 11:45

MSEP (SINING)

Grade IV 3
493

VI.

LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142

VII.

Larawan, plaskards VIII. PAMAMARAAN; M. Awit:

Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway

N. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining O. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? P. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. Q. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? R. Paglalapat:
494

Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IX. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

X.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 XI. LAYUNIN: C. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. XII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards XIII. PAMAMARAAN; O. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari P. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino Q. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? R. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura S. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 49.Kaugalian at tradisyon 55.Kagamitan at sandata 50.Pook tirahan 56.Kasuotan 51.Relihiyon 57.Edukasyon 52.Pamahalaan 58.Wika at panitikan 53.Gawain at hanapbuhay 59.Sining 54.Musika 60.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

495

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 17.Pook tirahan 21.Kagamitan at sandata 18.Relihiyon 22.Kasuotan 19.Pamahalaan 23.Edukasyon 20.Musika 24.Sining T. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? U. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. XIV. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot d. Materyal b. Di-materyal 11.Edukasyon 12.Kasuotan 13.Wika 14.Tahanan 15.sandat XV. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ IX. OBJECTIVE: Reading Grade IV 3

C. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. X. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound
496

XI.

flashcards, pictures PROCEDURES; I. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? J. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. K. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. L. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned. XII. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 2. song 2.sting

3.pang

4.along

5.stung

XIII. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

497

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 28, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week. SUBJECT MATTER:

4th Week Verse John 1:12 III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. For God so love the world that He gave His only Begotten Son that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 English Grade IV 3 OBJECTIVE: A. Identify the time expressions used that agrees with the verb. SUBJECT MATTER: Time Expressions References: PELC II 9 New Dynamic Series in English pp.203-204 Materials: Horoscope and song Que Sera Sera, charts http://www.elementary.ph/using-future-form-verbs
Value Focus: Aiming high

I. II.

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: Tongue twister Mr. See owned a saw. And Mr. Soar owned a seesaw. Now See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw Before Soar saw See,

Which made Soar sore. Had Soar seen See's saw Before See sawed Soar's seesaw, See's saw would not have sawed Soar's seesaw.
498

So See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw. But it was sad to see Soar so sore

Just because See's saw sawed Soar's seesaw

B. Review: Use the correct form of the verb below. 1. a. Cielo ____ ____ (wash) the clothes. 2. She ____ ____ (clean) the house, too. 3. Anita ____ ____ (fix) the beds. 4. Lito ____ ____ (mend) the fence. 5. Ramon ____ ____ (sweep) the floor. C. Motivation: Ask the pupils: What are the things you do every day? Have you ever experienced forgetting some of these things? Why? What do you do if you forget some things? Say: Ben is a nine-year old boy who has lots of things to do. Would you like to know what Ben has done, does and plans and to do? Let us look at his schedule. D. Unlocking of Difficulties: future E. Presentation:

Activity I MY SCHEDULE(Ben)
What I do: Every Morning jog around the yard - eat breakfast Every day go to school Every Saturday help in the household chores Every Sunday go to church

What I will do: Next week watch a movie Next month visit grandparents What I did: last Night fixed my things last Summer went to the beach last Month made my project 1. Analysis and Discussion Ask: What is a schedule all about? Why do you think Ben made a time schedule? When does Ben jog and eat breakfast? (Every morning) When does he go to school? (Every day) What does he do every Saturday and Sunday? When will he watch movies? (next week) When will he visit his grandparents? (next month) What are the things he has done? When did he do those things? (last night, last summer, last month) Teacher writes pupils responses on the board as shown below. PAST PRESENT FUTURE Last night Last summer Every Every Every Every morning day Saturday Sunday Next week Next month

499

Activity 2 Instructions: Underline the time expressions use in the sentence. 1. What does your father do every day? 2. What did you do last night? 3. When will your mother go to market? 4. What are you going to do today? 5. How many times do you water your plants? Activity 3 Write the correct future form in each sentence below. Its Saturday morning. Mrs. Mercado will go to market. By the time she gets back. 6. Cielo ____ ____ (wash) the clothes. 7. She ____ ____ (clean) the house, too. 8. Anita ____ ____ (fix) the beds. 9. Lito ____ ____ (mend) the fence. 10.Ramon ____ ____ (sweep) the floor. 11.Angie ____ ____ (throw) the garbage. 12.Father ____ ____ (hang) the picture. 13.Aunt Remy ____ ____ (prepare) the salad 14.Uncle Bert ____ ____ (call up) the T.V. repairman. 15.Grandmother ____ ____ (feed) the chickens. F. Generalization: When do we use the future tense? (We use the future tense to tell the action that will be done in the future.) How do we know that they are action to be done in the future? (The words will, shall, and going to are attached or paired with the base form of the verb. Time markers like next week, soon, when I grow up are also used to indicate future time.) G. Application; Group Activity: Group the children by fives and let them sit together to share their plans for the future. Ask: When you grow up and you have your jobs, how will you help your community? A leader is chosen to report the results of their discussion. IV. EVALUATION: Use the future tense of the verb before each number. witness 1. You ________ the progress of the country in the near future. enjoy 2. Everyone ________ a peaceful and abundant life. Raise 3. Farmers ________ better crops by using natural fertilizers. use 4. People ________ better transport facilities in the year to come.
500

live

5.

You ________ a beautiful life.

V. ASSIGNMENT: Formulate sentences using the verbs in the future tense. 6. think 7. dream 8. go 9. plant 10.ride P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 VI. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways/methods of heat transfer VII. SUBJECT MATTER: Heat Transfer BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use pp 146-148 flashcards, pictures, chart VIII. PROCEDURES; H. Science Updates I. Review: friction J. Unlocking of Difficulties: energy, heat, radiation, conduction, convection K. Motivation: Look at this picture.and descrive each

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

L. Presentation: Activity I Read the sentencves below and identify the methods of hest transfer. 1. Hot coffee is stirred with a spoon, the spoon gets hot due to _______________.

501

2. A chair is placed several feet from a fire in a fireplace. The fireplace has a glass screen. The side of the chair facing the fireplace gets warm because of_______________. 3. A certain type of decorative lamp contains colored liquids. These liquids form globs that break off and rise to the top of the liquid. The globs rise due to _______________. 4. Near the ceiling of a room the air is warmer. The warm air rises because of _______________. 5. A college student holds the back of his hand near an iron to see if it is hot. Heat is transferred to his hand by _______________. 6. A heater is placed under one corner of a water bed mattress. Warm water moves throughout the mattress because of _______________. 7. A certain type of stainless steel cookware has a layer of copper applied to the bottom to help it heat evenly. The copper transfers heat to the pan by _______________. 8. In a swimming pool, the water near the surface is slightly warmer. The warm water rises because of _______________. 9. One end of a copper rod is placed in a flame of a Bunsen burner. Small pieces of wax placed along the rod melt at progressively larger distance from the flame. Heat is transferred through the rod by _______________. 10. A house burns down. On the house across the street, all of the vinyl siding is twisted and warped by the heat. The heat was transferred across the street by _______________. Activity 2 Identify the method of heat transfer being shown in the picture

Activity 3 Identify the methods of heat transfer being described below. 1. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 2. Convection; Heat is being carried through a gas in currents around the room .
502

3. Conduction; Heat is being transmitted betweenthe solid burner and the bottom of the pan. 4. Radiation; Energy is being transferred through space. 5. Radiation; Energy from the Sun is being transferred through space toward Earth. 6. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 7. Convection; Heat is moving in currents through the _uid. 8. Radiation; Heat is being transferred by waves through space.

Activity 2 Do the following task written on the strip of paper.And let your classmate identify the kind of enegy presented. 1. Sit on a chair 2. Roll the ball 3. Stand at the door step 4. Move the desk 5. Lie on the floor M. Generalization: The difference between potential and kinetic energy lies in the capacity of an object to do work. An object with potential energy has a stored energy. It is the energy at rest. A moving energy possesses kinetic energy. N. Application: Look around you. What object possesses kinetic energy? Potential energy? EVALUATION: Identify kinetic and potential energy. Write PE and KE. ____ 1. Ball bouncing ____ 2. batter preparing to strike the ball ____3. Athletes running for 100m ____4. Mango hanging up a tree ____5. Battery in a car ASSIGNMENT: Give 5 examples of object possesses kinetic and potential energy.

IX.

X.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

XI.

11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel.

503

XII.

PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142

Larawan, plaskards XIII. PAMAMARAAN; S. Awit:

Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway

T. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining U. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? V. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. W. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? X. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? XIV. PAGTATAYA:
504

Punan ang tseklist

XV.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 XVI. LAYUNIN: D. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. XVII. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards XVIII. PAMAMARAAN; V. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari W. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino X. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? Y. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura Z. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 61.Kaugalian at tradisyon 67.Kagamitan at sandata 62.Pook tirahan 68.Kasuotan 63.Relihiyon 69.Edukasyon 64.Pamahalaan 70.Wika at panitikan 65.Gawain at hanapbuhay 71.Sining 66.Musika 72.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2
505

May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 25.Pook tirahan 29.Kagamitan at sandata 26.Relihiyon 30.Kasuotan 27.Pamahalaan 31.Edukasyon 28.Musika 32.Sining AA. Paglalahat:

Ano ang iyong natutunan? BB. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. XIX. PAGTATAYA: Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot e. Materyal b. Di-materyal 16.Edukasyon 17.Kasuotan 18.Wika 19.Tahanan 20.sandat XX. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ XIV. OBJECTIVE: Reading Grade IV 3

D. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. XV. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound

flashcards, pictures XVI. PROCEDURES; M. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce?
506

N. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang singing banging

tong hang ringing bringing

Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. O. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. P. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned. XVII. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 3. song 2.sting XVIII. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________

3.pang

4.along

5.stung

507

THURSDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 2012

I. II. 7:30 7:45 GMRC IV-3 OBJECTIVE: Recite the verse of the week.

SUBJECT MATTER: 4th Week Verse John 1:12 III. PROCEDURES; A. Meditation B. Roll Call C. Health Inspection D. Review: 1st Week Verse E. Presentation 1. Present the verse. Teacher will read the verse, pupils will follow. For God so love the world that He gave His only Begotten Son that whoever believes in Him shall not perish but have eternal life. 2. Present the incomplete verse. Fil with the correct words. 3. Recite the verse. IV. EVALUATION: List down pupils who can recite the verse. V. ASSIGNMENT: Memorize the verse. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: __________________________________________ 7:45 8:45 OBJECTIVE:
Use two-word verbs in sentences.

English

Grade IV 3

I. II.

SUBJECT MATTER:
Topic: Reference: Materials: Using Two-word Verbs PELC II 8.4 tape recorder, manila paper

Value Focus: Faith in God

III.

PROCEDURES; A. Pronunciation Drill: sONG

Lift Up Your Hands Chorus: Life is not all that bad, my friend, hmm. . . If you believe in yourself, If you believe theres someone Who walks through life with you, Youll never be alone; Just learn to reach out And open your heart; Lift up your hands to God And Hell show you the way. And he said, Cast your burdens upon me, Those who are heavily laden. Come to Me, all of you who are tired Of carrying heavy loads For the yoke I will give you is easy And my burden is light; Come to Me and I will give you rest. When you feel the world Is tumbling down on you 508

And you have no one That you can hold on to, Just face the rising sun And youll see hope, And theres no need to run; Lift up your hands to God

And Hell make you feel all right. (Repeat Chorus except last word) (Repeat Chorus except last line) Come to me and I will give you rest.

B. Review: Use the correct form of the verb below. 1. a. Cielo ____ ____ (wash) the clothes. 2. She ____ ____ (clean) the house, too. 3. Anita ____ ____ (fix) the beds. 4. Lito ____ ____ (mend) the fence. 5. Ramon ____ ____ (sweep) the floor. C. Motivation:
Ask: Do you like singing or listening? What is the song that touches your heart most?

D. Unlocking of Difficulties: future E. Presentation:

Activity I
Pick out all the verbs that you can find. (believe, reach, lift, hold) What are the words followed by each verb? (preposition) Therefore, if you will combine the verb and the preposition it will no longer be a one-word verb but what? (two-word verb) Tell them that some verbs are special. They have to be used with other words to express the message they would like to convey. Some examples of these words are the following: Discuss how each are used: put on put up turn off look for stand up turn down pull out pick out pick up keep on keep up put away turn on point to point out look up look at take off work at work for get on turn to run out

Activity 2
Write two-word verbs to complete the meaning of the sentences below. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. I __________ this dress __________ the Farmers Plaza. I __________ it __________ a very kind saleslady. __________ the meaning of paraphernalia in the dictionary. Always __________ your mistakes. Carmela refused to admit her mistakes. She didnt __________ Mrs. Sanchez. __________ her, isnt she gorgeous? __________ Noli de Castro and Mel Tiangco at the radio station. Mr. Antonio promised to _________ us on Sunday. __________ me __________ early for I have a meeting with our adviser. The boy scouts __________ the quest speaker. __________ me at Dads Restaurant at 12:00 p.m.

6.

Mother is __________ for you __________ the Rizal Park

509

Activity 3 Complete the paragraphs by filling in the blanks with appropriate two-word verbs. Choose the best answer from the choices in parentheses. 1. When things go wrong, __________ (hold on, hold up). Dont think that He was forgotten you. He never leaves anyone behind. He is always there to lend a hand. But of ten times we __________ (fail for, fail to) realize it. We __________ (keep on, keep in) looking for his presence. We always __________ (long to, long for) his love. F. Generalization: What are two-word verbs? G. Application; Complete the paragraphs by filling in the blanks with appropriate two-word verbs. Choose the best answer from the choices in parentheses. Mother Nature is ___________ (waiting for, waiting at) you to do something for her. Everyone is __________ (expected to, expected at) discipline himself. Using garbage should be avoided. Burning of rubbish should be minimized. We should be militant. Saving Mother Earth is everybodys duty. Dont let her die. Let us make it a better place to __________ (live in, live on). Lets do something before its too late.

IV.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.

EVALUATION:
Non government agencies will put up the needed amount for the Pinatubo victims. Liza turned down Noels invitation because of other appointments. The president called off the meeting for other important matters. Stand by for the next bulletin. Keep up the good work. Something is in store for you.

Use two-word verbs in the sentences.

Keep up called off Stand by put up turned down

V. ASSIGNMENT: Formulate sentences using the two-word verbs . P.L. : ______________________________________ REMARKS: ______________________________________

510

8:45 9:45 10:00 11:00 1:15 2:15 I. OBJECTIVE: Identify the ways/methods of heat transfer II. SUBJECT MATTER: Heat Transfer BEC Handbook in Science 4.2 p. 19 Sample Lesson Plan Science for daily Use pp 146-148 flashcards, pictures, chart III. PROCEDURES; A. Science Updates B. Review: friction C. Unlocking of Difficulties: energy, heat, radiation, conduction, convection D. Motivation: Look at this picture.and descrive each

SCIENCE SCIENCE IV 3 SCIENCE IV 1 SCIENCE IV 2

IV

E. Presentation: Activity I Read the sentencves below and identify the methods of hest transfer. 1. Hot coffee is stirred with a spoon, the spoon gets hot due to _______________. 2. A chair is placed several feet from a fire in a fireplace. The fireplace has a glass screen. The side of the chair facing the fireplace gets warm because of_______________. 3. A certain type of decorative lamp contains colored liquids. These liquids form globs that break off and rise to the top of the liquid. The globs rise due to _______________. 4. Near the ceiling of a room the air is warmer. The warm air rises because of _______________. 5. A college student holds the back of his hand near an iron to see if it is hot. Heat is transferred to his hand by _______________. 6. A heater is placed under one corner of a water bed mattress. Warm water moves throughout the mattress because of _______________.
511

7. A certain type of stainless steel cookware has a layer of copper applied to the bottom to help it heat evenly. The copper transfers heat to the pan by _______________. 8. In a swimming pool, the water near the surface is slightly warmer. The warm water rises because of _______________. 9. One end of a copper rod is placed in a flame of a Bunsen burner. Small pieces of wax placed along the rod melt at progressively larger distance from the flame. Heat is transferred through the rod by _______________. 10. A house burns down. On the house across the street, all of the vinyl siding is twisted and warped by the heat. The heat was transferred across the street by _______________. Activity 2 Identify the method of heat transfer being shown in the picture

Activity 3 Identify the methods of heat transfer being described below. 1. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 2. Convection; Heat is being carried through a gas in currents around the room . 3. Conduction; Heat is being transmitted betweenthe solid burner and the bottom of the pan. 4. Radiation; Energy is being transferred through space. 5. Radiation; Energy from the Sun is being transferred through space toward Earth. 6. Conduction; Heat is being transferred between two solids. 7. Convection; Heat is moving in currents through the _uid. 8. Radiation; Heat is being transferred by waves through space.

Activity 2 Do the following task written on the strip of paper.And let your classmate identify the kind of enegy presented. 1. Sit on a chair 2. Roll the ball 3. Stand at the door step 4. Move the desk 5. Lie on the floor
512

F. Generalization: The difference between potential and kinetic energy lies in the capacity of an object to do work. An object with potential energy has a stored energy. It is the energy at rest. A moving energy possesses kinetic energy. G. Application: Look around you. What object possesses kinetic energy? Potential energy? EVALUATION: Identify kinetic and potential energy. Write PE and KE. ____ 1. Ball bouncing ____ 2. batter preparing to strike the ball ____3. Athletes running for 100m ____4. Mango hanging up a tree ____5. Battery in a car

IV.

V. ASSIGNMENT: Give 5 examples of object possesses kinetic and potential energy. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ 11:00 11:45 MSEP (SINING) Grade IV 3 LAYUNIN: A. Nakagagawa ng isang likhang-sining sa pamamagitan ng pagtutupi ng mga papel. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Origami BEC Handbook in MSEP, Sining, III. A, 1.1 Umawit at Gumuhit pp 141-142 Larawan, plaskards PAMAMARAAN; A. Awit:
Tuba (Pandanggo Visayan) Tempo: Allegretto Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy, inum tuba Laloy. Dili co moinom, tuba pait aslom Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway Condansoy Ang tuba sa baybay Patente moangay, Talacsan nga diutay Ponoang malaway
513

I.

II.

III.

B. Balik-Aral: mga paamna ng sining C. Pagganyak: Mayroon ka bang malilikha sa pamamagitan ng papel/ kaya mo bang gumwa nito na di gumagamit ng pandkit o papel? Paano? D. Pamamaraan Gawain 1 Masdan ang larawan at pag-aralan.

Gawain 2: Pagmomodelo sa paggawa. Gawain 3 Paggawa ng likhang-sining na origami. E. Paglalahat: Ano ang iyong natutunan? F. Paglalapat: Tanungin: Anu-ano pang disenyo ang alam mong gawin?Paano? IV. PAGTATAYA: Punan ang tseklist

V.

TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit sa kwaderno ang mga katutubing sining na gawa sa papel.

P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________

_______________ MAKABAYAN Grade IV 3 I. LAYUNIN: A. Natutukoy ang mga materyal at di-materyal na bahagi ng kulturang Pilipino. II. PAKSANG-ARALIN: Mga Materyal at Di-Materyal na Bahagi ng Kulturang Pilipino BEC Handbook sa Makabayan C 3 Makabayan: Kapaligirang Pilipino ph 164-167 Larawan at tsart, plaskards
514

III.

PAMAMARAAN; CC. Balitaan: Kasalukuyang Pangyayari DD. Balik-Aral: mga pinagmula ng sinaunang Pilipino EE. Pagganyak: Anu-ano ang masasabi mo sa mga Sinaunang Pilipino? Mayroon ba silang naiiambag sa ating kultura? Paano mo ito pinahahalagahan? FF. Pag-aalis ng sagabal: material, kultura GG. Pamamaraan: Gawain 1 Grupo Ihanay ang mga kulturang nasa iababa sa wastong hanay. 73.Kaugalian at tradisyon 79.Kagamitan at sandata 74.Pook tirahan 80.Kasuotan 75.Relihiyon 81.Edukasyon 76.Pamahalaan 82.Wika at panitikan 77.Gawain at hanapbuhay 83.Sining 78.Musika 84.Sayaw Materyal na Kultura Di-Materyal na Kultura

Gawain 2 May mga plaskards na Ipakikita ang iyong guro. Tukuyin ang uri nito. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. Kaugalian at tradisyon Relihiyon Pamahalaan Musika Kagamitan at sandata Gawain 3 Isulat ang M kung materyal at DM kung di-materyal. 33.Pook tirahan 37.Kagamitan at sandata 34.Relihiyon 38.Kasuotan 35.Pamahalaan 39.Edukasyon 36.Musika 40.Sining HH. Paglalahat:

Ano ang iyong natutunan? II. Paglalapat: Ano ang material na kultura? ANo ang di-materyal na kultura? MAgbigay ng halimbawa. PAGTATAYA:
515

IV.

Tukuyin ang Materyal at Di-Materyal na kultuta. Isulat ang titik ng tamang sagot f. Materyal b. Di-materyal 21.Edukasyon 22.Kasuotan 23.Wika 24.Tahanan 25.sandat V. TAKDANG-ARALIN: Iguhit ang mapa ng Rehiyon V sa kwaderno. P.L. : ___________________________________________ REMARKS: ___________________________________________ ______________ Reading Grade IV 3 XIX. OBJECTIVE: E. Read words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. XX. SUBJECT MATTER: Reading of words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound flashcards, pictures XXI. PROCEDURES; Q. Motivation: What are words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound sounds you already know? How is it produce? R. Presentation: Activity I Listen as the teacher read these words. sing lung hung rang pang gang song sting hang ing ring tong bring slang clung pang along stung song long rung clang

singing banging Activity 2 Read the words posted as a group. Activity 3 Read the sentences by row. S. Generalization Producing ang, ing, ong, and ung sound. T. Application: What words with ang, ing, ong, and ung sound youve learned. XXII. EVALUATION: Read the following words below. 4. song 2.sting 3.pang 4.along 5.stung XXIII. Assignment Make a list of words with ing sound. P.L. : _____________________ REMARKS: _____________________
516

tong hang ringing bringing

517